Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 631

Grade 5

Program Author
Dr. Diane August
Educational Researcher
• Principal Investigator, Developing Literacy in Second-Language
Learners: Report of the National Literacy Panel on Language-
Minority Children and Youth
• Member of the New Standards Literacy Project, Grades 4-5

Program Consultant
Dr. Cheryl Dressler
Literacy Consultant- English Learners

cover photography credits:


(t) MedioImages/Getty Images; (bl) Creatas Images/Jupiterimages; (br) SW Productions/Getty Images.
B

Published by Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, of McGraw-Hill Education, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,


Two Penn Plaza, New York, New York 10121

Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. These Visual Vocabulary Resources may be
displayed in a classroom setting for use with Treasures, provided such display includes a copyright notice in the name
of Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. No other use of these Visual Vocabulary Resources is permitted without the prior written
consent of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., including, but not limited to, network storage or transmission, or
broadcast for distance learning.

Printed in the United States of America

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 071 12 11 10 09
Contents
Unit 1 Unit 4
Week 1 Key Vocabulary...........................................................................1 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................205
Function Words and Phrases ................................................9 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................213
Basic Words .............................................................................. 13 Basic Words ............................................................................217
Week 2 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 15 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................219
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 23 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................227
Basic Words .............................................................................. 27 Basic Words ............................................................................231
Week 3 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 29 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................233
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 35 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................239
Basic Words .............................................................................. 39 Basic Words ............................................................................243
Week 4 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 41 Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................245
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 49 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................253
Basic Words .............................................................................. 53 Basic Words ............................................................................257
Week 5 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 55 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................259
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 63 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................267
Basic Words .............................................................................. 67 Basic Words ............................................................................271
Unit 2 Unit 5
Week 1 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 69 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................273
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 77 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................281
Basic Words .............................................................................. 81 Basic Words ............................................................................285
Week 2 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 83 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................287
Function Words and Phrases ............................................. 89 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................295
Basic Words .............................................................................. 93 Basic Words ............................................................................299
Week 3 Key Vocabulary........................................................................ 95 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................301
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................103 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................307
Basic Words ............................................................................107 Basic Words ............................................................................ 311
Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................109 Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................313
Function Words and Phrases ........................................... 117 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................321
Basic Words ............................................................................121 Basic Words ............................................................................325
Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................123 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................327
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................131 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................335
Basic Words ............................................................................135 Basic Words ............................................................................339
Unit 3 Unit 6
Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................137 Week 1 Key Vocabulary......................................................................341
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................145 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................349
Basic Words ............................................................................149 Basic Words ............................................................................353
Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................151 Week 2 Key Vocabulary......................................................................355
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................159 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................363
Basic Words ............................................................................163 Basic Words ............................................................................367
Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................165 Week 3 Key Vocabulary......................................................................369
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................171 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................375
Basic Words ............................................................................175 Basic Words ............................................................................379
Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................177 Week 4 Key Vocabulary......................................................................381
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................185 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................389
Basic Words ............................................................................189 Basic Words ............................................................................393
Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................191 Week 5 Key Vocabulary......................................................................395
Function Words and Phrases ...........................................199 Function Words and Phrases ...........................................403
Basic Words ............................................................................203 Basic Words ............................................................................407
English Language Development Vocabulary ... 408A
How to
Use this Book
Visual Vocabulary Resources—A New Classroom Resource
Purpose and Use
The Visual Vocabulary Resources book provides teachers using the Macmillan/McGraw-Hill California
Treasures reading program photo-word cards that visually introduce specific vocabulary from the
program. The photos are intended to preteach vocabulary to English learners and Approaching Level
students, as well as offer additional, meaningful language and concept support to these students.
The photo-word cards are designed to interrelate with the English Learners and Approaching Small
Groups lessons and the English Learner Resource lessons, all of which are designed to support the EL
and struggling reader population. The Visual Vocabulary Resources book is referenced specifically in
those lessons.
Key
Vocab
Unit ulary

Vocabulary Words
2 Wee
k2 A
Historic
Jour
ney

In the first half of the book, the photo-word cards support three categories of vocabulary in the core Wor
d1
instil
l
reading program:
1. Key Vocabulary These are the Key Words as introduced to the entire class in the core vocabulary
lesson and core selection. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these words:
Beginning, Early Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced.
2. Function Words and Phrases These are idioms, adverbs, two-word verbs, and other words Wor
d2
com
bine
Basic Words filling station, downtown, fountain, d
and phrases of particular use to English learners. Function Words and Phrases are also drawn Unit 1 Week 1
Goin’ Someplace Special coffee shop, music palace, park bench

from the core selection, but will not be taught to the whole group as part of the core les-
son. Students of all levels of language acquisition are taught these words: Beginning, Early
Intermediate, Intermediate, and Early Advanced. A5V VR
_C A_U
2W 2_R
D 10_k
ey.indd
83

3. Basic Words These words are chosen from the core selection, to fit a specific thematic category filling station downtown fountain

that will help EL learners increase their depth of vocabulary. These words are not singled out for
instruction to the whole group. Only students at the Beginning and Early Intermediate levels of
language acquisition are taught these words.
coffee shop music palace park bench

The second half of the book supports the vocabulary presented in the English Language ROUTINE
Function Words and Phrases
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales
Word 1 to bring back to life
1. Display the card.

Development component of the California Treasures reading program. The ELD Vocabulary 2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.

presented is selected from the weekly Skill-Based English Learners Practice Reader. In the place of © MacMillan McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (bm) © Jason Moore/ZUMA/Corbis. (br) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images.
13

the Basic Words categories, there are Content Words drawn from ELD Content Book selections.

Structure of Book
The Key Vocabulary and Function Words and Phrases sections both have two photos on each right-hand Word 2 unlike

page. Each photo represents one vocabulary word. The teacher script is located on the back of each
card directly behind its accompanying photo. The Basic Words section shows six photos per page,
followed by a teacher routine. The ELD Content Words section mimics this format with 4 to 6 words per
page.

Teacher Scripts
The lessons found on the Key Vocabulary, Function Words and Phrases, and ELD Vocabulary sections are
interactive in approach. They define the vocabulary words in English and Spanish, point out cognates
(where appropriate), and provide strategies to get students talking and using the new language as
much as possible; for example students:
• chorally pronounce the word to focus on articulation
• partner talk with structured sentence frames to use the word in oral speech
• role-play to make the word come to life and use in everyday situations
• connect the word to known words and phrases through sentence replacement activities
• engage in movement activities to experience the word’s meaning
The techniques make instruction engaging and memorable for students. These low-risk ways to practice
speaking help students make connections and develop understanding as they acquire vocabulary.

iv
Key Vocabulary Word 1 scald
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

Word 2 permission
Key Vocabulary Word 1 scald
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is scald. Say it with the word scald. Hot water inside the iron
me: scald. To scald means “to burn with hot turned to steam. When the man put the iron
liquid or steam.” When you scald something, down on the shirt, the hot steam scalded
you pour hot liquid, like water, on it. Or, you the shirt. You can see the scalded area that
use steam to burn it. The thing that you scald burned right through the shirt.
may get damaged or hurt from the heat. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
2. En español, to scald quiere decir “escaldar, picture demonstrates the word scald. Share
quemar con algo muy caliente o que está your answers with the class. (The hot iron
hirviendo.” El hombre en la foto escaldó la burned through the shirt. The hot steam
camisa con el vapor de su plancha. scalded the shirt.)
3. To scald in English and escaldaar in Spanish 6. Work with your partner to use the word
are cognates. They sound almost the same scald in a sentence. Use this sentence frame:
and mean the same thing in both languages. can scald you.
7. Now let’s say scald together three more times:
scald, scald, scald.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 permission


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is permission. the word permission. (Point to the students
Say it with me: permission. Permission means raising their hands in the photo.) The boy
“consent from someone who is in charge.” and girl are raising their hands. They are
When you ask for permission, you ask asking the teacher for permission to speak.
someone in authority to let you do something. The teacher is pointing to the boy. She is
giving him permission to speak.
2. En español, permission quiere decir
“autorización, o consentimiento de alguien 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to ask for
con autoridad para hacer algo, permiso.” permission to do something in the classroom.
Los estudiantes alzan la mano para pedirle Let’s raise our hands. Let’s ask the teacher,
permiso a su profesora para hablar. “May I get a drink of water, please?”
3. Permission in English and permiso in Spanish 6. Now let’s show what we do when we give
are cognates. They sound almost the same permission to someone else. Let’s nod our
and mean the same thing in both languages. heads, or let’s say, “yes.”
7. Now let’s say permission together three more
times: permission, permission, permission.

2
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Roy McMahon/Corbis. (b) © Yellow Dog Productions/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 autograph
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

Word 4 fare
Key Vocabulary Word 3 autograph
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is autograph. the word autograph (Point to the man giving
Say it with me: autograph. An autograph is his autograph in the photo.) The man wearing
a person’s signature in that person’s own sunglasses is writing his name on a piece of
handwriting. When you give someone your paper. He is giving his autograph to the boy.
autograph, you sign your name on something 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to give someone
like a book or a paper. Usually, people who our autograph. Let’s get a piece of paper and
are famous give others their autographs. write our name on it. Let’s give the paper to
2. En español, autograph quiere decir “la firma de another student.
alguien famoso o ilustre, autógrafo.” Cuando 6. Pretend you see a famous person. Show us
le das a alguien tu autógrafo, firmas tu nombre how you would ask for his or her autograph.
en en un libro u hoja de papel. Normalmente Then tell us what you would do with the
son los famosos los que le dan a otros sus autograph after you get it.
autógrafos. 7. Now let’s say autograph together three more
3. Autograph in English and autógrafo in Spanish times: autograph, autograph, autograph.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 fare


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is fare. Say it picture demonstrates the word fare. Share
with me: fare. Fare means “the cost of a ride your answers with the class. (The man and
for a passenger in a vehicle.” You pay a fare to woman pay the driver. The driver charges a
ride on a bus, ferry, train, taxi, or airplane. A fare to take the people somewhere.)
fare can be a few dollars or a lot of money. 5. Work with your partner to use the word fare
2. En español, fare quiere decir “tarifa, o el in a sentence. Use the sentence frame:
precio que cuesta un servicio.”Normalmente The fare on the is
se refiere al precio fijo de algún transporte. .
Uno paga una tarifa para viajar en bus, 6. Now let’s say fare together three more times:
transbordador, tren, taxi o avión. La tarifa fare, fare, fare.
puede costar poco o mucho.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word fare. (Point to the money in the
photo.) The taxi driver took the man and
woman somewhere. Then he told the
passengers how much money they should pay
him. The man is giving the fare to the driver.

4
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © Thinkstock/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 blurted
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

Word 6 clenched
Key Vocabulary Word 5 blurted
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is blurted. picture demonstrates the word blurted. Share
Say it with me: blurted. Blurted means “said your answers with the class. (The girl looks
suddenly.” If a person blurted something, excited. She probably blurted out a secret
they said something quickly, without thinking without thinking about what she was saying.)
about what they were saying. 5. Work with your partner to use the word
2. En español, to blurt quiere decir “soltar o decir blurted in a sentence. Use the sentence frame:
algo de repente y sin reflexionar, confesar.”Si The girl blurted out that .
una persona suelta algo sin reflexionar, dice 6. Now let’s say blurted together three more
algo rápidamente y sin pensar en lo que está times: blurted, blurted, blurted.
diciendo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word blurted. (Point to the girl on the left
in the photo.) See how this girl has her hand
between her mouth and her friend’s ear. She
blurted something out to her girlfriend. She
didn’t think about what she said, and it may
be unkind or rude. The friend looks surprised
or shocked.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 clenched


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s show what it is like to clench your fist.
1. Another word in the selection is clenched. Say Roll your fingers up in the palm of your hand
it with me: clenched. Clenched means “closed and close your hand very tight. Now show
tightly.” If you clenched your fist, you put all what it is like to clench your teeth. Put your
of your fingers together into a ball and held top and bottom teeth together like you are
them shut tight. If you clenched your teeth, biting hard on something.
you clamped your teeth tightly together. 5. Pretend you are in a race. You are in second
2. En español, to clench quiere decir “apretar, place. Clench your fist and your teeth to show
cerrar algo con fuerza.” Si uno aprieta el puño, your strength and your desire to win.
une todos sus dedos, formando una bola, y los 6. Now let’s say clenched together three more
mantiene cerrados con fuerza. Si uno aprieta times: clenched, clenched, clenched.
los dientes, los junta fuertemente.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word clenched. (Point to runner #25 in the
photo.) See how this man clenched his fist. He
held his fingers together tightly. He wanted
to show that he was strong. He clenched his
teeth, too. He’s showing that he is determined
to win the race.

6
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Asia Images Group/Alamy Images. (b) © Mark Karrass/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 spectacular
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

Word 8 approached
Key Vocabulary Word 7 spectacular
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is spectacular. picture demonstrates the word spectacular.
Say it with me: spectacular. Spectacular means Share your answers with the class. (Niagara
“amazing or very impressive.” If something is Falls is beautiful. The waterfall is awesome.)
spectacular, it might very large, or beautiful, 5. Work with your partner to use the word
or exciting in some way. spectacular in a sentence. Use the sentence
2. En español, spectacular quiere decir “algo frame: is spectacular because
que llama la atención, impresionante, .
espectacular.”Si algo es espectacular puede 6. Now let’s say spectacular together three more
ser enorme o hermoso o emocionante. times: spectacular, spectacular, spectacular.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word spectacular. (Point to Niagara Falls in
the photo.) This waterfall is Niagara Falls. The
Falls are spectacular because they are so big,
powerful, and beautiful. They are one of the
most amazing sights on Earth.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 approached


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s show what it looks like to approach the
1. Another word in the selection is approached. door of the classroom. Let’s move towards the
Say it with me: approached. Approached door, one at a time.
means “came close to.” If someone 5. Pretend you approached someone. You can
approached you, she got near you. pretend to be an animal or a person. Show the
2. En español, to approach quiere decir “moverse class how you approached. Show us what you
hacia algo, acercarse, aproximarse.”Si alguien said and did when you approached the other
se te acerca, se mueve para estar a tu lado o a person.
menos distancia de ti. 6. Now let’s say approached together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: approached, approached, approached.
the word approached. (Point to the player
who is running in the photo.) See how this
one baseball player ran towards the base? He
approached the base and the other player so
he could score in the baseball game.

8
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Goodshoot//Corbis. (b) © moodboard/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to take a street
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special (to choose a street)

Word 2 go off alone


Word 1 to take a street (to choose a street)

TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE


1. In English, we use to take a street to describe 4. I am going to describe some situations. If I
what we do when we choose a street to get need to take a street to do these things, clap
somewhere. Say it with me: to take a street. and say the phrase take a street. If not, don’t
To take a street means that we pick one street do anything.
that we think will take us where we need to I ride my bike to my friend’s house.
go. We walk or drive down that street. I sit in my room and read a book.
2. En español, to take a street quiere decir My family drives to visit my grandparents.
“tomar una calle.” Así decimos cuando 5. Help me finish these sentences:
elegimos ir por una calle para llegar a algún
lugar. Al tomar una calle, podemos caminar I have to take a street to get from
o conducir un auto para llegar a nuestro to .
destino. I don’t have to take a street when I
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to take a I have to take street to get to
street. The police officer is directing traffic. He school.
uses his arms and his whistle to tell the driver
of the car to take the street on the right. The 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
driver will take that street to get where he take a street, to take a street, to take a street.
wants to go.

Word 2 go off alone


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use go off alone to describe 4. If I say the phrase go off alone, what does that
what we do when we want to be by ourselves. mean? Why would somebody want to go off alone?
Say it with me: go off alone. Go off alone means “to (Ask one or two pairs for their response. Examples
do something without any company.” If you go off include: It means you want to be alone. You do
alone, you want privacy. We might go off alone if not want company. You need some time to be by
we are sad or if we want some quiet time to think. yourself.)
2. En español, to go off alone quiere decir “estar 5. Imagine that it is Saturday afternoon and all of your
con uno mismo.” Así se dice cuando alguien quiere friends are busy. Tell your partner some things you
estar solo. Si alguien quiere estar consigo mismo, can do if you go off alone. (Ask one or two pairs for
busca privacidad. Es posible que alguien quiera estar their response.)
consigo mismo porque se siente triste o porque 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: go off
necesita un momento tranquilo para pensar. alone, go off alone, go off alone.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase go off alone.
The woman is riding her bike along the beach. No
one is with her. She wanted to enjoy the sound of
the waves by herself, so she told her friends she
wanted to go off alone.

10
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Christopher Kerrigna/Getty Images. (b) © Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 down the sidewalk
Unit 1 Week 1 Goin’ Someplace Special

Word 4 change my mind


Word 3 down the sidewalk
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use down the sidewalk to 4. I am going to tell you about some things we
describe the direction we walk on a sidewalk. do. If you can do them while you are going
Say it with me: down the sidewalk. Down the down the sidewalk, clap and say the phrase
sidewalk means “to walk in a direction away down the sidewalk. If not, don’t do anything.
from a place.” We were at one place, and I swim in the lake.
now we are leaving to go somewhere else. We I walk to the library.
walk down the sidewalk when we go away My friend and I roller skate to the park.
from the place.
5. Imagine that you are walking down the
2. En español, down the sidewalk significa sidewalk on your way home from school.
“caminar por la acera.” Así se dice para What might you see? (Call on a few students
describir que alguien camina por la parte to respond. Examples include: trees, birds,
lateral de la calle o la avenida aleján dose de people, houses, cars, dogs)
un lugar.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: down
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase down the sidewalk, down the sidewalk, down the
the sidewalk. These people have left their sidewalk.
office for the day. Now they are walking down
the sidewalk, away from their office and
towards the train station.

Word 4 change my mind


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use change my mind to describe 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase change my
what we do when we make a different choice mind. This boy is in the lunch line at the school
about something. Say it with me: change my cafeteria. At first he thought he wanted to have
mind. Change my mind means “to decide to some potatoes. Then he changed his mind and
do something different.” Perhaps you thought said he did not want any potatoes.
you would wear your red sweater today. You 4. I am going to describe some situations. If I
thought some more and then you decided to have changed my mind, tap your head and say,
wear something different. You changed your “change my mind.” If not, don’t do anything.
mind.
At first I wanted to use the green crayon, but
2. En español, to change my mind es “cambiar then I decided to use the blue crayon.
de opinión” y se usa para expresar que hemos I picked out a mystery book from the library
tomado una decisión distinta a la original. Es and I read it in a week.
posible que al despertar hoy pensaste ponerte I told my friend I wanted to go to the movies, but
tu suéter rojo. Quizás lo pensaste mejor later I said I wanted to go swimming instead.
después, y decidiste finalmente ponerte algo
distinto. Cambiaste de opinión. 5. Imagine that you are with a friend. Your
friend asks you to go camping. At first you say
yes, but then you change your mind. Explain
why you might change your mind. (Call on a
few students to respond.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
change my mind, change my mind, change my
mind.

12
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words filling station, downtown, fountain,
Unit 1 Week 1
Goin’ Someplace Special coffee shop, music palace, park bench

filling station downtown fountain

coffee shop music palace park bench

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
13
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (bm) © Jason Moore/ZUMA/Corbis. (br) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 injury
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

Word 2 mournful
Key Vocabulary Word 1 injury
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. One word in the selection is injury. Say it with picture demonstrates the word injury. Share
me: injury. Injury means “harm or damage your answers with the class. (The girl looks
to a person, animal, or thing.” If you get an like she might be crying or saying, “Ouch!”
injury, you get hurt. You might get an injury The bandages show that the girl has an injury
to an arm or a leg if you fall off your bike. on her knee.)
An injury could be a scratch, a cut, or even a 5. Work with your partner to use the word injury
broken bone. in a sentence. Use this sentence frame:
2. En español, injury quiere decir “daño o lesión I got an injury to my when I
a una persona, un animal o una cosa.” Caerse .
de una bicicleta puede causar una lesión. Una 6. Now let’s say injury together three more
cortada, un raspón y hasta un hueso partido times: injury, injury, injury.
son lesiones.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word injury. (Point to the girl’s hurt knee
in the photo.) This girl has an injury to her
knee. She might have fallen down and scraped
her knee on the ground. You can tell by the
look on her face that her knee hurts. The
other girl is putting a bandage on the injury.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 mournful


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. With a partner, make a list of events or
1. Another word in the selection is mournful. situations that might make you feel mournful.
Say it with me: mournful. Mournful means Share your list with another team.
“feeling full of sorrow or sadness.” A person 5. Choose one of the events or situations from
might feel mournful if someone close to them your list. Work with your partner to complete
has died. The person might cry or think about the following sentence, using the event
the other person a lot. or situation your selected:
2. En español, mournful quiere decir “sintiendo would make me feel mournful because
tristeza o estar de luto, lúgubre.” Una persona .
que acaba de perder a un amigo o familiar 6. Now let’s say mournful together three more
puede estar lúgubre. times: mournful, mournful, mournful.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word mournful. (Point to the man in the
photo.) This man is visiting a cemetery. Since
each grave has a flag on it, these are probably
graves of soldiers. The man feels mournful
when he thinks about his soldier–friends who
have died. He might be thinking about how
brave they were, and how much he misses
them.

16
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Rudi Von Briel/PhotoEdit. (b) © Dennis MacDonald/PhotoEdit.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 sympathy
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

Word 4 delivering
Key Vocabulary Word 3 sympathy
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like to for a parent
1. Another word in the selection is sympathy. Say to show sympathy to a child. Work with a
it with me: sympathy. Sympathy means “being partner. One partner take the role of the
able to understand another person’s sadness.” parent. The other partner take the role of the
When you feel sympathy for someone, you child. If you are the child, tell your parent why
listen to them and show them that you care you are upset or scared. If you are the parent,
about them. You might tell them you are sorry show sympathy for your child. Then trade
that they are sad or are having troubles. roles.
2. En español, sympathy quiere decir “la abilidad 5. Stay in pairs. Talk about times a friend or
de entender la tristeza de otros, compasión.” family member might need sympathy. Show
Escuchar a una persona que esta triste y cuidar us how you would give sympathy to them.
de ella son formas de mostrar compasión. 6. Now let’s say sympathy together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: sympathy, sympathy, sympathy.
the word sympathy. (Point to the photo.)
The little boy is sad. His father is showing
sympathy by holding his son’s hands and
talking to him. The boy’s father is probably
telling the boy that things will be fine.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 delivering


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what the mail carrier does
1. Another word in the selection is delivering. when he is delivering mail. Put your mailbag
Say it with me: delivering. Delivering means on your shoulder. Take out a letter. Look at
“taking something to a person or to a place.” the address on the letter. Find the mailbox
If you are delivering a package, you take it to with the same address. Put the mail in that
a person’s house. You might give it to them mailbox. Now show the mailman delivering
personally or leave it on the doorstep. a package to another address. Go up to the
front door and ring the doorbell. Deliver the
2. En español, to deliver quiere decir “llevar un
package to the homeowner.
objeto a una persona o un lugar, entregar.”
Si tienes que entregar un paquete, lo llevas 5. Pretend you are delivering a birthday present
a la casa de la persona. Si la persona no se to a friend. Show us what you will do and say
encuentra para recibirlo, lo puedes dejar a la when your friend answers the door.
entrada de su casa. 6. Now let’s say delivering together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: delivering, delivering, delivering.w
the word delivering. (Point to the mail carrier
in the photo.) The mail carrier is delivering the
mail. He looks at the address on each letter and
matches it up with the address on the mailbox
or on the house. He might put the mail in the
mailbox, or he might take the mail up to the
house and put it through a slot in the door. If
he has a big package, he’ll ring the doorbell
and give the package to the homeowner.

18
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/Alamy Images. (b) © Don Hammond/Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 shrieks
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

Word 6 decency

FPO
Key Vocabulary Word 5 shrieks
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. With your partner, talk about why this picture
1. Another word in the selection is shrieks. Say demonstrates the word shrieks. Share your
it with me: shrieks. Shrieks means “makes a answers with the class. (The people on the
loud, sharp sound.” When a person shrieks, roller coaster have their mouths wide open.
he or she yells in a very loud, exited voice. Roller coasters are fun and scary, and they
Someone shrieks when he or she is very make people shriek with fear and excitement.)
surprised, happy, or scared. 5. Make a list of other situations that might
2. En español, to shriek quiere decir “producir make people shriek with fear or happiness.
un sonido alto y fastidioso, chillar.” Cuando Choose one situation from your list and
alguien chilla, grita en voz muy alta y illustrate it. Share your illustration with the
emocionada. Las personas chillan cuando class.
sienten sorpresa, felicidad o miedo. 6. Now let’s say shrieks together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: shrieks, shrieks, shrieks.
the word shrieks. (Point to the man in the
front row of the roller coaster in the photo.)
This man is on a roller coaster. He is having
fun, but he’s a little bit scared, too. He puts
his hands in the air and he shrieks. He yells in
a very high, loud voice.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 decency


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a doctor to
1. Another word in the selection is decency. Say show decency to a patient. Let’s work in pairs.
it with me: decency. Decency means “kindness One of you take the role of the doctor and
or respect.” When a person shows decency to the other take the role of the patient. If you
another person, he or she treats the person are the doctor, show decency to your patient.
politely and properly. If you are the patient, show decency to the
doctor. Then switch roles.
2. En español, decency quiere decir “amabilidad
y respeto, decencia.” Cuando una persona es 6. Stay in pairs. Pretend to be in a situation
amable con otra y la trata de acuerdo a las where you need to show decency to another
convenciones sociales, la está tratando con person. Explain to us what the situation is.
decencia. Now demonstrate how to show decency.
3. Decency in English and decencia in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say decency together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: decency, decency, decency.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word decency. (Point to the boy in the
photo.) This little boy is in the hospital. He
might feel scared. His doctor is putting her
hand gently on his forehead. She is looking
into his eyes and smiling. She is showing
decency toward the boy. The boy is showing
decency to his doctor, too. He is looking at her
and smiling back.

20
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ATABOY/Image Bank/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 couple
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh
Key Vocabulary Word 7 couple
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about couples you
1. Another word in the selection is couple. Say it know or have seen in books, movies, or on
with me: couple. A couple is two people who television. Explain to your partner how you
are together as partners. A couple is always know two people are a couple.
two people. 5. Work with your partner to use the word
2. En español, couple quiere “un grupo de dos couple in a sentence. Use the sentence frame:
personas, una pareja.” Una pareja siempre are a couple.
está compuesta por dos personas. Son 6. Now let’s say couple together three more
compañeros en algo. times: couple, couple, couple.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word couple. (Point to the bride and
groom in the photo.) This man and woman
are getting married. They were a couple when
they were boyfriend and girlfriend. Now they
will be a married couple.

22
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to stand off to one side
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

Word 2 worse part


Word 1 to stand off to one side
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. To stand off to one side means “to stand 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
alone or by yourself.” Say it with me: to stand have to stand off to one side to do this, fold
off to one side. You might stand off to one your arms and say to stand off to one side. If
side if you are at a party and you don’t know not, don’t do or say anything.
anyone there to talk to. You go to a party and talk to your friends.
2. En español, to stand off to one side quiere Two boys are talking and they turn away when
decir “estar apartado” y se usa para describir you come near.
que estás lejos o incomunicado de otras Your teacher asks you to move to the door and
personas. Podrías estar apartado si asistes a wait while she talks with your parents.
una fiesta y no conoces a nadie con quien 5. Imagine that you are with a group of friends.
platicar allí. What are some reasons you might want to
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to stand stand off to one side? (Call on a few students
off to one side. These four children are playing to respond. Examples include: You are playing
hide and seek. The boy who is standing off to a game and you are “it.” You have already
one side is “it.” He’s standing by himself and been chosen for a team and you are waiting
counting while the other three children plan for someone else to be chosen.)
where to hide. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
stand off to one side, to stand off to one side,
to stand off to one side.

Word 2 worse part


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use worse part to describe 4. Think of a real or an imaginary situation.
something that is very bad. Say it with me: Describe a worse part of it. Explain why it’s
worse part. Worse part means “something a worse part. Here’s an example: I am stuck
that is already bad gets worse.” You might outside during a rainstorm. There is no shelter
be in a bad situation but some parts of it are nearby. And a worse part is that when I
okay. A worse part is the part that is more opened my umbrella, it had a big hole in it!
terrible or awful than the other parts. (Ask one or two pairs for their responses.)
2. En español, worse part quiere decir “lo peor de 5. Now think of the same situation again. This
lo peor; algo que es más malo que lo malo.” Es time, describe a better part of the situation.
posible que estés en una mala situación, pero Explain why it’s a better part. For example:
algunas cosas allí podrían estar bien. Lo peor I stood in the rain, with my umbrella with
de lo peor es más terrible y malo que las cosas the hole in it. All of a sudden, the sun broke
más malas de esa situación. through the clouds. A beautiful rainbow
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase worse stretched across the sky. I felt so lucky to see
part. These drivers are stuck in traffic because it! (Ask one or two pairs for their responses.)
of the snowstorm. A worse part for one driver 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: worse
happened when his battery died and the car part, worse part, worse part.
could not go. Now he’s stuck and he’ll need a
tow truck to move his car. He’ll have to wait
for the tow truck in the cold, icy weather.

24
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © To stand off to one side: Photo: © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 patch up
Unit 1 Week 2 Shiloh

Word 4 scrape up
Word 3 patch up
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use patch up to describe what 4. I am going to tell you about some things I do.
we do when we fix something. Say it with me: If I am doing a patch up job, pretend to fix
patch up. Patch up means “to repair.” We something with your hands and say the phrase
patch up something that is old or broken so patch up. If not, don’t do anything.
we can use it again. We might patch up an I buy a brand new skateboard.
old bike by repainting it and putting air in the I wash, paint, and replace a wheel on my old
tires. We might patch up a ripped pair of jeans wagon.
by sewing up the tear or putting another I sew new buttons on my old coat and fix a
piece of fabric over the hole. hole in the pocket.
2. En español, to patch up es “arreglar; reparar.” 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
Reparamos algo que está descompuesto o Repeat the sentences. Replace the word fix
roto para poder usarlo de nuevo. Podríamos with patch up.
arreglar una bicicleta vieja al aceitar sus
cadenas y ponerle aire a sus llantas. También I used tape to fix the torn book.
podríamos arreglar unos pantalones viejos al I used a piece of plastic to fix the hole in my kite.
zurcirlos o parchar con otra tela algún agujero My dad used wooden boards to fix the old barn.
que pudiera tener. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: patch
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase patch up, patch up, patch up.
up. This woman’s car is old, but she doesn’t
want to buy a new one. Instead, she patches
up this car. She cleans off the battery and
tightens all of the wires. Later she’ll wash and
wax it and fix any scratches on the paint. Her
car will look great after her patch up work.

Word 4 scrape up
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use scrape up to describe 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase scrape
something we do. Say it with me: scrape up. up. The little boy wants to put together a
Scrape up means “to put together a collection bouquet of flowers for his mother. He doesn’t
of things.” We might scrape up a meal from have any money to buy flowers. Instead, he
leftovers in the refrigerator. We did not go out scrapes up a bouquet by picking flowers from
and get new food. Instead, we used what we the side of the road.
had. 4. Let’s think about what the phrase scrape up
2. En español, to scrape up es “arreglárselas” y means. If I say: I scraped up enough money
esta expresión sirve para describir algo que to go to the movies, what does that mean?
hacemos con pocos recursos. Arreglárselas What might I do to scrape up enough money?
significa “hacer más con menos.” Podría haber Discuss your response with your partner.
sólo algunas sobras en el refrigerador. Pero, en 5. Imagine that you find out you are supposed
lugar de salir a comprar más comida, nos las to bring decorations for a party. You don’t
arreglamos para hacer una deliciosa cena con have time to go to the store to buy new
esas sobras. things. Tell your partner how you can scrape
up decorations for the party.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: scrape
up, scrape up, scrape up.

26
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/PunchStock. (b) © JupiterImages/ Creatas/Alamy Images.
Basic Words porch, screen door, doorway,
Unit 1 Week 2
Shiloh stove, cradle, fence

porch screen door doorway

stove cradle fence

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
27
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Paul Collis/Alamy Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Andy Sotiriou/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © PunchStock. (br) © t Knudson/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 dedicated
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

Word 2 equality
Key Vocabulary Word 1 dedicated
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is dedicated. Say the word dedicated. (Point to the statue in
it with me: dedicated. Dedicated means the photo.) The name of this statue is the
“used for a special purpose.” A book, a song, Marine Corps War Memorial.
a statue, or a building could be dedicated 5. Talk with your partner about why this picture
to a person or to a group. This shows that demonstrates the word dedicated. Share your
the person or group to whom the item is answers with the class. (The statue shows
dedicated is very special and important. the bravery of the Marines. The statue is
2. En español, to dedicate quiere decir dedicated to the Marines because our country
“presentar algo en obsequio a alguien, o para appreciates the sacrifices they have made.)
conmemorar una persona, grupo o evento; 6. Together with your partner, think of someone
dedicar.” Un libro, una canción, una estatua at your school or in your community who
e incluso un edificio pueden ser dedicados you would like to honor with a statue. Draw
a una o varias personas. Esto demuestra que a picture of the statue you would design for
la persona a la que fue dedicada la obra es this person. At the bottom of your picture,
importante y especial. complete the following sentence: This statue
3. To dedicate in English and dedicar in Spanish is dedicated to because
are cognates. They sound almost the same .
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say dedicated together three more
times: dedicated, dedicated, dedicated.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 equality


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why
1. Another word in the selection is equality. Say this picture demonstrates the word equality.
it with me: equality. Equality means “being Share your answers with the class. (All of the
the same as others, having the same rights people will be treated the same way. They say
and obligations as others.” In our country, all the pledge because they understand that our
people have equality, or the same rights and laws say there is equality among people.)
privileges. 5. Work with your partner to use the word
2. En español, equality quiere decir “igualdad.” equality in a sentence. Use the sentence
Es ser considerado igual a otros, o tener los frame: The principal treated all of the students
mismos derechos y obligaciones que otros. En with equality when she .
nuestro país, todas las personas son tratadas 6. Now let’s say equality together three more
con igualdad. Todos tenemos los mismos times: equality, equality, equality.
derechos y privilegios.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word equality. Look carefully, and you will
see that these people are from many different
cultures. They all have just become citizens
the United States. They are saying the Pledge
of Allegiance. They know that the laws in the
United States provide equality for all people,
no matter what their culture or religion is.

30
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © United States Navy. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 artifacts
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

Word 4 exhibits
Key Vocabulary Word 3 artifacts
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is artifacts. Say the word artifacts. (Point to the containers
it with me: artifacts. Artifacts are things made in the photo.) The archaeologist has found
and used by people from long ago. Sometimes several artifacts. They are large jugs or
the artifacts have been buried under the another type of container.
ground. Scientists called archaeologists use 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for an
special tools to dig up the artifacts. They study archaeologist to find artifacts. Let’s get out
the artifacts to see how people used to live. our brushes and carefully brush the dirt off
Sometimes they put the artifacts in museums the artifacts. We have to be careful not to
so others can see them. break the artifacts.
2. En español, artifacts quiere decir “las cosas 5. Pretend you are an archaeologist looking for
hechas y usadas por personas que vivieron artifacts. Show us what you do. Describe the
hace mucho tiempo.” Son reliquias, restos artifacts you find. Tell us how you feel when
o artefactos arqueológicos. Algunas veces you find the artifacts. Tell us what you will do
las reliquias han sido enterradas bajo la next with the artifacts.
tierra. Unos científicos llamados arqueólogos 6. Now let’s say artifacts together three more
usan herramientas especiales para sacarlas. times: artifacts, artifacts, artifacts.
Estudian las reliquias para ver cómo vivían las
personas en el pasado.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 exhibits


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about exhibits around
1. Another word in the selection is exhibits. Say your school. What kinds of exhibits have you
it with me: exhibits. Exhibits are displays of seen in the hallways, cafeteria, or library?
paintings, jewelry, pottery, or other things. Art (Examples may include: exhibits of student
museums have exhibits so we can learn about artwork in the hallway by the art classroom,
famous artists. History museums have exhibits award-winning books displayed in front of the
that show us how people used to live. library)
2. En español, exhibits quiere decir “muestras 5. Work with your partner to use the word
de objetos como cuadros, joyas y cerámicas a exhibits in a sentence. Use the sentence
muchas personas, exhibiciones, exposiciones.” frame: In my school we saw exhibits of
Los museos de arte tienen exhibiciones para .
que el público aprenda sobre artistas famosos. 6. Now let’s say exhibits together three more
Los museos de historia tienen exhibiciones que times: exhibits, exhibits, exhibits.
muestran cómo las personas vivían antes.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word exhibits. (Point to the photo.) This
photo shows some of the exhibits at the
Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum
in Washington, D. C. The museum has exhibits
of many old airplanes and space capsules.
Many people come to look at these exhibits.
From the exhibits the people learn more about
airplanes and spacecraft.

32
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gianni Tortoli/Photo Researchers, Inc. (b) © Andre Jenny/The Image Works, Inc.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 site
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory
Key Vocabulary Word 5 site
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is site. Say it picture demonstrates the word site. Share your
with me: site. Site means “the place where answers with the class. (It shows a building.
a building is, or the place where something The photo shows a special place.)
important happened.” A site can have 5. Work with your partner to make a list of
buildings on it, or it can be an empty piece of historical sites in your community or in
ground. your state. Choose one site and complete
2. En español, site quiere “el lugar donde this sentence frame:
se encuentra un edificio o donde algo is an important historical site because
importante ocurrió, el sitio.” Un sitio puede .
tener muchos edificios o puede ser un 6. Now let’s say site together three more times:
terreno vacío. site, site, site.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word site. (Point to the photo.) The
building and the grounds around it are called
the Alamo. It’s in San Antonio, Texas. The
Alamo was the site of a big battle many years
ago. Now people visit this site to learn more
about Texas and United States history.

34
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © D. Boone/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 driven to
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

Word 2 process of healing


Word 1 driven to
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use driven to to describe a feeling 4. I am going to tell you about some things I do.
that people get sometimes when they really If you think I am driven to do these things, say
want to do something. Say it with me: driven to. “driven to.” If not, don’t do anything.
Driven to means “wants to do something very I want to stay in shape so I swim a mile every day.
much.” If you are driven to get an A on a project, I want to get a good report card so I play
you will work very hard and do your best work. video games instead of studying.
2. En español, driven to significa “desear hacer I want to make the softball team so I practice
algo con todas las fuerzas motivado.” Si tú estás for two hours every day.
motivado para obtener una A en un proyecto, 5. Help me finish these sentences:
trabajarás sin descansar y harás tu mejor esfuerzo
para lograrlo. The boy practiced shooting baskets every day
because he is driven to .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase driven My sister is driven to make the marching band
to. This athlete can’t walk anymore. However, at school, so she .
he’s still driven to compete and to do his I studied my spelling for thirty minutes a day
best. He works out every day to build his arm because .
muscles. He uses a special wheelchair in the
race. He is driven to win the competition in 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: driven
spite of his physical challenges. to, driven to, driven to.

Word 2 process of healing


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use process of healing to 4. Let’s suppose I have the flu. I’m going to
describe what people do when they get well. tell you some things that I do. If they help
Say it with me: process of healing. Process of with my process of healing, say “process
healing means “a series of actions that make of healing.” If they don’t help, don’t say
an injured person get better.” The process anything.
of healing may take several days, weeks, or I drink juice.
longer. A person might need medication from I see the doctor.
the doctor as well as physical therapy or other I play outside with my dog.
treatments. After the process of healing is
finished, the person is well and healthy again. 5. Imagine your best friend has broken her leg in
a bike accident. She is in bed with a large cast
2. En español, process of healing significa que on her leg. What could you do to help with
“serie de tratamientos para sanar.” El proceso her process of healing? (Call on a few students
de cura puede tomar varios días, semanas to respond. Examples include: I could bring
o más tiempo. Un enfermo puede necesitar her healthy food so her body can be nourished
medicinas, terapias u otros tratamientos para and heal faster. I could help her exercise her
recuperarse. Cuando esa persona no se está other muscles so she won’t get weak as she
recuperando más, es porque ya ha sanado por waits for her leg to heal.)
completo.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase process of process of healing, process of healing, process
healing. The man was injured in an accident. He of healing.
has trouble walking and moving his arms. The
physical therapist helps him exercise in the water.
This process of healing will help him become
stronger so he can walk and move his arms again.

36
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Harry Nowell/First Light/Getty Images. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to come together
Unit 1 Week 3 Maya Lin, Architect of Memory

Word 4 present (someone) with something


Word 3 to come together
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use to come together to describe 4. Tell your partner what your family members
something that a group of people does. Say it do when they come together. Explain why you
with me: to come together. To come together come together. (Ask one or two pairs for their
means “to all meet in one place for a specific response.)
reason.” All of the classes in the school have to 5. Talk with your partner about a time when you
come together in the auditorium to listen to have asked your friends to come together.
the visiting author. We are all in the auditorium What was the reason you wanted them to
at the same time, doing the same thing. come together? Where did you meet? (Ask
2. En español, to come together significa one or two pairs for their response.)
“reunirse varias personas en un lugar específico 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
por una razón especial.” Todas las clases de come together, to come together, to come
la escuela deben reunirse en el auditorio para together.
escuchar al escritor invitado. Al reunirse, todos
los estudiantes están en un lugar específico a la
misma hora por una razón especial.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to come
together. The members of this family have all
come together to have a family picnic. Some
of the people have come from far away. Now
they are all in one place. They like to come
together a few times every year.

Word 4 present (someone) with something


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use present (someone) with 4. Let’s think about what the phrase present
something to describe giving something to a someone with something means. I am going
person. Say it with me: present (someone) with to describe some situations. If you think I am
something. Present (someone) with something presenting someone with something, make a
means “to give an item to a person.” You motion like you are presenting someone with
would give this in a formal, careful, respectful something, and say “present someone with
way. You might present your grandparents something.” If not, don’t do or say anything.
with a beautiful plant on their anniversary. I hand a gift to the principal.
2. En español, present (someone) with something I give my mom a gold necklace for her birthday.
significa “darle un presente a alguien.” Si le das I choose a book from the library shelf.
un presente a alguien, le das un regalo a esa 5. Help me finish these sentences.
persona de manera formal, atenta y respetuosa.
Podrías darles un regalo a tus abuelos al I’d like to present my dad with
regalarles una planta en su aniversario de bodas. .
Our team will present the coach with
3. This picture demonstrates the word present .
(someone) with something. The girl has just On the last day of school, the principal will
graduated from high school. The principal present us with .
presents her with a diploma. He smiles and
shakes her hand as he gives her the high school 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
diploma. It is a happy scene. present (someone) with something, present
(someone) with something, present (someone)
with something.

38
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jenny Acheson/Riser/Getty Images. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words architect, granite, monument,
Unit 1 Week 3
Maya Lin,
Architect of Memory
concrete, landmark, memorial

architect granite monument

concrete landmark memorial

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
39
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Getty Images. (tc) © McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © C. Borland/PhotoLink/Getty Images.
(bl) © Stockdisc Classic/Alamy Images. (bm) © Scenics of America/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (br) © United States Navy/Historicus, Inc.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 forbidden
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

Word 2 reluctant
Key Vocabulary Word 1 forbidden
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Work with your partner to name some things
1. One word in the selection is forbidden. Say it that are forbidden in your school. Talk about
with me: forbidden. Forbidden means “not why these things are forbidden. (Examples
allowed because of a law or a rule.” When include: Running in the hallways is forbidden
something is forbidden, the government, a because it is not safe. Copying other people’s
parent, or another official has said that thing work is forbidden because it is dishonest.)
can’t be done. For example, it’s forbidden to 5. Make a list with your partner of some things
ride a skateboard inside a mall. that are forbidden in your community. Choose
2. En español, forbidden quiere decir “no permitido one and make a sign that shows people that
por una ley o norma, prohibido.” Cuando algo the behavior is forbidden. (Examples include:
está prohibido, el gobierno, los padres de familia Throwing litter is forbidden. Riding bikes on
u otra autoridad ha dicho que eso no se puede the sidewalk is forbidden)
hacer. Por ejemplo, está prohibido montar en 6. Now let’s say forbidden together three more
patineta adentro de un centro comercial. times: forbidden, forbidden, forbidden.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word forbidden. (Point to the sign in
the photo.) This sign might be at one end
of a street. By law, drivers are forbidden to
go past the sign and drive on the street. A
police officer could give the driver a ticket for
breaking the law.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 reluctant


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is reluctant. Say the word reluctant. (Point to the man in the
it with me: reluctant. Reluctant means “not photo.) This man is about to jump out of
wanting to do something.” When you are an airplane, maybe for the first time. When
reluctant, you hesitate to do something. You he looks down and sees how far away the
are unwilling, and you don’t look excited or ground is, he feels reluctant to jump. He may
happy about doing it. You might be reluctant worry that his parachute won’t open. His
to eat a food that you have never tried before. unwillingness shows on his face, and he is
You are not sure you will like it. hesitating in the door of the plane.
2. En español, reluctant quiere decir “sin deseos 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for the man to feel
de hacer algo, reacio.” Cuando eres reacio a reluctant. Let’s get in the door of the plane.
algo, ni deseas hacerlo ni te sientes dispuesto Let’s look down, and then hesitate to jump.
a hacerlo. Tal vez eres reacio a probar comida Let’s stiffen our legs and hold onto the sides
que nunca has probado. No estás seguro que of the door with our hands. Let’s make our
te gustará, así que prefieres no probarla. faces look scared.
5. Show us how you look when you are
reluctant. You can be reluctant to eat
something, or reluctant to do something.
Show the class what you are reluctant to do.
We will guess what you are reluctant about.
6. Now let’s say reluctant together three more
times: reluctant, reluctant, reluctant.

42
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © Don Mason/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 gossiped
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

Word 4 irresistible
Key Vocabulary Word 3 gossiped
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is gossiped. Say the word gossiped. (Point to the girl in the
it with me: gossiped. Gossiped means “said foreground in the photo.) This girl is sitting
mean or untrue things about a person when alone. Do you see the sad look on her face?
they were not around.” When one person She knows that the three girls behind her have
gossiped, he or she told stories about someone gossiped about her. Look at the way the three
else when that person was not present. The girls are whispering and laughing. When they
stories might have been unkind or false. gossiped, they hurt the other girl’s feelings.
2. En español, to gossip quiere decir “decir 4. Talk with your partner about why this picture
mentiras o cosas dañinas de otra persona demonstrates the word gossiped. Share your
cuando esa persona no se encuentra.” Es answers with the class. (The three girls are
chismosear, chismorrear, comadrear, o whispering together. The girl in the front of
cotillear. Cuando alguien chismosea, cuenta the picture looks sad and alone.)
historias sobre otra persona cuando esa 5. Work with your partner to use the
persona no está presente. Las historias son word gossiped in a sentence. Use the
falsas o hirientes. sentence frame: The boys gossiped about
.
6. Now let’s say gossiped together three more
times: gossiped, gossiped, gossiped.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 irresistible


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is irresistible. the word irresistible. (Point to the dessert
Say it with me: irresistible. Irresistible means in the photo.) This delicious dessert looks
“not able to stay away from.” When a food is irresistible to the girl. She wants to eat this
irresistible to you, you want to eat it even if delicious dessert now, even though she knows
you know you should not. she should wait until after dinner. Notice how
she stares at it and bites her lip. Look at her
2. En español, irresistible quiere decir “tan
fingers on the plate. She really wants to eat
atractivo que no te puedes mantener alejado,
the irresistible dessert right away!
irresistible.” Si un tipo de comida se te hace
irresistible, deseas comerla aunque sepas que 5. Let’s all show how we look when we think a
te hace daño. dessert is irresistible. Let’s look at the dessert.
Let’s bite our lips. Let’s move our hands close
3. Irresistible in English and irresistible in Spanish
to the plate. Let’s say something about the
are cognates. They sound almost the same
dessert.
and mean the same thing in both languages.
6. Think of something else that is irresistible to
you. Show us what you do when you can’t
have this irresistible thing. We will try to guess
what it is.
7. Now let’s say irresistible together three more
times: irresistible, irresistible, irresistible.

44
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © picturegarden/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 elegant
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

Word 6 mischievous
Key Vocabulary Word 5 elegant
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. With your partner, list some places in your
1. Another word in the selection is elegant. Say community or places you’ve read about
it with me: elegant. Elegant means “in style that are elegant. For each place, list some
and pleasing.” When a room looks elegant, describing words that tell about why the place
everything in it is clean and beautiful. The is elegant.
furniture and the building look expensive. 6. Choose one of the elegant places you
2. En español, elegant quiere decir “de buen listed with your partner. With this place
gusto y atractivo o agradable, elegante.” in mind, complete the following sentence
Cuando decimos que un cuarto se ve elegante, frame: is elegant because
el cuarto es limpio y bello. Los muebles en el .
cuarto se ven costosos. 7. Now let’s say elegant together three more
3. Elegant in English and elegante in Spanish are times: elegant, elegant, elegant.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word elegant. (Point to the photo.) This
room is elegant. The floors are clean and
polished. The paint is fresh. The chandeliers
are beautiful and expensive. Their light makes
the room look golden. This elegant room
could be in a palace or in a museum.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 mischievous


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is mischievous. the word mischievous. (Point to the girl who is
Say it with me: mischievous. Mischievous holding the hose.) This girl is doing something
means “acting in a naughty way but not mischievous. She’s spraying her friend with
causing harm.” When a person is mischievous, water from the hose. The two friends are
he or she might play a joke on a friend, or do playing, and the water won’t hurt her friend.
something playful, but the actions are not You can see that the friend is laughing.
mean or hurtful. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
2. En español, mischievous quiere decir “inquieto picture demonstrates the word mischievous.
o pícaro, pero no malicioso; travieso.” Una Share your answers with the class. (The friends
persona traviesa suele hacer bromas a sus are having fun. No one is getting hurt.)
amigos, pero ninguno de sus chistes o bromas 5. Work with your partner to use the word
es hiriente. mischievous in a sentence. Use the
sentence frame: I was mischievous when I
.
6. Now let’s say mischievous together three more
times: mischievous, mischievous, mischievous.

46
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Larry Lilac/Alamy Images. (b) © David De Lossy/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 hesitation
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

Word 8 purchased
Key Vocabulary Word 7 hesitation
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Why do you think the man in the photo is
1. Another word in the selection is hesitation. showing hesitation? List some reasons with
Say it with me: hesitation. Hesitation means your partner and then share them with the
“pausing or being undecided.” When you class. (He doesn’t know which way to go;
show hesitation, you are not sure what to do. he doesn’t want to get lost by choosing the
You are not able to make a decision, so you wrong path.)
wait and do nothing. 5. With your partner, list at least three times in
2. En español, hesitation quiere decir “pausa your lives when you have shown hesitation.
antes de hacer algo, indecisión.” Cuando Share your list with another team.
muestras indecisión, no estás seguro qué 6. Now let’s say hesitation together three more
debes hacer. Paras sin hacer nada. times: hesitation, hesitation, hesitation.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word hesitation. (Point to the man in
the photo.) The man is at a fork in the road.
He’s not sure which way to go. He is showing
hesitation. Look at the way he has his hand on
the back of his head, like he is puzzled. He’s
waiting to choose a path until he can figure
out which one is the right way to go.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 purchased


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what the woman did when she
1. Another word in the selection is purchased. purchased her clothes. First she went into a
Say it with me: purchased. Purchased means store. Then she got the clothing she wanted
“bought or paid for, usually with money.” and she took it to the clerk. Then she gave the
When you purchased something at the store, clerk her money and took her purchase home.
you gave the clerk money, and you took the 5. Work in pairs to show how you purchased
item home with you. something. One of you take the role of the
2. En español, to purchase quiere decir “pagar por clerk and the other take the role of the
algo con dinero, comprar.” Cuando compras purchaser. Then switch roles.
algo en la tienda, le das tu dinero al cajero y 6. Now let’s say purchased together three more
llevas el objeto que compraste contigo. times: purchased, purchased purchased.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word purchased. (Point to the woman in
the foreground in the photo.) This woman just
purchased a new item of clothing. She gave
the clerk some money or a credit card. The
clerk put the clothing in bags. The woman will
take her purchase home and enjoy it.

48
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Travelpix Ltd/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (b) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 spread across
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

Word 2 besides
Word 1 spread across
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use spread across to describe 4. Let’s think about what the phrase spread
something that goes for a long way, from across means. I’m going to tell you about
one point to another. Say it with me: spread some things I do at home. If I have to spread
across. Spread across means “to reach or to something across something else, say “spread
stretch for a long distance.” A smile might across.” If not, don’t say anything.
spread across your face if you see someone I put my shoes in the closet.
you like a lot. You would smile a wide smile I put frosting on the top and sides of the cake.
that goes from ear to ear. I plant grass seed from one edge of the yard
2. En español, to spread across quiere decir to the other edge.
“esparcir, extender, llevar algo de un punto a 5. Imagine that I am looking at you and I see a
otro.” Tu sonrisa puede extenderse a lo largo smile spread across your face. Tell me why a
de tu cara si ves a alguien que quieres mucho. smile is spread across your face. (Call on a few
¡Es posible que entonces sonrías de oreja a students to respond. Examples include: We
oreja! don’t have any homework tonight; I got an A
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase spread on my test; I see one of my best friends.)
across. This photo was taken at the Grand 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
Canyon. You can see the rays of the sun as spread across, spread across, spread across.
they spread across the canyon. Look at the
sunlight as it spreads from one side of the
canyon all the way across to the other side.

Word 2 besides
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use besides to describe things 4. Help me finish these sentences:
that are extra. Say it with me: besides. Besides Besides playing tennis, we also
means “in addition to, or also.” We went to .
the circus and besides the animals, there were We have a family garden. Besides tomatoes,
also clowns. We went to the fair and besides we also grow .
food, there were games. Besides reading, I also do well in
2. En español, besides significa “además, .
también o en adición a.” Fuimos al circo y, 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
además de los animales, vimos a los payasos. Repeat the sentences. Replace the words in
Fuimos a la feria y, además de las golosinas, addition to with besides.
disfrutamos de los juegos mecánicos.
In addition to milk, I also drink orange juice at
3. This picture demonstrates the word besides. breakfast.
There is plenty of of food on the table. Besides In addition to P.E, we also get exercise at
the roast turkey, there is soup, vegetables, recess.
and pie. In addition to all this food, there is a In addition to singing, I also enjoy dancing.
pitcher of water to drink.
6. Repeat the word three times with me: besides,
besides, besides .

50
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/SuperStock. (b) © Dorling Kindersley/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 hardly any
Unit 1 Week 4 The Night of San Juan

Word 4 getting close to


Word 3 hardly any
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use hardly any to describe 4. I’m going to describe a few situations. If
something that there is very little of. Say it there is hardly any of something, clap and say
with me: hardly any. Hardly any means “very “hardly any.” If there is a lot of something,
little, only a few, or almost none.” The room don’t do anything.
is so quiet right now that there is hardly any I have just one pencil.
noise. There is almost no noise at all. We have ten boxes of cookies.
2. En español, hardly any significa “muy poco, I have only a few paper clips.
sólo algo o casi nada.” La habitación está tan 5. Help me finish these sentences.
vacía, que no puede oírse casi nada ahora. Hay
muy poco ruido. On a cloudy day there is hardly any
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase hardly Hardly any people or animals live
any. There is hardly any water in the desert. .
The desert gets only a few inches of rain Our team scored hardly any points because
each year. However, these cactuses and many .
animals live in the desert even though there is
hardly any water. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: hardly
any, hardly any, hardly any.

Word 4 getting close to


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use getting close to when 4. I am going to give you some times and
it’s almost the time to do something. Say it situations. If it’s getting close to time to do
with me: getting close to. Getting close to something, pretend to look at your watch and
means “about time to happen or take place.” say, “getting close to.” If not, don’t do or say
When you see students going into the school anything.
building, you know it’s getting close to the It’s 8:00 A. M. and we have science class at
time when school starts. It’s almost time for 2:00 P. M.
school to start. We’re at the basketball game and the clock
2. En español, getting close to quiere decir shows 30 seconds left to play.
“a punto de suceder algo.” Cuando ves a Today is April 23 and my birthday is on
algunos estudiantes correr al edificio de la April 24.
escuela, sabes que las clases están a punto de 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
comenzar. Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase getting almost with getting close to.
close to. These children are all lined up for a It’s almost time to go to bed.
race. The teacher is counting down from ten It’s almost time for art class.
to one. She just said, “two,” so the children It’s almost time for lunch.
know it’s getting close to time to run.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
getting close to, getting close to, getting close
to.

52
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © FlatEarth Images. (b) © Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Basic Words walled city, wrought iron, street vendor,
Unit 1 Week 4
The Night of San Juan cobblestone, cathedral, plaza

walled city wrought iron street vendor

cobblestone cathedral plaza

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
53
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Louis-Laurent Grandadam/Photographer’s Choice RF/Getty. (tc) © Wetzel & Company. (tr) © Michael Blann/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
(bl) © Andy Sotiriou/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © PunchStock. (br) © FlatEarth Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 navigation
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

Word 2 instruct
Key Vocabulary Word 1 navigation
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. One word in the selection is navigation. Say picture demonstrates the word navigation.
it with me: navigation. Navigation means Share your answers with the class. (The man
“guiding a vehicle such as an airplane, a ship, is going somewhere in the ship. He is looking
or a car on a route.” Pilots are in charge of out at the water to see where he is going.)
the navigation of the airplanes they fly. 6. Talk with your partner about ways that a
2. En español, navigation quiere decir “guiar un driver uses navigation to drive a car. What
vehículo como un avión, un carro o un barco would happen if a driver could not use
por una ruta, navegación.” Los pilotos estan a navigation on a trip? With your partner,
cargo de la navegación de sus aviones. complete these sentence frames: A driver
uses for navigation. If a driver
3. Navigation in English and navegación in
wasn’t able to use the right navigation, then
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages. 7. Now let’s say navigation together three more
times: navigation, navigation, navigation.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word navigation. (Point to the man in the
photo.) This man is steering the ship. Steering
is part of navigation. He probably has a chart
that shows the travel lanes in the water. He
uses the chart for navigation.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 instruct


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is instruct. Say it the word instruct. (Point to the coach in the
with me: instruct. To instruct means “to teach photo.) This coach instructs the players. The
someone how to do something.” You can coach knows a lot about baseball, so he is a
instruct someone to learn a skill like reading, good person to instruct them. He tells them
or to play a musical instrument. You instruct, how to hold the bat and when to hit the ball.
or teach people how to do something that 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for the coach to
you know how to do well. instruct the team. Let’s show the players how
2. En español, to instruct quiere decir “enseñar to hold the bat. Let’s tell them when to hit
a alguien cómo hacer algo, instruir.” Podrías the ball.
instruir a alguien a hacer algo que ya sabes 6. Now instruct us. Show us how to do
hacer, como leer. something that you know how to do well.
3. To instruct in English and instruir in Spanish We will listen and learn from you.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say instruct together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: instruct, instruct, instruct.

56
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Neil Rabinowitz/Corbis. (b) © Lori Adamski Peek/Stone/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 patriots
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

Word 4 tyrant
Key Vocabulary Word 3 patriots
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is patriots. Say the word patriots. (Point to the photo.) This is
it with me: patriots. Patriots are people who a photo of Mount Rushmore in South Dakota.
love and defend their country. Some patriots The faces of Presidents George Washington,
may serve in the military. Other patriots may Thomas Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt, and
fly their country’s flag to show that they love Abraham Lincoln were carved into the rock.
and support their country. We can’t see President Lincoln in this photo.
These men were all great patriots who loved
2. En español, patriots quiere decir “personas
our country and worked hard for it.
que aman y defienden a su país, patriotas.”
Algunos patriotas sirven en las fuerzas 5. Talk with your partner about famous patriots
armadas. of this country. Discuss why each person
should be considered a patriot. Then choose
3. Patriots in English and patriotas in Spanish are
one and tell the class why you think this
cognates. They sound almost the same and
person is a patriot.
mean the same thing in both languages.
6. Work with your partner to use the word
patriot in a sentence. Use the sentence
frame: I think that is a patriot
because .
7. Now let’s say patriots together three more
times: patriots, patriots, patriots.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 tyrant


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is tyrant. Say it picture demonstrates the word tyrant. Share
with me: tyrant. Tyrant means “someone who your answers with the class. (The boy looks
rules over others in a mean or unfair way.” mean. He is grabbing the other boy’s shirt. He
When someone is a tyrant, they do not treat may try to punch the boy or steal his money.)
others well. They may hurt or punish others, 5. With your partner, make a list of tyrants
or take things away from them. you have read about or seen in movies.
2. En español, tyrant quiere decir “alguien que Choose one, and complete this sentence
trata a las personas sobre las que tiene poder frame: is a tyrant because
de una manera injusta, un tirano.” Los tiranos .
usan su poder para castigar y a veces herir 6. Now let’s say tyrant together three more
a otros. times: tyrant, tyrant, tyrant.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tyrant. (Point to the boy on the
left in the photo.) This boy is behaving like a
tyrant. He is bullying the other boy, and trying
to hurt him. The tyrant is saying mean things
to the other boy.

58
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Geostock/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © American Images Inc/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 stark
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

Word 6 governor
Key Vocabulary Word 5 stark
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. With your partner, list some places that you
1. Another word in the selection is stark. Say it have seen or read about that can be described
with me: stark. Stark means “very bare and as stark. Share your list with the class.
plain.” When a place looks stark, there is no 5. Choose one of the stark settings from your
scenery. A stark place is not pretty or pleasant. list. Draw a picture representing this setting.
2. En español, stark quiere decir “simple y At the bottom of your picture, complete
vacío, sin decoraciones, inhóspito.” Un lugar this sentence frame: is stark
inhóspito no tiene paisaje. No es bonito ni because .
agradable. 6. Now let’s say stark together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates stark, stark, stark.
the word stark. (Point to the photo.) This
place is stark. There’s nothing around but
cold, white snow. There are no pretty trees to
look at or to protect you from the cold and
the wind. This place looks bare and empty.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 governor


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is governor. the word governor. (Point to Governor
Say it with me: governor. Governor means “a Schwarzenegger.) This is Governor Arnold
person who is elected to rule a state.” Each Schwarzenegger of California. The governor
state in the United States has a governor. The is working in his office. He is reading some
people of the state vote for that person to be important papers. He may be getting ready to
their governor. A governor can be a man or a make a new law.
woman. The governor takes care of the laws 5. With your partner, talk about how a person
and people in the state. could become a governor. (Examples might
2. En español, governor quiere decir “la persona include: The person gives speeches asking
elegida para mandar sobre un estado, for people’s votes. People cast votes for the
gobernador.” El gobernador hace cumplir la person they want to be governor. Votes are
ley y está pendiente de las necesidades de los counted, and the person with the most votes
residentes de su estado. becomes governor.)
3. Governor in English and gobernador in Spanish 6. Work with your partner to use the word
are cognates. They sound almost the same governor in a sentence. Use the sentence
and mean the same thing in both languages. frame: If I were elected governor, I would
.
7. Now let’s say governor together three more
times: governor, governor, governor.

60
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lars Thulin/Johner Images/Getty Images. (b) © Lucy Nicholson/Reuters/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 inspect
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common
Key Vocabulary Word 7 inspect
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for the lab partners
1. Another word in the selection is inspect. Say it to inspect the leaf. Let’s put the leaf under the
with me: inspect. To inspect means “to look at microscope. Let’s look in the microscope.
something very carefully.” When you inspect 5. Now show us how you would inspect
something, you examine it carefully. You want something. You could use a microscope like
to find out all you can about the item. the students in the photograph, or you could
2. En español, to inspect quiere decir “mirar just use your eyes. Tell us what you see when
algo atentamente, examinar, inspeccionar.” you inspect this item.
Cuando inspeccionas algo, lo examinas para 6. Now let’s say inspect together three more
aprender todo sobre el objeto. times: inspect, inspect, inspect.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word inspect. (Point to the children in the
photo.) The boy and girl are lab partners. They
have to inspect a small sample of a leaf. They
look at it closely to see what it looks like. They
want to learn all they can about the leaf.

62
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ThinkStock/SuperStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 stand beside
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common

Word 2 take a deep breath


Word 1 stand beside
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use stand beside to describe a way 4. I am going to describe some situations. If they
that someone helps another person. Say it with show that I stand beside someone, say “stand
me: stand beside. Stand beside means “to support beside.” If not, don’t say anything anything.
or help someone who is having difficulties.” If My little sister was sad because she broke her
the star basketball player is missing her shots, the doll, so I helped her fix it.
coach and team members will stand beside her. My brother was failing math, so I tutored him.
They’ll help her and give her encouragement. My friend was looking for his lost dog, so I
They won’t turn away from her. went to the movies without him.
2. En español, to stand beside quiere decir 5. Help me finish these sentences:
“apoyar a alguien que está pasando por
momentos difíciles.” Si la estrella del equipo I stand beside my teammates when I
de baloncesto ha fallado sus tiros en un .
partido, el entrenador y sus compañeros I stand beside my friend when I
lo apoyarán. Todos juntos lo ayudarán a .
recuperar el ánimo. No lo dejarán solo. My teacher stands beside me when she
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase stand
beside. The younger boy is just learning to read, 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: stand
and it’s hard for him. The older boy is his tutor. beside, stand beside, stand beside.
The tutor stands beside the younger boy. The
tutor helps the boy read the words and praises
him for his efforts. Because the tutor stands
beside him, the boy is learning to read better.

Word 2 take a deep breath


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use take a deep breath to 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take a
describe what you do when you get ready to deep breath. These men are about to jump
do something difficult. Say it with me: take a out of an airplane. They are trained to do
deep breath. When you take a deep breath, this, but it’s still a scary thing to do. Each man
you sit or stand up very straight. You breathe takes a deep breath, thinks about the actions
in as much air as you can so you feel the air he has to take next, and then he jumps.
all the way in the bottom of your stomach. 4. Let’s think about what the phrase take a deep
Taking a deep breath helps you feel calm. You breath means. When would you tell someone
think about the hard thing you are going to to take a deep breath? Discuss your responses
do and you feel confident that you can do it. with your partner. (Ask one or two pairs for
2. En español, to take a deep breath quiere decir their response. Examples include: when a
“tomar aliento para hacer algo difícil.” Cuando swimmer is about to dive, when a doctor is
tomas aliento, te sientas o paras muy derechito. about to give you a shot, when you are going
Inhalas todo el aire que puedes hasta que tus on a roller coaster ride for the first time)
pulmones y el fondo de tu estómago se llenan 5. Think about a time when you had to take a deep
de oxígeno. Tomar aliento te ayuda a sentirte breath. Tell your partner what you were doing.
más tranquilo. Entonces, al pensar en eso que Explain how it helped you to take a deep breath.
te parece tan difícil, te sientes más confiado y
seguro de poder hacerlo. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: take
a deep breath, take a deep breath, take a
deep breath.

64
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Buzz Pictures/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 a man of his word/
Unit 1 Week 5 Sleds on Boston Common a woman of her word

Word 4 times were hard


Word 3 a man of his word/a woman of her word

TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE


1. In English, we use a man of his word/a woman 4. I am going to describe some situations. If the
of her word to describe an honorable and situation describes how a man of his word or a
trustworthy person. Say it with me: a man of woman of her word would act, say, “a man of
his word/a woman of her word. A man of his his word” or “a woman of her word.” If not,
word/a woman of her word is someone who is don’t do anything.
honest. This person tells the truth and keeps My grandmother promised to take me to the
promises. This person can be trusted. park and she did it.
2. En español, a man of his word/a woman of her My friend said he would play basketball but he
word quiere decir “un hombre o una mujer de did not come to the court when he said he would.
palabra.” Una persona así es honesta, dice la The coach said he would take us out for pizza
verdad y cumple lo que promete. Tú puedes after the game, and he took us out.
confiar siempre en un hombre o una mujer de 5. Think about a person you know who is a man
palabra. of his word or a woman of her word. Use the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase a man phrase to describe what the person does. (Call
of his word/a woman of her word. When two on a few students to respond.)
people agree to do something, they shake hands 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: a man
on it. The handshake is a sign that each person of his word/a woman of her word, a man of
is a man of his word or a woman of her word. his word/a woman of her word, a man of his
They make a promise or a commitment to each word/a woman of her word.
other. Each one has faith in the other person.

Word 4 times were hard


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use times were hard to describe 4. Think about a time you have read or heard
difficult living conditions. Say it with me: about when times were hard for people. What
times were hard. If times were hard for made the times hard? What happened to the
people, they may not have had a place to live people when times were hard for them? Share
or enough to eat. It was hard or difficult for your responses with your partner. (Ask one or
the person to get through each day. two pairs for their response.)
2. En español, times were hard quiere decir 5. Suppose you heard about victims of a natural
“los tiempos eran difíciles.” Es decir, las disaster like a hurricane. You knew that times
condiciones fueron adversas para conseguir were hard for them. What might you do to help
lo que uno quería. Si alguien dice que tuvo out? Discuss your ideas with your partner. (Ask
tiempos difíciles, esa persona no tuvo one or two pairs for their response. Examples
entonces comida suficiente ni un lugar digno include: collect food or clothes to send, ask
para vivir. A esa persona le fue muy duro adults to go with you to help the people.)
sobrevivir cada uno de aquellos días. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: times
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase times were were hard, times were hard, times were hard.
hard. The picture shows volunteers who helped
out some people who survived a terrible flood.
Times were hard for the survivors. They didn’t
have enough food or water. Because times were
hard, the volunteers were sending the survivors
boxes filled with supplies.

66
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © U.S. Air Force photo by Master Sgt. Michael Farris.
Basic Words
Unit 1 Week 5
common, harbor, dock,
Sleds on Boston Common
masts, wharf, weather vane

common harbor dock

masts wharf weather vane

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
67
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Robin Hill/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tc) © Hisham Ibrahim/Photographer’s Choice RF/Getty Images. (tr) © Vincent Mo/zefa/Corbis.
(bl) © Jupiterimages. (bm) © Reed Kaestner//Corbis. (br) © Lucidio Studio Inc./Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 eldest
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

Word 2 depicts
Key Vocabulary Word 1 eldest
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about how this picture
1. One word in the selection is eldest. Say it with illustrates the word eldest. Talk about other
me: eldest. Eldest means “oldest, or of the pictures that might illustrate this word. (The
greatest age.” The eldest person in a family picture shows different ages within a family,
is the person who was born first. In many with one person clearly older than everyone
cultures, the eldest people are given a lot of else. Other pictures that could illustrate eldest
respect because of their age and wisdom. could show an older dog with some puppies,
or a young person on a bus giving up his seat
2. En español, eldest quiere decir “el mayor, o el
for an older gentleman.)
de más avanzada edad.” La persona mayor de
una familia es la persona que nació antes que 5. Tell you partner about the eldest person in
los demás. En muchas culturas, los mayores your family. Does this person live with you?
son respetados por su edad y sabiduría. How is this person related to you?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say eldest together three more
the word eldest. (Point to the woman in the times: eldest, eldest, eldest.
center of the photo.) This woman is the eldest
one in her family. She was born a long time
ago. Her children and grandchildren are all
around her.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 depicts


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is depicts. Say picture demonstrates the word depicts. Share
it with me: depicts. Depicts means “shows or your answers with the class. (The painting
represents in a painting or a picture.” When looks like a real place. The animals and trees
a painting depicts something, it shows what look real. The painting makes me want to go
that object or place is like. to that place.)
2. En español, to depict quiere decir “mostrar 5. With your partner, draw a picture of a
en un dibujo, representar.” Cuando un dibujo scene. At the bottom of your picture, write
representa algo, muestra cómo ese objeto the sentence frame: This picture depicts
o lugar es. Un dibujo podría representar el . Share your picture and sentence
amanecer o niños en el colegio. with another pair.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say depicts together three more
the word depicts. Look at this painting on the times: depicts, depicts, depicts.
side of the building. The painting depicts a
beautiful, tropical place. When people look
at this painting, they may daydream about
relaxing at a quiet, restful tropical resort.

70
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 detested
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

Word 4 ignored
Key Vocabulary Word 3 detested
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is detested. Say the word detested. (Point to the boy in the
it with me: detested. Detested means “disliked photo.) Look at the face this boy is making.
something very much.” When someone detests He detested taking this medicine because it
something, they don’t want to do it, or they tasted bad. The boy tried hard to get out of
don’t like to be near it. I detested walking taking his medicine. He pulled away and made
across the muddy field in my good shoes. a funny face.
2. En español, to detest quiere decir “disgustar 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the boy
mucho, detestar.” Cuando alguien detesta detested taking his medicine. Let’s make a
algo, no le gusta hacerlo o tenerlo cerca. face. Let’s shake our heads no, or close our lips
Detesto atravesar el campo lodoso en mis tight. Let’s say something about how much
zapatos más bonitos. we detest taking the medicine.
3. To detest in English and detestar in Spanish 6. Pretend you detest doing something, or you
are cognates. They sound almost the same detest being near a certain type of creature.
and mean the same thing in both languages. Show the class how you act when you detest
something. Tell us why you detest doing this
thing, or why you detest this creature.
7. Now let’s say detested together three more
times: detested, detested, detested.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 ignored


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is ignored. Say the word ignored. (Point to the chimp in the
it with me: ignored. Ignored means “refused photo.) Notice how this chimp has his fingers
to pay attention to.” If someone ignored you, in his ears. Perhaps his trainer just told him
they pretended not to see you, or they did to do something that he didn’t want to do.
not listen to you or talk to you. Perhaps they The chimp ignored his trainer. He put his
walked right by you and did not even look at fingers in his ears to show his trainer that he
you. They may have hurt your feelings when was not listening.
they ignored you. 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the chimp
2. En español, to ignore quiere decir “no ignored his trainer. Let’s put our fingers in our
prestarle atención a algo o alguien, ignorar.” ears. Let’s turn around so we can’t see our
Si alguien te está ignorando, actúa como si trainer. Let’s walk away and not look back at
no te viera o no te escuchara, camina al lado our trainer.
tuyo y no te mira. Tus sentimientos pueden ser 6. Pretend you have just ignored someone. You
heridos si alguien te ignora. can be a person or an animal, and you could
3. To ignore in English and ignorar in Spanish are have ignored a person or an animal. Show us
cognates. They sound almost the same and what you did and how you looked.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say ignored together three more
times: ignored, ignored, ignored.

72
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Hill Street Studios/Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © DLILLC/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 refuge
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

Word 6 projects
Key Vocabulary Word 5 refuge
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is refuge. Say it the word refuge. (Point to the photo.) Look
with me: refuge. Refuge means “a place that at this beautiful, quiet beach. The man in the
gives shelter or protection from something hammock is using this beach as his refuge.
that is dangerous or unpleasant.” When a Maybe he has just received some sad news,
place is a refuge, it is safe for people to or he has been working very hard. He came
go there. to this refuge to relax and rest. No one will
bother him here.
2. En español, refuge quiere decir “un lugar
que te da protección de algo peligroso o 5. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
desagradable, refugio.” Un refugio es un lugar picture demonstrates the word refuge. Share
seguro al que las personas pueden llegar. your answers with the class. (The man looks
relaxed. The beach looks quiet and safe.)
3. Refuge in English and refugio in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Tell your partner about places you use as a
mean the same thing in both languages. refuge when you are worried or upset. Share
your responses with other pairs.
7. Now let’s say refuge together three more
times: refuge, refuge, refuge.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 projects


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is projects. Say the word projects. (Point to the girl in the
it with me: projects. Projects means “jobs or photo.) See how this girl is helping her
tasks that take a lot of work.” Sometimes mother and brother with a baking project.
you do art projects at school using paint or First they made the cake batter and now they
markers. Your family members may do sewing are getting ready to bake it. They did this
or woodworking projects at home. baking project together so the girl can take
the cupcakes to school. It looks like they are
2. En español, projects quiere decir “trabajos o
having fun with this project!
tareas que requieren esfuerzo, proyectos.” A
veces haces proyectos en tu clase de arte con 5. Talk with your partner about projects you
creyones o marcadores. Otros miembros de have worked on in school this year. What has
tu familia completan proyectos de costura been your favorite project so far? Why?
o carpintería. 6. Make a list of at least five projects your class could
3. Projects in English and proyectos in Spanish do to improve your school or your community.
are cognates. They sound almost the same Choose one, and complete this sentence frame:
and mean the same thing in both languages. I think a project that would help our school (or
community) would be .
7. Now let’s say projects together three more
times: projects, projects, projects.

74
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Randy Faris/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 obvious
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

Word 8 obedience
Key Vocabulary Word 7 obvious
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is obvious. Say the word obvious. (Point to the red door in
it with me: obvious. Obvious means “clear, or the photo.) Three of these doors are green.
easy to understand.” When a thing is obvious, This one is red. It’s obvious that this door is a
you see it right away. When an idea is obvious, different color. The door stands out from the
you can easily understand it. Something that is other doors.
obvious is not hidden in any way. 5. With a partner, create a collection of objects,
2. En español, obvious quiere decir “claro, fácil with one obvious object that is different from
de ver o entender, obvio.” Cuando una cosa the others. (Examples: four books and one
es obvia, la ves inmediatamente. Cuando una notebook, three pencils and one pen) Show
idea es obvia, la entiendes con facilidad. Algo your collection to another pair. Ask them: “Is
obvio no está oculto. it obvious that one object is different? Why?”
3. Obvious in English and obvio in Spanish are 6. Work with your partner to use the word
cognates. They sound almost the same and obvious in a sentence. Use the sentence
mean the same thing in both languages. frame: This is obvious because
.
7. Now let’s say obvious together three more
times: obvious, obvious, obvious.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 obedience


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is obedience. the word obedience. (Point to the students
Say it with me: obedience. Obedience means with raised hands in the photo.) See how
“doing what someone in authority tells you these students are showing their obedience
to do.” When you show obedience to your to their teacher. She told them to raise a hand
parents, you follow their rules. You do what if they knew the answer. She told the other
they tell you to do out of respect for them. students to sit quietly. All of the students are
2. En español, obedience quiere decir “la showing obedience.
característica de hacer lo que te dice 5. Pretend to be in the classroom in the photo
una autoridad, obediencia.” Le muestras and show obedience to the teacher. A few
obediencia a tus padres cuando cumples con of you raise your hands. The rest of you sit
sus reglas. Haces lo que ellos te dicen por quietly and look at the teacher.
respeto a ellos. 6. Work with a partner and demonstrate how
3. Obedience in English and obediencia in you show your obedience in a situation. You
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost could be at home, at school, on a sports team,
the same and mean the same thing in both or in a band. One of you take the role of the
languages. student and the other take the role of the
person in authority. The person in authority
gives an order and the student shows
obedience. Then switch roles.
7. Now let’s say obedience together three more
times: obedience, obedience, obedience.

76
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Darren Greenwood/Design Pics/Corbis. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 all one can think of
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

Word 2 all one can do


Word 1 all one can think of
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use all one can think of to 4. Let’s think about what the phrase all one can
describe a way that a person sometimes only think of means. I am going to describe some
thinks about one thing. Say it with me: all situations. If I am only thinking of one thing,
one can think of. When you have a big test hold up one index finger and say “all one can
coming, it’s all you can think of. It’s on your think of.” If not, don’t do anything.
mind all the time. I am listening to a CD, cleaning my room, and
2. En español, all one can think of quiere decir talking on the phone.
“poder pensar en una sola cosa.” Si vas a I am working on a book report so I am sitting
presentar un examen pronto es posible que quietly reading the book and taking notes on
sólo pienses en ese examen. Sólo puedes it. I ignore my Instant Messages.
pensar en ese examen. I want a new computer. I look at pictures of
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase all one computers, talk to people about their comput-
can think of. The cookies are all she can think ers, and try out computers at the store.
of. She is thinking about how she can reach 5. Help me finish this sentence.
the cookies. She is not thinking about her toys When it’s hot outside, all I can think of is
or playing with her dog. .
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: all one
can think of, all one can think of, all one can
think of.

Word 2 all one can do


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use all one can do to describe a 4. I am going to describe some situations.
situation when you can only do one thing. Say Tell your partner what you would do in the
it with me: all one can do. When you miss your situation. Use the phrase all I can do is in your
bus, all you can do is wait for the next one response.
to come along. You can’t make the next bus I’m on the hockey team. My coach has me sit-
come any faster or make the missed bus come ting on the bench right now.
back for you. I’m out on the lake with my dad, fishing. The
2. En español, all one can do quiere decir “lo fish are not biting right now.
único que uno puede hacer.” Cuando no We go out to the car in the morning and find
alcanzas un autobús, lo único que puedes out there’s a flat tire. We have called the
hacer es esperar el siguiente. No puedes hacer repair service.
que ese autobús llegue más rápido ni puedes 5. Think about a situation when there was only
hacer que regrese el que ya pasó. one thing you could do. Describe the situation
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase all one to your partner. Use the phrase all I could do
can do. The delivery person is waiting for the was in your response.
elevator. He sees that the elevator is at the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: all one
20th floor, and he is on the eigth floor. He can do, all one can do, all one can do.
can’t walk up the stairs with the heavy boxes.
All he can do is wait.

78
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JGI/Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Steve Cole/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 at the moment
Unit 2 Week 1 Valley of the Moon

Word 4 in exchange for


Word 3 at the moment
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use at the moment to describe 4. Now I am going to say some sentences.
something you are doing right now. Say it Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase
with me: at the moment. If you are doing right now with the phrase at the moment.
homework and a friend calls, your mom tells I can’t watch TV right now because I am
the friend you are too busy to talk at the reading.
moment. You will call the friend later, after I can’t answer the phone right now because I
you finish your homework. am giving the baby a bath.
2. En español, at the moment quiere decir “ahora We can’t play outside right now because it is
mismo, en este momento.” Si estás haciendo raining.
tu tarea y un amigo te llama por teléfono, 5. Help me finish these sentences:
tu mamá le explicará que estás demasiado
ocupado para poder responder la llamada en I can’t talk to you at the moment because
este momento. Le llamarás más tarde. .
We can’t go with you at the moment because
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase at .
the moment. These kids are doing a tricky They’re not helping us at the moment because
balancing act. They are concentrating very .
hard at the moment.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: at the
moment, at the moment, at the moment.

Word 4 in exchange for


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use in exchange for to describe 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase in
what we do when we trade things or give one exchange for. This woman wants a piece of
thing for another. Say it with me: in exchange pizza. In exchange for the slice of pizza, she
for. In exchange for means “giving something gives the pizza seller some money.
and getting something else.” The exchange 4. Talk with your partner. Ask, “What would
can be money, time, or items. In exchange you give me in exchange for this ?”
for your basketball, I might give you my Your partner should answer using the phrase
soccer ball. in exchange for.
2. En español, in exchange for quiere decir “dar 5. Complete these sentences with your partner.
a cambio una cosa por otra.” Este intercambio
puede darse en dinero, tiempo o cosas. A In exchange for a sandwich, I paid
cambio de tu pelota de baloncesto yo podría .
darte mi pelota de fútbol. In exchange for walking her dog, my neighbor
.
I gave my friend in exchange
for tickets to the concert.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in
exchange for, in exchange for, in exchange for.

80
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andrew Resek/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Kent Knudson/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 1
courtyard, tile floor, adobe,
Valley of the Moon
tapestry, balcony, rose vines

courtyard tile floor adobe

tapestry balcony rose vines

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
81
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Annie Reynolds/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © George Gutenberg/Beateworks/Corbis. (tr) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
(bl) © IMS Communications Ltd./Captstone Design/FlatEarth Images. (bm) © Colin Paterson/Getty Images. (br) © Ablestock/Jupiterimages/Photos.com/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 instill
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

Word 2 combined
Key Vocabulary Word 1 instill
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. One word in the selection is instill. Say it with picture demonstrates the word instill. Share
me: instill. To instill means “to put ideas or your answers with the class. (The artist is
teachings into someone’s mind.” When you painting to share her ideas with people. The
instill ideas, you encourage or try to convince artist wants people to like nature.)
someone to do or see things your way. 5. Work with your partner to use the word instill
2. En español, to instill quiere decir “meter in a sentence. Use the sentence frame: A
ideas o enseñanzas en la mente de alguien, painting of can instill a feeling of
inculcar.” Cuando inculcas ideas en algien, happiness in me.
animas o tratas de convencer a una persona 6. Now let’s say instill together three more times:
de que haga o vea las cosas de tu manera. instill, instill, instill.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word instill. See how this artist is painting
a beautiful picture. She wants to instill in her
viewers a love and appreciation of nature.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 combined


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is combined. the word combined. The chef who made this
Say it with me: combined. Combined means salad combined lettuce, tomatoes, cheese,
“mixed together.” When colors are combined, cucumbers, carrots, and spinach all together
they make new colors. If you combined red in a bowl.
and white, you would make pink. 5. Let’s all show what the chef did when she
2. En español, to combine quiere decir combined the ingredients for the salad. First
“mezclar, combinar.” Cuando dos colores she put lettuce in the bowl. Then she added
son combinados, crean un nuevo color. Si tomatoes. Next she put in cheese, carrots,
combinas los colores rojo y blanco, haces el cucumbers, and spinach. She mixed them all
color rosa o rosado. up, and then picked up some of the salad with
salad tongs.
3. To combine in English and combinar in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 6. Think of something you helped to cook. Show
the same and mean the same thing in both us how you combined the ingredients. Name
languages. the ingredients you combined. We’ll guess
what you made.
7. Now let’s say combined together three more
times: combined, combined, combined.

84
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Doug/Menuez/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas Images/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 naturalist
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

Word 4 vacant
Key Vocabulary Word 3 naturalist
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is naturalist. Say the word naturalist. (Point to the boy in the
it with me: naturalist. A naturalist is someone photo.) This boy is a naturalist. See how he
who studies plants and animals. A naturalist uses a magnifying glass to study small insects
tries to understand how animals and plants and plants. He wants to learn all about the
live and grow. insects and plants. When he grows up, he may
go to college and study to be a professional
2. En español, naturalist quiere decir “una
naturalist.
persona que estudia las plantas y los animales,
naturalista.” El naturalista trata de averiguar 5. Let’s all show what the boy does as a
cómo viven y crecen los animales y las plantas. naturalist. Let’s walk quietly through the
grass and sit down in one spot. Let’s use our
3. Naturalist in English and naturalista in Spanish
magnifying glasses to study the plants and
are cognates. They sound almost the same
insects. Let’s write down some of the things
and mean the same thing in both languages.
we observed.
6. Think of another place a naturalist might
work. Tell us where the naturalist is. Show us
what the naturalist does. We’ll pretend to be
naturalists with you.
7. Now let’s say naturalist together three more
times: naturalist, naturalist, naturalist.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 vacant


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Chairs can be vacant. A beach can be vacant.
1. Another word in the selection is vacant. Say What are some other things that can be
it with me: vacant. Vacant means “empty, or vacant? Work with your partner to make a list
not in use.” When a place is vacant, no one of things or places that can be vacant. Share
is there. your list with the class.
2. En español, vacant quiere decir “vacío, que no 5. With your partner, draw a picture to illustrate
está siendo usado, libre.” Si una habitación the word vacant. Show your picture to
está vacía, no hay nadie en ella. another pair and have them guess what
vacant thing or place your picture illustrates.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word vacant. (Point to the chair in the 6. Now let’s say vacant together three more
photo.) Look at the empty chair. There’s no times: vacant, vacant, vacant.
one sitting in it. The chair is vacant. Look,
there aren’t any people on the beach or in the
water. The beach and the water are vacant,
too. There’s no one around!

86
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © moodboard/Corbis. (b) © Hisham F. Ibrahim/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 diverse
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey
Key Vocabulary Word 5 diverse
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. How is our class diverse? Talk with your
1. Another word in the selection is diverse. Say partner about differences in our class. Share
it with me: diverse. Diverse means “made up your ideas with the class.
of many different kinds of things.” When a 6. What are some things that make our school
group of people is diverse, there are men and diverse? With your partner, make a list of at
women from different countries, cultures, and least five differences that make our school
religions in the group. diverse. Share your list with another pair.
2. En español, diverse quiere decir “compuesto 7. Now let’s say diverse together three more
por muchas cosas diferentes, diverso.” Cuando times: diverse, diverse, diverse.
un grupo de personas es diverso, hay mujeres
y hombres de diferentes países, culturas y
religiones en el grupo.
3. Diverse in English and diverso in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word diverse. (Point to the photo.) This
photo shows a very diverse group of people.
There are men and women. There are people
of different ages as well as different cultures.
There are people of different sizes, too. This
group is diverse in many ways.

88
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to spot
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

Word 2 as far as the eye could reach


Word 1 to spot
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to spot to describe things 4. Let’s pretend we are bird watching. When
that we see suddenly. Say it with me: to spot. I tell you that I see a bird, hold up your
To spot means “to notice or see in a particular binoculars and say “I spot it!”
place.” If the park is crowded it might be hard I’m looking in the bushes and suddenly I see a
to see people, but you could still spot your robin.
friend’s bright yellow jacket. I hear a tapping noise and look up in the tree.
2. En español, to spot quiere decir “ver o notar I look carefully along the branches. There’s a
algo.” Si el parque está lleno de gente, podría woodpecker!
serte difícil reconocer a alguien en particular, I look high in the sky and I see an eagle
pero aun así podrías notar el abrigo amarillo soaring overhead.
de tu amigo. 5. Imagine that you are walking along the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to spot. beach. What could you spot? (Call on a few
This boy is birdwatching with his family. students to answer. Examples include: a sea
They’ve been looking for one special bird for gull, a dolphin, a surfer, a boat)
several minutes without any luck. He adjusts 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
his binoculars and suddenly he spots the bird spot, to spot, to spot.
in a tree. He’s so happy to spot the bird. He
points so his family can spot it, too.

Word 2 as far as the eye could reach


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use as far as the eye could reach 4. Let’s look out the window. Tell us what you
to describe things we see that are very far see as far as your eye can reach. (Call on a few
away. Say it with me: as far as the eye could students to respond. Examples include fields,
reach. As far as the eye could reach means “to buildings, or houses.)
see a point far away or in the distance.” You 5. Now imagine that we are going on trips to
might look at an airplane go across the sky as different places. Help me finish each sentence.
far as your eye can reach.
When I was hiking in the mountains, as far as
2. En español, as far as the eye could reach my eye could reach I saw .
quiere decir “poder ver algo lejano a simple When I was shopping in the city, I saw
vista.” Es posible que en un día despejado veas as far as my eye could reach.
un avión cruzar el cielo a simple vista. When I was riding through the country, as far
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase as far as as my eye could reach I saw .
the eye could reach. Imagine that you were 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: as far
driving down this road. You looked all around as the eye could reach, as far as the eye could
you. You could see a long way, because the reach, as far as the eye could reach.
road was flat. As far as your eye could reach,
all you saw was fields, with some mountains
far away in the distance.

90
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Caroline Warren/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © 1998 Copyright IMS Communications .
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 take the time
Unit 2 Week 2 A Historic Journey

Word 4 keep a diary


Word 3 take the time
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use take the time to describe a 4. I am going to describe some activities. If you
way that we do things. Say it with me: take the think they show an example of taking the time,
time. Take the time means “to spend time doing say “take the time.“ If not, don’t do anything.
something ” If you want to read a certain book, My brother carefully makes his bed, puts away
you will take the time to look for it at the library. his toys, and hangs up his clothes.
If your grandparents live far away, you may take Every night I brush my teeth and wash my face.
the time to send them a long email every week. I rush out the door and eat an apple at the bus
2. En español, to take the time quiere decir stop.
“tomarse el tiempo para hacer algo.” Si 5. How would you take the time to do each of
quieres leer cierto libro, te tomarás tu tiempo these things? Help me finish each sentence.
para encontrarlo en la biblioteca. Si tus
abuelos viven lejos de tu casa, es posible que When I’m getting ready for a party, I take the
te tomes tu tiempo para escribirles un largo time to .
correo electrónico cada semana. When I have a day off from school, I take the
time to .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take When I need a gift for my friend’s birthday, I
the time. When this girl paints, she likes to do take the time to .
neat work. She takes the time to work slowly
and think about the colors she is using. She 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: take
is careful to make small, slow brush strokes. the time, take the time, take the time.
Because she takes the time to do a good job,
she will have a beautiful picture.

Word 4 keep a diary


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use keep a diary to describe 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase keep a
one way to write down what we do and think. diary. This girl keeps a diary. She writes in her
Say it with me: keep a diary. When you keep a diary every evening. She writes about the things
diary you write in a special book called a diary. she has done during the day. If she is upset,
You write down your thoughts and feelings or she writes about her feelings. When she has
what you did. Usually people don’t show their finished, she puts her diary away so no one else
diaries to anyone else. However, if someone is can read it. The girl likes to keep a diary.
on a trip they might keep a diary of what they 4. If I say I’m going to start to keep a diary, what
do and see and then share it with others. does that mean? What will I do? Where will I
2. En español, to keep a diary quiere decir do it? Discuss your response with your partner.
“escribir un diario para recordar lo que (Ask one or two pairs for their response.) (It
pensamos e hicimos cada día.” En un diario means I would write in a special book. I will
escribes tus pensamientos y sentimientos y write every afternoon when I get home from
también lo que hiciste cada día. Por lo general, school. I’ll keep my diary in my desk drawer. I
la gente no le muestra a nadie su diario. Sin will make sure my brother doesn’t read it.)
embargo, si alguien hace un viaje, es posible 5. What would you write about if you were keeping
que escriba en un diario lo que vio e hizo a diary? Discuss your response with your partner.
durante su recorrido, y seguramente querrá (Ask one or two pairs for their response.)
compartir después con otros sus vivencias.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: keep a
diary, keep a diary, keep a diary.

92
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © SW Productions/Getty Images.
Basic Words explorer, elk, antelope, wintering
Unit 2 Week 2
A Historic Journey grounds, vegetation, badlands

explorer elk antelope

wintering grounds vegetation badlands

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
93
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Joe Atlas/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Purestock/PunchStock. (tr) © Jeff Vanuga/Corbis.
(bl) © creatas Images/PunchStock. (bm) © U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service. (br) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 vastness
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

Word 2 enthusiasm
Key Vocabulary Word 1 vastness
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. One word in the selection is vastness. Say it picture demonstrates the word vastness. Share
with me: vastness. Vastness means “relating your answers with the class. (All you see is
to a very large area, size, or amount.” When sand. The sand looks endless. This looks like a
you talk about the vastness of an area, you gigantic place.)
talk about how enormous or immense the 5. What are some other places you have seen
area seems. or can imagine that are vast? List so me vast
2. En español, vastness quiere decir “la amplitud places with your partner. Then choose one
o extensión de un territorio, o la enormidad de of these places and complete this sentence
una cantidad o tamaño.” Cuando se habla de frame: The vastness of is amazing
la amplitud de un área, se habla de lo grande because . Share your sentence
o inmensa que parece. with the class.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say vastness together three more
the word vastness. (Point to the photo.) Look times: vastness, vastness, vastness.
at this enormous desert. All you see is sand
and more sand. The vastness makes it look like
the desert will go on forever.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 enthusiasm


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is enthusiasm. the word enthusiasm. See how these
Say it with me: enthusiasm. Enthusiasm means cheerleaders smile and jump in the air. The
“a great amount of interest in something.” cheerleaders are showing their enthusiasm for
When you show your enthusiasm about a their team. They want the spectators to share
project, you are happy and excited about it. their enthusiasm.
You are willing to do a lot of work or spend a 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a cheerleader
lot of time on the task. to show enthusiasm. Let’s smile, clap or wave
2. En español, enthusiasm quiere decir “interés our hands, and jump in the air. Let’s say,
muy fuerte por algo, entusiasmo.” Cuando “Hooray, team!”
sientes entusiasmo por un proyecto, te sientes 6. Think of something you like to do and how
contento y emocionado al hablar o pensar en you show enthusiasm for it. Show us what you
él. Estás dispuesto a trabajar bastante o pasar do when you show enthusiasm. We’ll join in
mucho tiempo haciendo esa tarea. and show our enthusiasm with you.
3. Enthusiasm in English and entusiasmo in 7. Now let’s say enthusiasm together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: enthusiasm, enthusiasm, enthusiasm.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

96
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Photo by Master Sgt. Val Gempis/U.S. Air Force.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 horizon
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

Word 4 ravine
Key Vocabulary Word 3 horizon
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Horizon in English and horizonte in Spanish
1. Another word in the selection is horizon. Say are cognates. They sound almost the same
it with me: horizon. Horizon means “the line and mean the same thing in both languages.
in the distance where the land or sea appears 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
to meet the sky.” When you are outdoors, the word horizon. Look at the line where the
you can see a place where it looks like the sky ocean meets the sky. This line is the horizon.
comes right down to the level of the land or 5. Look out the window. Can you see the
water. This is the horizon. horizon? Tell your partner why you can or
2. En español, horizon quiere decir “la línea en cannot see the horizon.
la distancia donde la tierra y el mar parece 6. Tell your partner about a time when you saw
que se encontraran con el cielo, horizonte.” the horizon. Then complete this sentence
Cuando miras hacia adelante, puedes ver frame with your partner: I saw the horizon
un punto donde el cielo parece estar al when I was .
mismo nivel que la tierra o el mar. Éste es
el horizonte. Es más fácil verlo si estás en la 7. Now let’s say horizon together three more
playa o en algún otro lugar plano, sin árboles times: horizon, horizon, horizon.
ni edificios.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 ravine


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. With your partner, think of words to describe
1. Another word in the selection is ravine. Say the ravine in this picture. Tell how you know
it with me: ravine. A ravine is a deep, narrow this picture shows a ravine. Share your ideas
valley. A ravine has steep sides made of earth with the class. (Examples include: deep, steep
and stone. There is often a river or stream at sides, lots of trees, water at the bottom. I
the bottom of a ravine. know this picture is a ravine because the
picture shows a deep valley between two
2. En español, ravine quiere decir “un valle
mountains.)
profundo y estrecho, un barranco.” Un
barranco es como un cañón o desfiladero; 5. Work with your partner to list at least three
tiene lados altos hechos de tierra y piedras. A characteristics of a ravine. Use this sentence
veces hay árboles a los lados del barranco. Casi frame to make your list: A ravine has
siempre pasa un río o riachuelo al fondo de un .
barranco. 6. Now let’s say ravine together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: ravine, ravine, ravine.
the word ravine. Look at the steep mountains
on either side of the ravine. Notice the
running water at the bottom of the ravine.

98
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 presence
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

Word 6 swerved
Key Vocabulary Word 5 presence
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is presence. the word presence. These are very old
Say it with me: presence. Presence means “the paintings that were found on the walls of a
existence of a person or thing in a place.” If cave. People made these paintings thousands
you are aware of someone’s presence, you of years ago. The paintings prove the presence
know they are in a particular place. of people in the cave long ago.
2. En español, presence quiere decir “la 5. How does this picture illustrate the word
existencia y aparición de una persona o cosa presence? Talk with your partner about what
en un lugar, presencia.” Si estás enterado de the illustration tells us.
la presencia de alguien, sabes que esa persona 6. When I am in the presence of a movie star,
está en un lugar determinado. I feel excited. Think about how you might
3. Presence in English and presencia in Spanish feel in the presence of a star. Then work with
are cognates. They sound almost the same your partner to complete this sentence frame:
and mean the same thing in both languages. I would feel if I were in the
presence of .
7. Now let’s say presence together three more
times: presence, presence, presence.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 swerved


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s show what it looks like to swerve. Let’s
1. Another word in the selection is swerved. Say walk in a straight line, then start turning in
it with me: swerved. Swerved means “made a different directions. (Line the students up
sudden change in direction.” When something behind you. Begin walking in a straight line,
swerves, it turns sharply. It doesn’t go in a and then turn first one way and then another.
straight line. Have the students follow you.) When we
turned, we swerved.
2. En español, to swerve quiere decir “hacer
un cambio repentino en la dirección, virar 5. Now take turns showing your partner what
bruscamente.” Cuando algo vira bruscamente, it looks like to swerve. You can pretend to be
cambia de dirección de una manera súbita. No driving a car, riding a bicycle, or even climbing
sigue en una línea recta. a tree.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say swerved together three more
the word swerved. (Point to the sign.) It curved times: swerved, swerved, swerved.
back and forth because the road was slippery.
The car on this sign swerved on the road.

100
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Franz Aberham/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 suspended
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

Word 8 distinct
Key Vocabulary Word 7 suspended
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is suspended. the word suspended. (Point to the bridge
Say it with me: suspended. Suspended means surface in the photo.) The bridge is suspended
“hung from a frame above.” When something from the cables above it. The bridge does not
is suspended, it can swing easily. The object touch the water.
that is suspended does not touch the ground. 5. Talk with your partner about why this picture
2. En español, suspended quiere decir “colgado demonstrates the word suspended.
de algo arriba o en el aire, suspendido.” 6. Think of things you have seen or read about
Cuando algo ha sido suspendido, se puede that are suspended from something else.
mecer con facilidad. Cuerdas o cables sobre Make a list with your partner. Then use the
el objeto no permiten que se caiga. El objeto word suspended in the sentence frame:
suspendido no toca el suelo. The is suspended from
3. Suspended in English and suspendido in .
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say suspended together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: suspended, suspended, suspended.
languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 distinct


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is distinct. Say it the word distinct. (Point to the Statue of
with me: distinct. Distinct means “something Liberty in the photo.) This is the Statue of
that is easy to see.” When an object is distinct, Liberty in the harbor in New York City. You
it stands out from other things. It’s easy to have probably seen pictures of it before. The
see the distinct object even if other things Statue of Liberty is distinct. It’s easy to see
are nearby. and recognize from the land, the air, or the
water. The Statue of Liberty has a distinct
2. En español, distinct quiere decir “algo fácil
meaning, too—freedom.
de distinguir, ver, oler, escuchar o entender;
distinto.” Cuando algo es distinto, se vé 5. Make a list with your partner of reasons why
diferente a las cosas que lo rodean. Se the Statue of Liberty illustrates the word
destaca del resto de cosas. Es fácil ver el distinct. Share your answers with the class.
objeto distinto aún cuando no hay otras cosas 6. What makes you distinct from every other
rodeándolo. person in the world? Talk about this with
3. Distinct in English and distinto in Spanish are your partner. Then share your ideas with
cognates. They sound almost the same and another pair.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say distinct together three more
times: distinct, distinct, distinct.

102
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Joseph Panzarella/Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 a storm passes
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

Word 2 clouds thin out


Word 1 a storm passes
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use a storm passes to describe 4. I am going to describe some situations in
something that happens in nature. Say it with nature. If you think this thing happens after
me: a storm passes. We use the phrase a storm a storm passes, wave your hands to look like
passes when we talk about what happens to a storm passing and say a storm passes. If not,
the weather and how the sky looks just after don’t do anything.
a storm ends. After a storm passes, sometimes The snow stops falling and the temperature
the sun comes out and a rainbow appears. gets warmer.
2. En español, a storm passes quiere decir “después The thunder booms and lightning flashes.
de la tormenta.” Decimos esta frase para describir The wind stops blowing and the sun comes out.
lo que sucede cuando pasa una tormenta y cómo 5. Help me finish these sentences.
luce el cielo entonces. Después de la tormenta,
brilla el sol y el arco iris corona el horizonte. During the snowstorm I will ,
but when the storm passes I’ll .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase a storm When it rains we , but after
passes. There has been a big storm with heavy the storm passes we .
rain. The sky was full of dark clouds. Now, as the After a storm passes you sometimes see
storm passes, you can see the sunlight shining .
through the clouds again. The rain has stopped
and the land is drying out. The storm is gone 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: a
and the sky is clearing. It looks like it’s going to storm passes, a storm passes, a storm passes.
be a nice day, now that the storm has passed.

Word 2 clouds thin out


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use clouds thin out to describe 4. I am going to describe some different weather
one way that the clouds sometimes look. Say it conditions. If you think I am talking about
with me: clouds thin out. We say clouds thin out a time when there aren’t many clouds, say
when the clouds look thick in one part of the clouds thin out. If you think there are a lot of
sky, but look thinner in another part of the sky. thick clouds, don’t say anything.
(Use your hands to demonstrate the difference The sky is gray and it’s starting to snow.
between thick and thin.) When clouds are thin, A couple of long, stringy clouds are blowing by.
they usually indicate good weather. The sun is shining brightly and the sky is blue.
2. En español, clouds thin out quiere decir “las 5. Help me finish these sentences:
nubes se aclaran.” A veces las nubes se ven más
gruesas en una parte del cielo y más delgadas en Before the clouds thinned out the sky looked
otra. (Use sus manos para mostrar la diferencia .
entre grueso y delgado.) Cuando las nubes se When the clouds thin out, I’m going to
ven delgadas, por lo general es una señal de que .
el tiempo mejorará. When the clouds thin out, I can see
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase clouds
thin out. These cyclists were riding under 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: clouds
thick, dark clouds before. Then they noticed thin out, clouds thin out, clouds thin out.
that the clouds seem to be lighter and thinner
in the direction they are going. They see a lot
of clear blue sky ahead. They know that when
the clouds thin out, they will have a lot of
sunshine for the next part of their ride.

104
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Jack Hollingsworth/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 pick up a trail
Unit 2 Week 3 Black Cowboy Wild Horses

Word 4 to take over (take charge of)


Word 3 pick up a trail
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use pick up a trail to describe 4. Let’s pretend we are taking some bike trips
finding a path or a road. If you are hiking in together. I’ll tell you where we will be going.
the woods and you want to make sure you You say the phrase pick up a trail with me.
don’t get lost, you’ll pick up a trail. You will Let’s ride our bikes on a mountain path. Let’s
follow the path that someone else has already pick up a trail through the mountains.
made. Let’s ride our bikes in the desert. Let’s pick up
2. En español, to pick up a trail quiere decir “hallar a trail through the sand and the cactus.
un camino.” Cuando recorres un bosque y no Let’s ride our bikes at the beach. Let’s pick up
quieres perderte, tratas de hallar un camino. a trail along a sand dune.
Sigues el camino que alguien ha hecho antes. 5. Imagine that you are riding your bike and you
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase pick have just picked up a trail. Where are you, and
up a trail. This man is going for a long ride what do you see? You can describe a real or a
on his bike. Several miles back, he picked up make-believe place. (Call on a few students to
this trail. The trail is a clear path through this respond.)
desert area. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: pick
up a trail, pick up a trail, pick up a trail.

Word 4 to take over


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, to take over means “to take control 4. I’m going to describe some situations. If you
or to be in charge.” Say it with me: to take think the situation shows that someone is
over. If the soccer team is not doing well taking over, say the phrase to take over. If
during a game, one player might take over. not, don’t say anything.
She will tell the other players what to do and We are out for a hike and we get lost. I read
encourage them to do their best. the map and find a trail for us.
2. En español, to take over quiere decir “hacerse My friends and I want to go to the movies. We
cargo de alguien o algo.” Si el equipo de try to agree on which movie to see. We don’t
fútbol no está dando buenos resultados en make a decision.
un partido, un jugador tiene que hacerse Three friends are planning a party. One girl
cargo de la situación. Éste les dirá a los otros picks the date and makes up a guest list.
jugadores qué hacer y los motivará para dar lo 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
mejor de sí mismos. Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase to
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to take take charge of with to take over.
over. These three students were working on I am going to take charge of this drama club.
a project together. They were arguing and He wants to take charge of the school store.
not getting any work done. The boy said he
was going to take over. He made a list of the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
things they had to do and assigned jobs to take over, to take over, to take over.
each group member.

106
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © kevin lange/langephotography.com/Alamy Images. (b) © Michael Newman/PhotoEdit.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 3
colt, saddle, stallion,
Black Cowboy Wild Horses
corral, hoofprint, fetlock

colt saddle stallion

corral hoofprint fetlock

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
107
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Corbis/Corbis. (tc) © Jules Frazier/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Alan and Sandy Carey/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Robert Crum/Corbis. (bm) © Milton H. Tierney, Jr./Visuals Unlimited. (br) © Cheryl Engel/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 original
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

Word 2 wring
Key Vocabulary Word 1 original
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is original. Say it the word original. (Point to the telephone in
with me: original. Original means “the first the photo.) This is what the original telephone
one.” When something is original, it was the looked like. Before this telephone was made,
first of its kind to be made. The item is not a there weren’t any telephones at all. Now
copy of something else. telephones look different, but this is the first,
or original, style of telephone.
2. En español, original quiere decir “el primero,
original.” Cuando se dice que algo es original, 5. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
es porque es el primero hecho de su tipo. El picture demonstrates the word original. Share
artículo no es una copia de otro. your answers with the class. (The telephone
is the first one ever made. There weren’t any
3. Original in English and original in Spanish are
telephones before this style was made.)
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 6. How was the original computer different from
computers of today? Talk with your partner
about what the original computer probably
looked like. Share your ideas with another
pair.
7. Now let’s say original together three more
times: original, original, original.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 wring


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like to wring out a
1. Another word in the selection is wring. Say cloth. Let’s put on our plastic gloves. Let’s pick
it with me: wring. To wring means “to twist the cloth out of the bucket of water. Let’s
something so the liquid squeezes out of it.” twist the cloth with both hands. Let’s twist it a
When you wring out your washcloth, you little harder. Look at how much water you are
squeeze it to get the water out of it. wringing out of the cloth. Good job!
2. En español, to wring quiere decir “retorcer 5. Show the class how you wring out a cloth or
algo para sacarle el líquido, escurrir.” Cuando a sponge. Show us how strong you are when
escurres tu toalla, la aprietas y retuerces hasta you twist the cloth and get the water out
que todo el agua se le salga. Después de of it.
escurrirla, la toalla queda casi seca. 6. Now let’s say wring together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: wring, wring, wring.
the word wring. See how this person wrings
out the cloth. Look at the way the person
twists the cloth with both hands. After
the person wrings out the cloth, it will be
mostly dry.

110
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Classic PIO/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (b) © Liane Riß/Westend61/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 advertisement
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

Word 4 commenced
Key Vocabulary Word 3 advertisement
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. What is the advertisement in this picture
1. Another word in the selection is telling us? Why do you think the store is
advertisement. Say it with me: advertisement. displaying this advertisement? Talk about
An advertisement is a message about an item these questions with your partner, then share
or an event. You have seen advertisements your answers with the class.
for products on television. You have read 5. Tell your partner about advertisements you
advertisements for concerts and other events have seen on television or heard on the radio.
in the newspaper. Together, decide which advertisement is your
2. En español, advertisement quiere decir “un favorite. Then complete this sentence frame:
mensaje o aviso sobre un producto o un I liked the advertisement for
evento, un anuncio.” Muchos anuncios de because .
productos aparecen en la televisión. También 6. Now let’s say advertisement together three
se ven anuncios de conciertos y otros eventos more times: advertisement, advertisement,
en el periódico. advertisement.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word advertisement. Look at the banner
that is hanging from the front of the
store. The banner is an advertisement. The
advertisement tells about a special event in
the store.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 commenced


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is commenced. the word commenced. Look, the race has
Say it with me: commenced. Commenced just commenced! The referee just blew the
means “began to happen.” When an event whistle, and the swimmers began diving into
commences, it starts. Your school year the water. What a great start to the race!
probably commenced in September. That’s 5. Let’s all show what it was like for the
when you started coming to school in your swimmers when the race commenced. Let’s
current grade. stand on our diving platforms. Listen as I blow
2. En español, to commence quiere decir the whistle. Now let’s pretend to dive into the
“empezar a suceder, comenzar.” Tus clases water.
probablemente comenzaron en septiembre. 6. Think about an activity you have done in the
Fue entonces que empezaste a venir al colegio past, such as going on a bike ride, singing in a
y entraste a este grado. show, playing in a sports game, or giving your
3. To commence in English and comenzar in dog a bath. Show us what you did when the
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost event or activity commenced.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say commenced together three more
languages. times: commenced, commenced, commenced.

112
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Pete Saloutos/UpperCut Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 impress
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

Word 6 elected
Key Vocabulary Word 5 impress
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is impress. Say the word impress. This boy is getting ready
it with me: impress. To impress means “to for a football game. He wants to impress his
give someone good feelings about a person or coach, his parents, and his teammates with his
an event.” When you impress someone, they abilities. He will work hard and do his best on
remember something that you did or said. You the field. His efforts will impress everyone.
might impress an adult with your politeness if 5. Talk with your partner about ways this
you open a door for the person. football player might impress his coach and
2. En español, to impress quiere decir “causar his teammates. Share your ideas with the
en alguien una buena opinión acerca de una class. (He could impress them by catching a
persona o un evento, impresionar.” Cuando long pass. He could impress them by kicking a
impresionas a alguien, esa persona recuerda long punt.)
lo que dijiste o hiciste. Tal vez impresiones 6. What are some ways you could impress your
a algún adulto con tus buenos modales si le family or your friends? Make a list with your
abres la puerta. partner. Share your list with another pair.
3. To impress in English and impresionar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say impress together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same and times: impress, impress, impress.
mean the same thing in both languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 elected


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is elected. Say the word elected. (Point to the girls in the
it with me: elected. Elected means “chosen photo.) The sign tells us that someone named
as the winner by a vote.” The person who Smith wants to get elected president. Each
receives the most votes is elected as the voter wrote his or her choice on a ballot
leader. A new president of the United States is and put it in the box on the table. The girls
elected every four years. counted the ballots and found out that
Martina Smith got the most votes. Martina
2. En español, to elect quiere decir “escoger un
Smith was elected president of her class!
ganador a través del voto, elegir.” La persona
que recibe más votos es elegida como líder. 5. With your partner, name some people in your
Un nuevo presidente de los Estados Unidos es school or community who have been elected
elegido cada cuatro años. to do something. Talk about how these
people were elected.
3. To elect in English and elegir in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Work with your partner to use the word
mean the same thing in both languages. elected in a sentence. Use the sentence frame:
was elected .
7. Now let’s say elected together three more
times: elected, elected, elected.

114
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Brand X Pictures/Getty Images. (b) © Image Source Pink/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 sauntered
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

Word 8 posed
Key Vocabulary Word 7 sauntered
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for a group to
1. Another word in the selection is sauntered. saunter through the woods. Let’s walk very
Say it with me: sauntered. Sauntered means slowly. Let’s take time to look at the trees and
“walked slowly.” If you sauntered on a walk, the insects and other animals. Let’s listen to
you took your time. You were not in a rush. the birds.
You were relaxed and unhurried. 5. Think about a time you sauntered on a walk.
2. En español, to saunter quiere decir “caminar Tell us where you went. Show us how you
despacio, pasearse tranquilamente.” Si moved when you sauntered.
paseaste tranquilamente, te tomaste tu 6. Now let’s say sauntered together three more
tiempo. No tenías prisa. Estabas relajado. times: sauntered, sauntered, sauntered.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word sauntered. (Point to the people
in the photo.) Look at this family. They
sauntered through the park, enjoying the
sunny weather. They were not in a hurry at all.
No one rushed.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 posed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it was like when this team
1. Another word in the selection is posed. Say it posed. The photographer told them to stand
with me: posed. Posed means “stood still for a in one spot. They all moved in close to each
photograph or a painting.” When you posed other so they would all fit in the photograph.
for your school picture, you sat still on a chair. The coach stood in the back. This boy was in
the middle, so he held the soccer ball. Everyone
2. En español, to pose quiere decir ”quedarse
said, “cheese,” and the photographer took
quieto para una foto o un retrato, posar.”
the picture. When the team saw how well the
Cuando posaste para la foto del anuario
photograph turned out, they were all happy
escolar, te sentaste quieto en una silla.
that they had posed so carefully.
Sonreiste y miraste fijamente a la cámara.
6. Think about a time that you posed for a
3. To pose in English and posar in Spanish are
photograph. Tell us about that time. Show us
cognates. They sound almost the same and
what you did when you posed. We’ll pretend
mean the same thing in both languages.
we were there and that we posed with you.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
7. Now let’s say posed together three more
the word posed. This soccer team posed for
times: posed, posed, posed.
their team picture.

116
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeff Greenberg/PhotoEdit. (b) © JupiterImages/ BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 smithereens
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

Word 2 just in time


Word 1 smithereens
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use smithereens to describe 4. I am going to describe some things. If you
things that are in very tiny bits and pieces. Say it think they are in smithereens, put your thumb
with me: smithereens. Smithereens means “very and index finger close together to look like
small broken pieces.” If you drop a glass on the a very small piece of something and say
floor, it might smash into smithereens. The tiny “smithereens.” If not, don’t do anything.
pieces will be hard to pick up. You will not be I dropped the cake on the floor and it broke
able to put the glass back together again if it’s up into crumbs.
in smithereens. There’s no way to fix this glass. We stacked the firewood into a large, neat stack.
2. En español, smithereens quiere decir “pedazos, He hit the ball through the garage window
pequeñas piezas de algo que se ha roto o and shattered the window.
quebrado.” Si dejas caer un vaso en el piso, ese 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
utensilio de vidrio seguro se hará pedazos. Te Repeat the sentences. Replace the word tiny
será muy difícil recoger esas piezas diminutas. pieces with smithereens.
Es muy posible que tampoco puedas pegar de
nuevo esas partes. El vaso se ha hecho pedazos The wind blew the sand castle into tiny pieces.
y no hay manera de recuperarlo. He hit the statue with a hammer and smashed
it into tiny pieces.
3. This picture demonstrates the word The tornado blew down the street, knocking
smithereens. A strong earthquake has struck the houses into tiny pieces.
this area. These buildings have been smashed
to smithereens. They have been completely 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
destroyed and are in tiny bits and pieces. smithereens, smithereens, smithereens.

Word 2 just in time


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use just in time to describe 4. Let’s think about what the phrase just in
when something happens. Say it with me: time means. I am going to describe some
just in time. Just in time means “at the time situations. If I got there just in time, say “just
something needs to happen or be done.” If you in time.” If not, don’t do anything.
run out the door and see that the bus is almost The carpool left without me because I was ten
at your stop, then you left the house just in minutes late.
time to catch the bus. You arrived soon enough I slid into my seat right before the bell rang.
to get the bus, but you didn’t have to wait. You I walked into the store five minutes before it
are not late or early—you are just in time. closed.
2. En español, just in time quiere decir “justo a The plane took off at five o’clock but I got to
tiempo, en el momento preciso en que algo the airport at 5:15.
necesita ser o tiene que suceder.” Si sales de tu The ball was about to go out of bounds, but I
casa y ves que el autobús está a punto de llegar caught it.
a la parada, entonces corres justo a tiempo para 5. Help me finish these sentences:
tomar el autobús. Llegas ahí en el momento
preciso y no tienes que esperar al autobús. No has I got to the park just in time to .
llegado antes ni después, sino ¡justo a tiempo! The police arrived just in time to
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase just in The snow started just in time to
time. The rescue workers reached this injured .
person at the scene of the accident just in
time. They were able to save her life and get 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: just in
her into an ambulance. Now they are rushing time, just in time, just in time.
her to the emergency room.

118
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © USGS. (b) © Larry Mulvehill/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to be off in a [place]
Unit 2 Week 4 Davy Crockett Saves the World

Word 4 not a minute to lose


Word 3 to be off in a [place]
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to be off in a to describe 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to be off in
going to a place that is far away, such as a a [place]. This family wanted to be off in a place,
forest. Say it with me: to be off in a [place]. To so they drove their car to a campground. They
be off in a [place] means “to go somewhere parked, set up a tent, and now they are taking a
away from home, like a forest.” You might be hike. They’re far away from the city where they
off in a forest if you are camping with friends. live. They like it when they have time to be off in
The forest is probably a long way from home, a place together.
so you had to drive or hike there. After some 4. Imagine that you could be off in a forest, or in
time, you’ll come home again. a foreign country, or another far away place.
2. En español, to be off in a [place] significa que Where would you go? What would you see
alguien está en un lugar muy lejano. Si te there? (Call on a few students to respond.)
vas de campamento con unos amigos, estás 5. I’m going to describe some places. If you
un bosque lejano a tu casa. Ese lugar seguro think I am off in a far away place, say “to be
estará muy lejos de casa, tanto, que tendrás off in a” and say the name of the place. If not,
que ir en auto o caminar mucho para llegar don’t do anything.
hasta ahí. Después de un tiempo regresarás a
casa. I am sitting next to you at the movies.
I took a trip to foreign country last summer.
I walked across the street to my friend’s house.
I hiked in the Mohave Desert with my scout troop.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to be
off in a [forest], to be off in a [forest], to be
off in a [forest].

Word 4 not a minute to lose


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use not a minute to lose to 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
describe a time when we need to hurry. Say it think there is not a minute to lose, say “not a
with me: not a minute to lose. Not a minute minute to lose.” If not, don’t say anything.
to lose means “no time to waste.” If you The bus is almost at my bus stop and I am fin-
are rushing to catch a plane, you have not ishing breakfast at home.
a minute to lose. You must be on time. The I’m at the airport. It’s four o’clock, but my
plane will leave without you, so you have to flight does not leave until six o’clock.
rush to get to the airport on time. The pot on the stove is starting to boil over so
2. En español, not a minute to lose quiere decir I go to turn off the stove.
“ni un solo minuto que perder, o sea, ahora 5. Help me finish these sentences.
mismo, de inmediato, ¡ya!”. Si tu avión está a
punto de despegar, no tienes un solo minuto The police officers had not a minute to lose
que perder. Tienes que llegar a tiempo. El because .
avión no esperará por ti, así que tienes que The chef had not a minute to lose because
apresurarte para llegar a tiempo al aeropuerto. .
Our team had not a minute to lose when
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase not a .
minute to lose. The firefighters are battling a
severe fire. They have to work fast and smart. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: not
They have not a minute to lose because the a minute to lose, not a minute to lose, not a
fire is spreading. If they don’t hurry, the fire minute to lose.
will completely destroy the building.

120
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Mark Karrass/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 4
comet, tail, telescope,
Davy Crockett Saves the World
star, planet, outer space

comet tail telescope

star planet outer space

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
121
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © stockTrek/Getty Images. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
(bl) © StockTrek/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service. (br) © JPL.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 representative
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

Word 2 colonel
Key Vocabulary Word 1 representative
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is representative. Say the word representative. (Point to the photo.)
it with me: representative. A representative This is the House of Representatives, a part of
votes or speaks for others. A group of students the Congress. Each state sends representatives
might choose one representative to talk to for the people of the state.
the principal. He or she would listen to the 5. Our state sends representatives to the
students, talk to the principal, and then report Congress in Washington, D.C. Talk with
back to the students. your partner about what you think our
2. En español, representative quiere decir representatives do in Washington. Share your
“una persona que vota y habla por otras, ideas with the class.
un representante.”Un grupo de estudiantes 6. Would you like to be a representative for our
puede escoger un representante para que le state someday? Tell your partner why you
hable al director por ellos. Ese representante would or would not like to be elected as a
tendría que escuchar a los estudiantes state representative.
primero, luego hablarle al director, y de último 7. Now let’s say representative together three
informarle a los estudiantes lo que habló con more times: representative, representative,
el director. representative.
3. Representative in English and representante
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 colonel


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is colonel. Say the word colonel. (Point to the colonel in
it with me: colonel. A colonel is an officer in the photo.) This man is a colonel in the U. S.
the U. S. Army, Marines, or Air Force. A person Army. You can tell that he is a colonel by the
would first become a lieutenant colonel, number and kinds of ribbons and medals on
then get promoted to colonel, then get his uniform and on his hat.
promoted to brigadier general. A colonel is in 5. Turn to your partner and talk about why
charge of a group of soldiers and has a lot of this picture demonstrates the word colonel.
responsibility. Share your answers with the class. (The man
2. En español, colonel quiere decir “un oficial is wearing a uniform, so you know he is in the
de las fuerzas armadas, un coronel.” Es un military. His ribbons and medals show that he
rango importante. Un coronel está a cargo is an officer.)
de un grupo de soldados y tiene muchas 6. With your partner, list some of the duties
responsabilidades. a colonel might have. Share your list with
3. Colonel in English and coronel in Spanish are another pair.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say colonel together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: colonel, colonel, colonel.

124
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Alex Wong/Getty Images. (b) © ThinkStock LLC/Index Stock Imagery.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 attorney
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

Word 4 qualify
Key Vocabulary Word 3 attorney
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is attorney. the word attorney. (Point to the standing
Say it with me: attorney. An attorney is a woman in the photo.) This woman is an
person who has studied the law and can go attorney. She is in a courtroom. The attorney
to court on behalf of someone. If you need is asking questions of the police officer. She
help understanding a law, you would call wants to get all of the facts straight.
an attorney. If you have to see a judge, an 4. Talk with your partner about the jobs that
attorney will go with you. An attorney may an attorney might do. Share your ideas with
also be called a lawyer. the class. (Attorneys help people with legal
2. En español, attorney quiere decir “una documents, like wills. Attorneys go to court
persona que ha estudiado derecho y puede ir to defend or convict criminals.)
a la corte por uno, un abogado.” Si necesitas 5. Work with your partner to use the word
ayuda para entender una ley, puedes consultar attorney in a sentence. Use the sentence
con un abogado. Si necesitas ver a un juez, un frame: The man needed an attorney because
abogado va contigo. .
6. Now let’s say attorney together three more
times: attorney, attorney, attorney.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 qualify


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is qualify. Say the word qualify. (Point to the dancers in the
it with me: qualify. To qualify means “to win photo.) Each of these dancers is trying out
part of a competition and go on to the next for part in a show. To qualify for a part, the
part.” When a student qualifies for a science dancers must know all of the steps and dance
competition, he or she has done good work better than the other dancers.
and been accepted into the competition. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for a dancer to
The student then can try to win the science qualify. Let’s lift our heads and raise our arms.
competition by doing his or her best work. Let’s move our legs gracefully. Let’s do all of
2. En español, to qualify quiere decir “ganar the steps to the dance in the correct order.
parte de una competencia y seguir a la Good job—we all qualify to be in the show!
próxima, clasificar.” Cuando un estudiante 5. Pretend you are trying to qualify for a part in
clasifica en una competencia de ciencias, the school play. Show the class what you do
ha hecho un buen trabajo y por eso ha sido to qualify. You might dance, or sing, or recite
elegido para participar en la competencia. a poem.
6. Now let’s say qualify together three more
times: qualify, qualify, qualify.

126
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (b) © Jeff Greenberg/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 postpone
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

Word 6 submit
Key Vocabulary Word 5 postpone
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is postpone. the word postpone. These people are waiting
Say it with me: postpone. To postpone means for a bus. The rain may have postponed the
“to put off doing until another time.” When bus, or caused it to be late. The people may
you postpone a meeting, you say you will have to wait a long time for the bus. Some of
do it later instead of now. If you postpone the people may have to postpone their plans.
doing your homework, you might play in the 5. Look at the man without an umbrella. Talk
afternoon and then do your homework at with your partner about what plans you think
night. he might have postponed, and why. Share
2. En español, to postpone quiere decir “aplazar your ideas with the class. (He might have
o hacer algo más tarde de lo acordado, planned to go to the park, but he postponed
posponer.” Si pospones una reunión, dices the plans. He’ll wait for a sunny day.)
que la reunión se llevará acabo después en vez 6. Talk with your partner about why people
de ahora. Tal vez pospones hacer tus tareas; might postpone vacation plans. Then
juegas en la tarde y no haces tus tareas hasta complete this sentence frame with your
la noche. partner: We had to postpone our trip because
3. To postpone in English and posponer in Spanish .
are cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say postpone together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: postpone, postpone, postpone.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 submit


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is submit. Say the word submit. (Point to the envelope in the
it with me: submit. To submit means “to put photo.) This woman is a writer. She is going
something in to get it approved or judged.” to submit a story to a writing contest. The
When you submit your homework to your story is in the envelope. The woman submits
teacher, you give it to her so she can see if her story when she puts the envelope in the
you learned the material. mailbox.
2. En español, to submit quiere decir “entregar 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a writer to
algo para que sea aprobado o juzgado, submit a story to a contest. Let’s write our
someter.” Cuando sometes tus tareas a story and put it in an envelope. Let’s put the
tu profesor, se las das para que juzgue si address of the contest on the envelope. Now
aprendiste el material o no. let’s put our story in the mailbox.
3. To submit in English and someter in Spanish 6. Think of a contest that you would like to
are cognates. They sound almost the same enter. Show us how you would submit your
and mean the same thing in both languages. entry. You might send it through the mail, or
you might take it to an an office.
7. Now let’s say submit together three more
times: submit, submit, submit.

128
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stan Fellerman/Corbis. (b) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 satisfactory
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

Word 8 notion
Key Vocabulary Word 7 satisfactory
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is satisfactory. the word satisfactory. (Point to the man on
Say it with me: satisfactory. If something is the left in the photo.) This man is talking to
satisfactory, this means it is good enough or his doctor. The doctor has just said that the
acceptable. When your work is satisfactory, man’s tests were satisfactory. The man is not
you have done a good job. You will get a sick. Look at the men shaking hands to show
good grade and you do not have to do the that the results were satisfactory. The man’s
work over. wife is happy. Everyone is smiling.
2. En español, satisfactory quiere decir “que 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for the man to
es suficientemente bueno, aceptable, get satisfactory news. Let’s shake hands with
satisfactorio.” Cuando tu trabajo es our doctor. Let’s smile and say, “Great news!
satisfactorio, has hecho un buen trabajo. Thanks, Doctor.” Let’s smile at our wife, too.
Obtendrás una buena calficación o nota y no 6. Think of a time that something you did was
lo tendrás que hacer de nuevo. satisfactory. Tell us what you did that turned
3. Satisfactory in English and satisfactorio in out to be satisfactory. Show us how you
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost reacted when you got the good news.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say satisfactory together three more
languages. times: satisfactory, satisfactory, satisfactory.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 notion


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for the girl to get
1. Another word in the selection is notion. Say a notion. Let’s hold our marker in one hand.
it with me: notion. A notion is an idea or Let’s put our other hand on our cheek. Let’s
a concept. When you get a notion about bite our lip and look up to show that we are
something, you have been thinking about it. thinking really hard. Great! A good notion just
Then you get a new idea. came to us! Let’s start drawing.
2. En español, notion quiere decir “una idea o 6. Think of a time that you got a good notion
concepto, una noción.” Cuando tienes una about something. Maybe you made a drawing,
noción de algo, sabes o has pensado sobre or you thought of something clever to say.
esa cosa. Maybe you thought of the perfect birthday
gift for your mom. Show us what you did
3. Notion in English and noción in Spanish are
when you got this good notion.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say notion together three more
times: notion, notion, notion.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word notion. (Point to the girl in the
photo.) The teacher told the students to draw
a picture of a school in the future. The girl
just got a notion of what to draw. She has an
idea, so she is ready to start. She looks excited
about her notion!

130
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (b) © Glory/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to hold office
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

Word 2 sprout out of nothing


Word 1 to hold office
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to hold office to describe 4. I am going to tell you some things that
what people do when they work in some people do when they hold office in the Senate
government jobs. Say it with me: to hold and House of Representatives. Repeat each
office. To hold office means “to be elected sentence after me.
or appointed to serve in a state or federal When they hold office, they make new laws.
government position.” Judges, senators, When they hold office, they make new taxes.
governors, and the President all hold office. When they hold office, they talk to the people.
They have been elected to work for the people.
5. Now I am going to describe some people who
2. En español, to hold office quiere decir “electo hold office. Repeat the sentences. Say “holds
o designado para hacerse cargo de un área office” at the end of each sentence.
del gobierno estatal o federal.” Los jueces,
senadores, gobernadores y aun el presidente In each state, the governor .
han sido electos para trabajar en sus puestos por In each city, the mayor .
y para el pueblo. For the United States, the President
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to In Congress, a senator .
hold office. It shows the Capitol Building in
Washington, D.C. Elected members of the United 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
States Senate and House of Representatives hold hold office, to hold office, to hold office.
office and work in this building. They represent
the people and make laws on their behalf.

Word 2 sprout out of nothing


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use sprout out of nothing 4. I am going to describe some natural disasters.
to describe something that seems to come If you think they sprouted out of nothing,
from nowhere. Say it with me: sprout out of say “sprout out of nothing.” If not, don’t say
nothing. Sprout out of nothing means “to anything.
appear very quickly and suddenly.” It could be The flash flood quickly covered the road.
a sunny day when all of a sudden it starts to The weather report said there would be heavy
rain. You didn’t expect the rain. It seemed to rain over the next few days.
sprout out of nothing, or to start very quickly. The earthquake suddenly shook the land.
2. En español, sprout out of nothing quiere The heavy gray clouds meant it was going to
decir “hecho o salido de la nada.” Se dice snow soon.
así cuando algo aparece de pronto, sin aviso The wind got very strong without any warning.
previo ni mayor esfuerzo. Podría ser un día 5. Finish these sentences:
soleado cuando, de pronto, comienza a llover.
Tú no esperabas la lluvia. Ésta parece salir de We saw the fire sprout out of nothing and
la nada, y surge así nada más porque sí. .
We saw the flash flood sprout out of nothing
3. This picture demonstrates the word sprout out and .
of nothing. The sky was clear, and then all of We saw the crack in the land sprout out of
a sudden this tornado seemed to sprout out of nothing and .
nothing. No one expected to see it, so it was
a big surprise. The tornado grew very quickly 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: sprout
and was soon very large. out of nothing, sprout out of nothing, sprout
out of nothing.

132
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Hisham F. Ibrahim/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Warren Faidley/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to get one’s dander up
Unit 2 Week 5 When Esther Morris Headed West

Word 4 to die down


Word 3 to get one’s dander up

TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE


1. In English, we use to get one’s dander up to 4. Let’s think about what the phrase get one’s
describe how people feel sometimes. Say it dander up means. If you think someone’s
with me: to get one’s dander up. To get one’s dander is up, say “get one’s dander up.” If
dander up means “to get angry or annoyed.” not, don’t do anything.
You might get your dander up if you are My friend and I are playing nicely and laughing.
waiting patiently in line and someone cuts in My neighbor is upset because some of the kids
front of you. You will feel upset and maybe walked in his flowerbed and crushed his
angry. favorite flowers.
2. En español, to get one’s dander up quiere One basketball player was upset because he
decir “enfadarse o enojarse.” Si tú esperas said another player fouled him.
pacientemente tu turno en una larga fila, 5. Suppose you want to help someone stay calm. You
seguro te molestarás si alguien se cuela might say, “Don’t get your dander up.” Say “don’t
enfrente tu yo. Muy posiblemente te get your dander up” after I say each sentence.
enfadarás o te enojarás.
I’m so mad I could scream.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to get I’m really upset that someone took that parking
one’s dander up. The two hockey players are space even though I was waiting for it.
upset about something that happened during Oh no, the dog chewed a hole in my new shoe!
the game. Both of them have their dander up.
They are fussing at each other and the umpire 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to get
is trying to calm them down. one’s dander up, to get one’s dander up, to
get one’s dander up.

Word 4 to die down


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to die down to describe 4. Help me finish these sentences:
a situation that is becoming calm after After the flood died down .
something exciting happens. Say it with me: After the snow died down .
to die down. To die down means “to calm After the fire died down .
down or become weaker.” Winds are very After the hurricane died down .
strong during a hurricane. Once the hurricane
is over, the winds die down. There isn’t any 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
more strong wind. Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase to
weaken with to die down.
2. En español, to die down quiere decir
“desfallecer, calmarse, tranquilizarse después I’m waiting for the noise to weaken, and then
de que ocurre algo.” El viento es muy fuerte I’ll give directions.
durante un huracán. Pero una vez que el We want the rain to weaken so we can go out
huracán se aleja, el viento desfallece. Los and play.
vientos huracanados se han ido ya. I want the wind to weaken so I can ride my
bike.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to die
down. The firefighters have put out most of 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to die
this fire. The flames have started to die down. down, to die down, to die down.
There aren’t many flames left. The smoke has
started to die down, too. There isn’t much
smoke left. The fire was very large and strong
an hour ago, but after the firefighters’ hard
work, the fire is finally beginning to die down.

134
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JupiterImages/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Bruce Chambers/Orange County Register/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 2 Week 5
suffrage, ballot, voting booth,
When Esther Morris
Headed West
council, public office, judge

suffrage ballot voting booth

council public office judge

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
135
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Library of Congress/Historicus, Inc. (tc) © Beathan/Corbis. (tr) © Reuters/Corbis.
(bl) © Momentum Creative Group/Alamy Images. (bm) © Susan Ragan/AP Images. (br) © Steve Cole/Stockbyte/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 wares
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

Word 2 treasurer
Key Vocabulary Word 1 wares
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. One word in the selection is wares. Say it with picture demonstrates the word wares. Share
me: wares. Wares are things that someone your answers with the class. (The items are
sells. The wares at a toy store would include things that someone is selling. All the items
games, dolls, and other toys. The wares at are on display so people can buy them.)
a clothing store might include shirts, pants, 5. Talk with your partner about the wares you
blouses, and sweaters. see at a sporting goods store. Name as many
2. En español, wares quiere decir “las cosas que of the wares as you can, such as types of balls,
alguien vende, mercancías.” Las mercancías kinds of equipment, clothing, and others.
en un almacén de ropa incluyen camisas, 6. Now let’s say wares together three more
pantalones, blusas y suéteres. times: wares, wares, wares.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word wares. (Point to the shelves filled
with items in the photo.) All these things are
for sale in this electronics store. Look at all the
labels on the shelves. They show what wares
you can buy in this store.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 treasurer


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is treasurer. Say the word treasurer. (Point to the woman in
it with me: treasurer. A treasurer is a person the photo who is sitting down.) The woman
who takes care of the finances, or money who is sitting down is the treasurer for the
matters, for a group. A treasurer collects school PTA. She is collecting money for a
money, writes checks, and keeps records of school fundraiser. This parent needs change,
how much money a group makes and spends. so the treasurer will give it to her.
2. En español, treasurer quiere decir “la persona 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to be the treasurer
encargada de las finanzas o dinero de una for a school fundraiser. Take the money from
organización, el tesorero.” El tesorero recoge the parent. Make change, and then put the
dinero, escribe cheques y mantiene notas de money in your cash box. Carefully count the
cuanto recauda y gasta el grupo. money when the fundraiser is over.
3. Treasurer in English and tesorero in Spanish 6. Think of an organization that has a treasurer,
are cognates. They sound almost the same such as a sports team or a school club. Show
and mean the same thing in both languages. us what a treasurer does. Explain why the
treasurer does each of these jobs, and why the
job of treasurer is so important for the group.
7. Now let’s say treasurer together three more
times: treasurer, treasurer, treasurer.

138
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Richard Ransier/Corbis. (b) © Vstock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 merchandise
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

Word 4 educate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 merchandise
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is merchandise. the word merchandise. (Point to the food in
Say it with me: merchandise. Merchandise is the photo.) A woman is buying food at an
anything that someone buys and sells to make outdoor market. There is a lot of food for sale.
money, or a profit. Toys, food, and clothes All the merchandise looks fresh.
are kinds of merchandise. You buy them at a 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the
store, and the owners of the store get money woman bought her merchandise. Let’s look
from your purchases. at all of the tasty fruits and vegetables. Let’s
2. En español, merchandise quiere decir get a few lemons and some vegetables, too.
“cualquier cosa que alguien compra y vende We’ll pay for our merchandise and then take it
por dinero, mercancías.” Los juguetes son home.
un tipo de mercancías. Los compras en un 6. Think of some merchandise that you have
almacén y los dueños del amacén reciben el bought. Tell us what you bought and where
dinero de tu compra. you got it. Show us how you purchased your
3. Merchandise in English and mercancía in merchandise and then what you did with it.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say merchandise together three
the same and mean the same thing in both more times: merchandise, merchandise,
languages. merchandise.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 educate


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is educate. the word educate. (Point to the teacher in
Say it with me: educate. To educate means the photo.) Look at this science class. It’s the
“to teach or to train someone.” When your teacher’s job to educate these students. She
teacher educates you, she helps you learn new teaches them how to safely use the chemicals
skills or information. She instructs you so you and do experiments.
will succeed. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a teacher to
2. En español, to educate quiere decir “enseñar educate her students. Let’s hold up the beaker
o entrenar a alguien, educar.” Cuando tu of chemicals. Let’s tell the class how to safely
profesor te educa, te ayuda a aprender nuevas work with the chemicals. Let’s show them
destrezas o información nueva. how to conduct the experiment.
3. To educate in English and educar in Spanish 6. Think of a skill that you have. Perhaps you
are cognates. They sound almost the same know how to juggle, read very quickly, or
and mean the same thing in both languages. speak another language. Show us how you
would educate us so we will know how to
perform your skill, too. We’ll follow your
directions.
7. Now let’s say educate together three more
times: educate, educate, educate.

140
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Doug Menuez/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 burdens
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

Word 6 appreciation
Key Vocabulary Word 5 burdens
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Why do you think these women are carrying
1. Another word in the selection is burdens. their burdens on their head? What are some
Say it with me: burdens. Burdens are loads of other ways these women could carry these
things that you carry. Burdens can be light or burdens? Talk with your partner about
heavy. You might carry them in your arms, or different ways to carry burdens. Share your
put them in a backpack. answers with the class. (The women are
carrying the burdens on their heads because
2. En español, burdens quiere decir “el peso
they can keep their hands free. They could
de las cosas que llevas, la carga.” Las cargas
carry the burdens in wagons or wheelbarrows,
pueden ser livianas o pesadas. Las puedes
or in packs on their backs.)
llevar en tus brazos o en un morral o mochila
en tu espalda. 5. Work with your partner to use the word
burdens in a sentence. Use the sentence
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
frame: The men carried their heavy burdens
the word burdens. (Point to the baskets in the
of .
photo.) These women are all carrying baskets
on their heads. The baskets are burdens. They 6. Now let’s say burdens together three more
are heavy. It takes a lot of skill and strength to times: burdens, burdens, burdens.
carry burdens like this. The women are taking
their burdens to the market to sell.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 appreciation


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what the woman did when she
1. Another word in the selection is appreciation. showed appreciation for the flowers. Let’s hug
Say it with me: appreciation. Appreciation the flowers carefully. Let’s smile and look very
means “a feeling of gratitude or happy. Let’s use words to show appreciation,
thankfulness.” When you have appreciation too. Let’s say, “Thank you!” and “I love the
for something, you enjoy it and feel happy flowers!”
about it. 5. Think of a time that you received a special
2. En español, appreciation quiere decir gift. Demonstrate how you showed your
“sentimiento de gratitud o gracias, appreciation for the gift. Tell us how you felt
agradecimiento.” Cuando agradeces algo, lo and why you had such appreciation for the
disfrutas y te hace sentir dichoso. gift.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say appreciation together three
the word appreciation. (Point to the woman more times: appreciation, appreciation,
in the photo.) This woman is showing appreciation.
appreciation for a gift of flowers. She shows
her appreciation by smiling. She also shows
appreciation by hugging the flowers.

142
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JupiterImages/Goodshoot/Alamy Images. (b) © Dynamic Graphics Group/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 unfortunate
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

Word 8 instruct
Key Vocabulary Word 7 unfortunate
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
1. Another word in the selection is unfortunate. picture demonstrates the word unfortunate.
Say it with me: unfortunate. Unfortunate Share your answers with the class. (Examples
means “unlucky.” An unfortunate event is one include: The man had some bad luck. It is not
that is not helpful to a person. Something that fun for him to pick up his papers. Some of his
is unfortunate is not good. It was unfortunate papers may get lost.)
when my kite got stuck in the tree. 5. Have you ever had an unfortunate experience?
2. En español, quiere decir “sin suerte, no Talk with your partner about a time when
favorable, desafortunado.” Que mi cometa you had an unfortunate experience, or about
se quedara atascada en el árbol fue an unfortunate experience you can imagine.
desafortunado. Then use the word unfortunate in a sentence.
Use this sentence frame: I had an unfortunate
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
experience when .
the word unfortunate. (Point to the man in
the photo.) This man just had an unfortunate 6. Now let’s say unfortunate together three more
experience. His briefcase fell open and all of times: unfortunate, unfortunate, unfortunate.
his papers fell out. The wind is blowing them
all around. It will take a while for the man
to pick up all of his papers. This event was
inconvenient and unpleasant for the man.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 instruct


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a teacher to
1. Another word in the selection is instruct. Say instruct a student. Let’s tell the student what
it with me: instruct. To instruct means “to to do. Let’s tell him if he is working correctly.
teach or educate someone.” When a teacher Now let’s congratulate him for a job well
instructs you, he gives information about a done.
subject, or shows you how to do something. 6. Take turns instructing your partner on how to
2. En español, to instruct quiere decir “enseñar draw an object. Give your partner instructions
o educar a alguien, instruir.” Cuando un to follow. Then look at the picture your
profesor te instruye, te da información sobre partner drew to see if your instructions were
un tema o te muestra cómo hacer algo. easy to follow. Then let your partner instruct
you the same way.
3. To instruct in English and instruir in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say instruct together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: instruct, instruct, instruct.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word instruct. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) This girl wants to learn how to use the
computer. The teacher instructs her. She tells
the girl what to do.

144
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Creatas Images/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 set out
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

Word 2 turn of events


Word 1 set out
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use set out to describe an 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
action we take. Say it with me: set out. Set think I am going to set out, say “set out.” If
out means “begin or start.” Before we go on a not, don’t do anything.
trip, we plan where we will be going. Then we I’m getting ready to go to my aunt’s house.
pack our bags. Once we are all ready, we get I’m sleeping late.
started or set out on our trip. I put my books in my backpack and walk to
2. En español, to set out significa “iniciar o comenzar the door.
una acción.” Antes de salir de viaje, planeamos a 5. Help me finish these sentences:
donde iremos. Después hacemos las maletas. Una
vez que estamos listos, iniciamos nuestro viaje. I set out on my bike for .
After breakfast, we set out for .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase set out. Get some water before you set out on
These hikers have just set out on a long walk .
through this park in the desert. First, they put
water, food, and sunscreen in their backpacks. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: set
Next, they looked at the trail map, and then out, set out, set out.
they set out on their hike. Their hike began
well. They were setting out on a fun adventure.

Word 2 turn of events


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use turn of events to describe 4. I am going to describe some situations. After
what happens when a situation changes. each sentence say, “What a turn of events!”
Say it with me: turn of events. Turn of events We were taking a math test when the fire drill
means “an unexpected change.” You’re at the bell sounded and we hurried outside.
basketball game and your team is winning. In a My dog had been lost for a week when
surprising turn of events, the other team starts suddenly he showed up at the door.
scoring and they win the game. I thought I was going to spend my birthday
2. En español, turn of events quiere decir alone. Then my friends had a surprise party
“cambio repentino e inesperado de las cosas.” for me.
Tu equipo de básquetbol está ganando el 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
partido. En un cambio repentino e inesperado Replace the word change with the phrase turn
de las cosas, el otro equipo comienza a anotar of events.
canastas y, al final, gana el juego.
There was a change when the other team got
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase turn of the ball.
events. The kids were playing softball at a In a surprising change, the class president
picnic. It was a sunny day and suddenly there gave up his office.
was an unpleasant turn of events. A surprise There was a change when school was
thunderstorm appeared and they all got wet. cancelled because of the blizzard.
A few of the girls called home for rides.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: turn
of events, turn of events, turn of events.

146
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Karl Weatherly/Getty Images. (b) © Gabe Palmer/Alamy Imagese.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 lighten one’s load
Unit 3 Week 1 The Catch of the Day: A Trickster Play

Word 4 hurry off


Word 3 lighten one’s load

TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE


1. In English, lighten one’s load means “put 4. Listen to this rhyme one time. Then say it with
something down or give something up to me.
make a difficult task easier.” Say it with me: Four books are heavy.
lighten one’s load. Suppose your mom is What can we do?
carrying three heavy bags of groceries in from Let’s lighten our load
the car. You take one bag from her to lighten And each carry two.
her load.
5. Listen to each of these situations. Think of how
2. En español, to lighten one’s load quiere decir you could make the situation easier. Say I’ll
“aligerar una carga o hacer que algo sea más help you lighten your load. I’ll .
sencillo.” Imagina que tu mamá está sacando
del carro tres bolsas repletas de alimentos. Tú Your sister is carrying a basket of towels to the
la ayudas con una bolsa para aligerar su carga. washing machine.
A construction worker is carrying a heavy
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase lighten piece of pipe.
one’s load. The boy in the blue shirt was trying
to carry the full recycling bin all by himself but Your P. E. teacher is holding six basketballs in
it was too heavy. His friend offered to lighten his arms.
his load and help him carry the bin. They’re 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
both smiling now because sharing the work lighten one’s load, lighten one’s load, lighten
made the job easier. one’s load.

Word 4 hurry off


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use hurry off to describe moving 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
with great speed. Say it with me: hurry off. Hurry think I should hurry off, wave your hand and
off means “to rush or leave a place quickly.” If say “hurry off.” If not, don’t do anything.
we need to get to the library before it closes, we Class is going to start in one minute.
hurry off. We get there as fast as we can. The bus leaves in an hour.
2. En español, to hurry off quiere decir “darse My dad is in the car waiting for me.
prisa o apresurarse.” Si tenemos que llegar a la I’m on the playground and it looks like it’s
biblioteca antes de que la cierren, necesitamos going to rain.
apresurarnos. Vamos hacia allá a toda prisa, lo 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
más rápido que podemos. Repeat the sentences. Replace the word rush
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase hurry with the phrase hurry off.
off. It’s Friday afternoon and the dismissal bell Let’s rush because the movie will start soon.
just rang. Now these students are hurrying off Let’s rush to the cafeteria because it’s time for
to their homes. They’ll run or walk quickly. lunch.
They want to hurry off so they can play. School is over. Let’s rush to play.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: hurry
off, hurry off, hurry off.

148
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ariel Skelley/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © Pixland/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 1
farmer, baker, vendor,
The Catch of the Day:
A Trickster Play
fisher, weaver, basketmaker

farmer baker vendor

fisher weaver basketmaker

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
149
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Corbis. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Scott Barrow/Corbis.
(bl) © picturescolourlibrary.com/The Stock Connection/PunchStock. (bm) © Ben Blankenburg/Corbis. (br) © Phil Schermeister/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 dismiss
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

Word 2 intentions
Key Vocabulary Word 1 dismiss
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about why this picture
1. One word in the selection is dismiss. Say it demonstrates the word dismiss. Share your
with me: dismiss. To dismiss means “reject answers with the class. (Examples include:
or to ignore.” When you dismiss someone’s The boy and girl refuse to look at their father.
comments or ideas, you don’t listen to that They are not paying attention to him.)
person. You refuse to think about their 5. Work with your partner to use the word
comments or ideas. dismiss in a sentence. Use the sentence
2. En español, to dismiss quiere decir “rechazar frame: I will dismiss what she says because
o ignorar.” Cuando rechazas las ideas o .
comentarios de alguien, no los escuchas y te 6. Now let’s say dismiss together three more
rehusas a pensar en ellos. times: dismiss, dismiss, dismiss.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word dismiss. (Point to the girl and boy
in the photo.) Look at the way these children
dismiss their father’s comments. They ignore
their father by having their backs to him
and by rolling their eyes. This is not polite
behavior!

Key Vocabulary Word 2 intentions


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is intentions. the word intentions. (Point to the hikers in the
Say it with me: intentions. Intentions means photo.) These hikers have intentions of taking
“the things that someone plans to do.” When a walk through the woods. They already
you tell someone your intentions, you tell planned their route on the map the woman is
them what you want to do and how you plan holding. She is pointing to the direction they
to do this. should take.
2. En español, intentions quiere decir “lo que 5. Talk with your partner about your intentions
alguien piensa hacer, intenciones.” Cuando le for after school today. What are your
dices a alguien tus intenciones, le dices lo que plans? What do you want to do? Share your
piensas hacer y cómo planeas hacerlo. intentions with the class.
3. Intentions in English and intenciones in 6. With your partner, make a list of your
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost intentions for your future. What are your
the same and mean the same thing in both future plans? At the bottom of your list,
languages. complete this sentence frame: My intentions
for my future include . Share
your list with another pair.
7. Now let’s say intentions together three more
times: intentions, intentions, intentions.

152
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Thomas Northcut/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 despair
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

Word 4 descended
Key Vocabulary Word 3 despair
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is despair. the word despair. (Point to the man in the
Say it with me: despair. Despair is a feeling photo.) This man feels despair because he
of great sorrow or hopelessness. When you just got some very sad news. He feels gloomy
feel despair, you are very sad. You might feel because there is nothing he can do to help.
despair if a pet that you love dies. The man looks like he is about to cry.
2. En español, despair quiere decir “sentimiento 5. Talk with your partner about life events
de tristeza y de perder esperanza, that can cause people to feel despair. Share
desesperación.” Podrías sentir desesperación si your ideas with the class. (Examples might
tu mascota muere. include: a friend or family member’s death, a
devastating flood that destroys people’s lives,
3. Despair in English and desesperación in
a fire that burns down a home)
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both 6. With your partner, talk about a time when
languages. you or a friend felt despair. Share ideas for
how to comfort someone who feels despair.
7. Now let’s say despair together three more
times: despair, despair, despair.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 descended


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is descended. the word descended. (Point to the bikers in
Say it with me: descended. Descended means the photo.) These bikers have descended
“went down towards the ground.” When you from the top of the mountain. You can see
descend, you start at the top of something that they are going down toward the bottom
and then you move down towards the of the mountain. They put their brakes on
bottom. so they don’t descend too quickly. They will
continue to descend until they reach the
2. En español, to descend quiere decir “bajar,
bottom of the mountain.
mover hacia abajo o el piso, descender.”
Cuando desciendes, empiezas en la cima de 5. Let’s all show what it was like as the bikers
algo y terminas en su punto más bajo. descended from the top of the mountain. Let’s
get on our bikes and aim the front wheels
3. To descend in English and descender in
down toward the bottom of the mountain.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
Let’s ride carefully and put on our brakes.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages. 6. Pretend you are descending from a high place.
Tell us where you were and where you are
going. Show us how you descend.
7. Now let’s say descended together three more
times: descended, descended, descended.

154
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mel Curtis/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Ben Blankenburg/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 accompany
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

Word 6 delicacies
Key Vocabulary Word 5 accompany
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is accompany. the word accompany. (Point to the children in
Say it with me: accompany. To accompany the photo.) The boy and girl are playing music
means “to go together with.” When you together. They accompany each other when
accompany a friend on a trip, you go with they play the same song at the same time.
your friend. You stay close to your friend and Their music is beautiful when they accompany
do things together at the same time. each other.
2. En español, to accompany quiere decir 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for the children
“darle compañía a alguien, acompañar.” Si to accompany each other. Boys, pretend to
acompañas a un amigo a un viaje, vas con él y play the piano like the boy in the photograph.
hacen todo juntos. Girls, pretend to play the flute. We sound
great when we accompany each other!
3. To accompany in English and acompañar in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 6. Work with a partner. Show us how you
the same and mean the same thing in both accompany each other. You could take a walk,
languages. work on a project together, read out loud, or
do some other activity.
7. Now let’s say accompany together three more
times: accompany, accompany, accompany.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 delicacies


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is delicacies. Say the word delicacies. (Point to the caviar
it with me: delicacies. Delicacies are delicious and crackers in the photo.) The caviar and
foods that you don’t get to eat very often. the crackers are delicacies. They are both
Delicacies may be very expensive, so you can’t expensive, so people usually eat them only
buy them all the time. They may be hard on special occasions, like special celebrations.
to get because they come from a place far Look at the special dish for the caviar, too. It’s
away, or they may take a long time to make. surrounded by ice so the caviar stays cold. You
Delicacies taste extra good when you have the have to treat delicacies with extra care.
chance to enjoy them. 5. Different cultures have different delicacies. One
2. En español, delicacies quiere decir “cosas culture might view beef brain as a delicacy,
deliciosas que no se comen a menudo, while another culture might view frog legs
delicias.” Las delicias son costosas, difíciles as a delicacy. With your partner, name some
de conseguir o tardan mucho en hacer, pero delicacies from this country or from another
saben exquisitas cuando tienes la oportunidad culture. Share your ideas with the class.
inusual de comerlas. 6. What is your favorite delicacy? Talk with
3. Delicacies in English and delicias in Spanish are your partner about foods that you think of as
cognates. They sound almost the same and delicacies. Then complete this sentence frame:
mean the same thing in both languages. My favorite delicacy is .
7. Now let’s say delicacies together three more
times: delicacies, delicacies, delicacies.

156
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Nicola Sutton/Life File/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © John A. Rizzo/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 consented
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

Word 8 seek
Key Vocabulary Word 7 consented
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the
1. Another word in the selection is consented. women consented. Work with a partner.
Say it with me: consented. Consented means First talk about your ideas. When you have
“agreed, or gave permission.” When two consented, shake hands, look each other in
people consented, they agreed on a topic or the eye, and smile. Say, “I agree with you.”
an idea. They approved of an action or an idea 6. Talk with your partner about a time when
together. you and your parents or you and a friend
2. En español, to consent quiere decir “estar de consented about something. Maybe you and
acuerdo o dar permiso, consentir.” Cuando your parents consented to clean the garage
dos personas consienten en algo, están de together on Saturday. Perhaps you and a
acuerdo y dan su aprobación a eso. friend consented to work together to rake the
yard. Share your ideas with another pair.
3. To consent in English and consentir in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say consented together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: consented, consented, consented.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word consented. (Point to the women in
the photo.) These women are shaking hands
and smiling. They just consented, or agreed,
to work together on a project.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 seek


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for the girls to
1. Another word in the selection is seek. Say it seek the eggs. Let’s get our baskets and follow
with me: seek. To seek means “to try to find the geese. Let’s look carefully in the grass.
a place or a thing.” When you seek, you look Hooray! We found some eggs!
for something. You search carefully in a lot of 5. Pretend you are seeking something. It might
places until you find what you are looking for. be a lost toy, or a shoe, or you may be playing
2. En español, to seek quiere decir “buscar un a game. Show us how you seek. Show us how
lugar o una cosa con cuidado.” Cuando buscas you look when you find what you are seeking.
algo, miras en muchos lugares hasta que lo 6. Now let’s say seek together three more times:
consigues. seek, seek, seek.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word seek. (Point to the girls in the
photo.) See how the girls are looking carefully
for the eggs. They follow the geese, reach into
the grass, and feel around for eggs. They’ve
already found several eggs, so they know the
right way to seek them.

158
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © John Lund/Drew Kelly/Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Image Source/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 as luck would have it
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

Word 2 at one’s service


Word 1 as luck would have it

TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE


1. In English, we use as luck would have it to 4. Help me finish these sentences:
describe something good that happened. I missed the bus. As luck would have it,
Say it with me: as luck would have it. As .
luck would have it means “good luck, or She forgot her lunch money. As luck would
fortunately.” Our car got a flat tire while we have it, .
were out driving. As luck would have it, we The movie we wanted to see was sold out. As
were near a service station and were able to luck would have it, .
get the tire fixed right away. We didn’t have
any big problems. 5. Now I am going to use the phrase as luck would
have it in some sentences. If I have used the
2. En español, as luck would have it quiere decir phrase correctly, raise your hand. If I have not
“por fortuna o afortunadamente.” A nuestro used the phrase correctly, keep your hand down.
carro se le desinfló una llanta mientras íbamos
por la carretera. Afortunadamente, estábamos I missed the bus, but as luck would have it, my
muy cerca de una gasolinera y pudimos inflarla friend’s mom drove by and gave me a ride.
de inmediato. No tuvimos mayores problemas. The store didn’t have the blue shoes I wanted,
but as luck would have it, they didn’t have the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase as luck red shoes I wanted, either.
would have it. Lightning hit this tree. As luck We had a blizzard last night and as luck would
would have it, the broken branch fell over the have it, the electricity went off.
car but didn’t damage the car. The owner of
the car feels lucky that the car is safe. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: as
luck would have it, as luck would have it, as
luck would have it.

Word 2 at one’s service


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use at one’s service to describe 4. Let’s pretend we are helpers talking to people
a time when someone helps another person. who have had some trouble. Repeat the first
Say it with me: at one’s service. At one’s service sentence I say. Then add “I’m at your service.”
means “to be available to help.” A clerk in a I’m going to look at your injured hand now.
store is at your service. A repair person is at your I’m going to change your flat tire.
service when he or she comes to the house to fix I’m going to check your ear because you have
something. When you’re sick and visit the doctor, an earache.
the doctor helps you. The doctor is at your service.
5. Now take the role of a worker and finish these
2. En español, at one’s service quiere decir “al sentences.
servicio de alguien para prestarle ayuda.” El
vendedor de una tienda está a tu servicio. Un I’m a taxi driver. I’m at your service to
técnico está a nuestro servicio cuando viene a la .
casa a reparar algo. Cuando no te sientes bien y I’m a waitress. I’m at your service to
vas a ver al doctor, el doctor está a tu servicio. .
I’m a librarian. I’m at your service to
3. This picture demonstrates the word at one’s .
service. This man has been in an accident. The
rescue worker is at his service now. He’s taking 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: at
the man’s blood pressure and checking him one’s service, at one’s service, at one’s service.
out to be sure he’s okay. The injured man is
glad the rescue worker is at his service.

160
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gene Blevins/LA Daily News/Corbis. (b) © Rick Brady/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 delicately
Unit 3 Week 2 The Golden Mare, the Firebird, and the Magic Ring

Word 4 with a heavy heart


Word 3 delicately
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use delicately to describe a 4. Let’s pretend we are at the circus. I’ll describe
way that someone might do something very some of the performers. If the performer is
carefully. Say it with me: delicately. Delicately working delicately, raise your hand and say
means “in a gentle and mild way.” You work “delicately.” If not, don’t do anything.
delicately when you are building a house The tightrope walker steps carefully across the
of cards. You are slow and careful and pay tightrope. He concentrates so he doesn’t fall.
attention. You don’t want to make mistakes. The clown tumbles around and jumps up and
If you place the cards too roughly or without down.
great care, the house of cards will fall down. The juggler moves slowly as he juggles five
2. En español, delicately significa “delicadamente, balls at once.
hecho de manera suave y delicada.” Cuando 5. Help me finish these sentences:
estás haciendo una torre de naipes, trabajas
con mucha delicadeza. Te mueves lenta y When you work delicately on a painting you
cuidadosamente, sin distraerte. No quieres .
cometer errores. Si pusieras los naipes rudamente When you walk delicately on the wet floor you
o sin cuidado, la torre se vendría abajo. .
I’m delicately moving this glass bowl so that
3. This picture demonstrates the word delicately. .
The spider works delicately as it builds its web.It
is careful to put each strand of its silk in exactly 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
the right place so that its web is balanced delicately, delicately, delicately.
correctly. It walks delicately across the web so it
doesn’t break any strands. It’s a great builder!

Word 4 with a heavy heart


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use with a heavy heart to 4. Let’s think about what the phrase with a
describe a feeling of sadness. Say it with me: heavy heart means. Suppose your friend says
with a heavy heart. With a heavy heart means she is talking to you with a heavy heart today.
“in a sad way.” If you have a heavy heart, you What do you think caused her heavy heart?
are sad or upset because of a difficult situation. Discuss your response with your partner. (Ask
You might have a heavy heart if a pet dies or if a few pairs to share their ideas.)
someone you know is in an accident. 5. When you find out why your friend has a
2. En español, with a heavy heart quiere decir heavy heart, what can you say or do to help
“tener el corazón afligido o estar triste.” Si tienes her feel better? Discuss your response with
el corazón afligido, estás triste o angustiado a your partner.
causa de una situación difícil. Si una mascota 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: with a
tuya muriera o un conocido tuyo se accidentara, heavy heart, with a heavy heart, with a heavy
lo más seguro es que tendrías el corazón afligido. heart.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase with a heavy
heart. The members of this family have survived
a tornado. Their home has been damaged. They
look at the ruined house with heavy hearts.
They’re sad and upset because all they have left
is a pile of debris. One of the women is crying and
the man is reassuring her. They have heavy hearts,
so they try to comfort each other.

162
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © Tim Boyles/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 2
dawn, moonlight, forest glade,
The Golden Mare, the Firebird,
and the Magic Ring
feast, wedding, midnight

dawn moonlight forest glade

feast wedding midnight

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
163
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Alex L. Fradkin/Getty Images. (tr) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
(bl) © Alison Miksch/Brand X/Corbis. (bm) © Buccina Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Nick Koudis/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 generations
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

Word 2 globe
Key Vocabulary Word 1 generations
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is generations. Say the word generations. (Point to the
it with me: generations. A generation is a people in the photo as you name each
group of people who were all born at about generation.) There are three generations
the same time. You and your friends are a of family members in this photograph. The
generation because you are about the same grandparents are in the oldest generation.
age. Your parents and their friends of the The parents are in the middle generation. The
same age belong to a different generation. children belong to the youngest generation.
Several generations live at the same time. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about why this
2. En español, generations quiere decir “grupos picture demonstrates the word generations.
de personas que nacieron en la misma época, Share your answers with the class. (Examples
generaciones.” Tú y tus amigos son de la include: The people are of different ages.
misma generación porque tienen casi la misma There are three groups of people.)
edad. Tus padres y sus amigos de la misma 6. Work with your partner to name the people in
edad. Pertenecen a otra generación. the different generations in your families.
3. Generations in English and generaciones in 7. Now let’s say generations together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: generations, generations, generations.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 globe


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is globe. Say the word globe. (Point to the globe in the
it with me: globe. A globe is a model of the photo.) This globe is round, just like Earth.
Earth. A globe shows all of the continents, Here you can see the continent of Africa
oceans, countries, and islands on Earth. You and parts of Europe and Asia. Each country
use a globe when you want to locate a place. is shown in a different color. The oceans are
Classrooms, libraries, and homes often have shown in gray. The latitude and longitude
globes to look at. lines are in gray, too. If you spin the globe,
you’ll see the rest of the continents.
2. En español, globe quiere decir “un modelo
de la Tierra, un globo.” El globo terráqueo 5. Where have you seen a globe? What can you
muestra todos los océanos y continentes del use a globe for? Talk with your partner about
mundo. Lo puedes usar para localizar o ver how a globe can be useful. Share your ideas
dónde queda un lugar. with the class.
3. Globe in English and globo in Spanish are 6. Talk with your partner about places you could
cognates. They sound almost the same and locate on a globe. What places would you like
mean the same thing in both languages. to find? Share your ideas with another pair.
7. Now let’s say globe together three more times:
globe, globe, globe.

166
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages. (b) © Cartesia/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 preserve
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

Word 4 reveal
Key Vocabulary Word 3 preserve
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is preserve. Say the word preserve. (Point to the fresh fruit
it with me: preserve. To preserve means “to in the photo.) The cook is going to preserve
protect or keep safe.” When you preserve an these fresh fruits. She’ll cook them a special
idea, you make sure others know about it. way and put them in jars. Then she’ll seal the
When you preserve food, you store it so it’s jars so the fruit will be safe to eat later on.
safe to eat it at a later time. 5. People like to preserve things, or keep them
2. En español, to preserve quiere decir “proteger safe for later use. I like to preserve photos, or
de un daño, preservar.” Cuando preservas keep them so I can enjoy them later. Talk with
comida, la guardas de manera que no se dañe your partner about things you would like to
con el tiempo. preserve. Share your ideas with the class.
3. To preserve in English and preservar in Spanish 6. With your partner, make a list of things you
are cognates. They sound almost the same would like to preserve. Talk about why you
and mean the same thing in both languages. want to preserve these things. Share your list
with another pair.
7. Now let’s say preserve together three more
times: preserve, preserve, preserve.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 reveal


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is reveal. Say the word reveal. (Point to the older man in the
it with me: reveal. To reveal means “to make photo.) The teacher has revealed the inside of
something known or easy to see.” When you a computer to his students. He took the cover
reveal information, you tell it to someone. off so he can show them what the circuits
When you reveal something that was hidden, look like. Now the students better understand
you show it to someone. how a computer works.
2. En español, to reveal quiere decir “mostrar 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a teacher to
algo o hacer algo conocido, revelar.” Cuando reveal information about the computer. Let’s
revelas información dejas que otros la sepan. show the circuit board to our students. Let’s
Cuando revelas algo que estaba escondido, point out different parts and explain how they
dejas que sea visto. work.
3. To reveal in English and revelar in Spanish are 6. Think of a topic you know about. Reveal
cognates. They sound almost the same and information about the topic to us. You can
mean the same thing in both languages. use movements or drawings, or you can talk
about it.
7. Now let’s say reveal together three more
times: reveal, reveal, reveal.

168
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tracey Thompson/Corbis. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 amusing
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales
Key Vocabulary Word 5 amusing
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with you partner about what makes
1. Another word in the selection is amusing. Say this picture amusing. Share your ideas with
it with me: amusing. Amusing means “funny the class. (Examples include: The shoes and
or comical.” When something is amusing, it socks are funny. They are silly. They make me
makes you laugh. A joke can be amusing. A laugh.)
funny trick or a clown can be amusing. 5. Tell your partner about something amusing
2. En español, amusing quiere decir “gracioso, that you have seen. Tell your partner what
cómico o entretenido.” Algo entretenido, you did when you saw this amusing thing and
como un chiste o un payaso, te hace reír. how it made you feel.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say amusing together three more
the word amusing. (Point to the legs and times: amusing, amusing, amusing.
shoes in the photo.) This photograph is
amusing. I laugh when I look at these big, silly
feet and striped socks.

170
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to bring back to life
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

Word 2 unlike
Word 1 to bring back to life
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to bring back to life to 4. Help me finish these sentences:
describe a way to fix things. Say it with me: To bring my garden back to life, I’m going to
to bring back to life. To bring back to life .
means “to repair or make like new again.” If The beach was damaged by the hurricane. To
a house is old and worn down, you can bring bring it back to life, we will .
it back to life by fixing broken windows and The park was flooded in the storm. To bring it
doors, repainting, putting in new carpets, and back to life, we will .
cleaning. Then the house looks like new again.
5. Now I am going to describe some places. If
2. En español, to bring back to life quiere decir you think someone helped to bring this place
“devolverle a la vida a algo reparándolo o back to life, raise your hand and say “to bring
renovándolo.” Si una casa es vieja y está en back to life.” If not, don’t do anything.
pésimas condiciones, podemos devolverle la vida
reparando sus puertas y ventanas, pintándola y The neighborhood kids cleaned up the trash,
alfombrándola toda, y también limpiándola a painted the swings, and put up new basketball
fondo. Así la casa se verá como nueva otra vez. nets at the playground.
The farmer let the old barn fall apart. The win-
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to bring dows were broken and the roof had a hole in it.
back to life. A terrible forest fire destroyed the Juanita dragged her old wagon out of the
trees in this forest. Now this man is helping to garage, put on new tires, sanded off the rust,
bring the forest back to life by planting new and painted it red.
trees. As the trees grow the forest will look
alive again. The man is doing something good 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
for the environment by helping to bring the bring back to life, to bring back to life, to
forest back to life. bring back to life.

Word 2 unlike
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use unlike to describe things 4. I am going to read a short poem to you. Listen
that are not the same. Say it with me: unlike. once, and then repeat each line after me.
Unlike means “not alike, or different.” These I’m unlike you, and you’re unlike me.
two crayons are unlike each other in color; We’re as different as different can be.
one is pink and the other is purple. You are short, while I am tall.
2. En español, unlike significa “distinto o You play guitar, but I play ball.
diferente.” Estos dos creyones son distintos I’m unlike you, and you’re unlike me,
porque tienen diferente color; uno es rosa y el But best of friends we’ll always be.
otro morado. 5. Now I am going describe two things. Tell me
3. This picture demonstrates the word unlike. how they are unlike each other. (Call on a few
The two parts of this town are unlike each students to answer.)
other. One part of the town is farmland, while a boat and a car
the other part of the town is houses and an apple and an orange
businesses. The two parts of the town look a book and a movie
different from each other and are used in a dog and a cat
different ways. a tree and a flower
6. Repeat the word three times with me: unlike,
unlike, unlike.

172
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Joe Sohm/Visions of America/Alamy Images. (b) © Imageplus/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 like other
Unit 3 Week 3 Tricky Tales

Word 4 tap into


Word 3 like other
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use like other to describe things 4. Help me finish these sentences:
that are the same. Say it with me: like other. Like Like other animals, a cat .
other means “similar to, resembling, or having Like other schools, our school .
the same qualities.” You are like other students Like other students, I .
because you are in this class with them. Like other cities, our city .
2. En español, like other quiere decir “como algo 5. Now I am going describe two things. Tell us
o alguien, similar o parecido a, tener las mismas how they are like each other. (Call on a few
cualidades.” Tú eres como los otros estudiantes students to answer.)
porque estás en la misma clase que ellos.
a boat and a car
3. This picture demonstrates the word like other. an apple and an orange
This street vendor sells jewelry, just like a book and a movie
other stores do. The jewelry looks the same a dog and a cat
and costs about the same amount of money. a tree and a flower
The street vendor is like other street vendors
because they all sell products from booths on 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: like
the street. other, like other, like other.

Word 4 tap into


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use tap into to describe a way 4. Suppose that your partner knows all about
that we get information. Say it with me: tap a topic and you want to learn more. Think
into. Tap into means “find out or use.” When of a topic. Now ask questions and tap into
we ask someone a question, we tap into your partner’s knowledge. Tells us a few of
their knowledge to find the answer. We use the questions you asked. (Ask a few pairs to
information they have. The Native American respond.)
storyteller tapped into the culture’s wealth of 5. Why would you need to tap into information
stories at the Beyond the Border Storytelling in a book or on the World Wide Web? Discuss
Festival. your response with your partner. (Ask a few
2. En español, to tap into quiere decir “averiguar, pairs to share their answers.)
indagar o informarse.” Cuando le hacemos 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: tap
una pregunta a alguien, indagamos en su into, tap into, tap into.
conocimiento. Usamos la información que
nos proporciona. En el Festival de Cuentos
Más Allá de la Frontera, los narradores nativos
indagan en la rica cultura de cuentos y
leyendas de Estados Unidos.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase tap into.
These students are doing research on trickster
tales. They use the computers to tap into
the information on the Internet to find out
about the tales. They’re glad there is so much
information on the World Wide Web for them
to tap into.

174
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Lars A. Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 3
heritage, storyteller, tradition,
Tricky Tales
audience, character, entertainer

heritage storyteller tradition

audience character entertainer

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
175
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Marianna Day Massey/Zuma Press. (tc) © Barry Lewis/Alamy Images. (tr) © Stockdisc/PunchStock.
(bl) © Nick White/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (bm) © Hot Ideas/Index Stock/Alamy Images. (br) © Joshua Ets-Hokin/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 consulted
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

Word 2 recover
Key Vocabulary Word 1 consulted
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is consulted. Say the word consulted. (Point to the doctor in the
it with me: consulted. Consulted means center of the photo.) This doctor has a patient
“asked for advice from experts.” When a who needed surgery. He consulted with the
person consults with an expert, he or she two doctors who performed the surgery. He
describes a problem and asks the expert for asked their opinion about the best treatment
an opinion. You might consult with a banker for his patient. He listened to their ideas and
about investing money, or with a coach about followed their suggestions.
buying new sports equipment. 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the
2. En español, to consult quiere decir “pedir doctor consulted with the other doctors.
consejos de expertos, consultar.” Tal vez Let’s look at our patient’s chart. Now let’s ask
consultes con un banquero sobre cómo invertir questions and take notes.
tu dinero o con un entrenador sobre qué 6. Think of a time when you consulted with an
equipo comprar para practicar un deporte. expert. You might have asked a librarian for help
3. To consult in English and consultar in Spanish finding a book or a DVD. Maybe you asked an
are cognates. They sound almost the same adult for help finding a Web site. Show us what
and mean the same thing in both languages. you did when you consulted with this person.
7. Now let’s say consulted together three more
times: consulted, consulted, consulted.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 recover


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for a person to
1. Another word in the selection is recover. Say recover. Let’s stand up slowly, and take a few
it with me: recover. To recover means “to get careful steps. Now let’s show what we look
healthy again.” Sometimes you get sick. When like when we recover even more. Let’s stand
you start to recover, you feel better. After you up straighter and take a few more steps.
recover completely, you are not sick any more. 5. Suppose you have a cold, or an injury such as
2. En español, to recover quiere decir “recuperar a broken leg. Show us what you would do to
la salud, reponerse.” Te estás reponiendo recover.
cuando te empiezas a sentir mejor después 6. Now let’s say recover together three more
de una enfermedad. Cuando te repones por times: recover, recover, recover.
completo vuelves a estar saludable.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word recover. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) This woman hurt her legs. She didn’t
have a lot of strength. The physical therapist
is teaching her some exercises. She works hard
and now she is beginning to recover. Soon she
will be able to walk by herself again.

178
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/Jupiterimages. (b) © JupiterImages/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 tasks
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

Word 4 previous
Key Vocabulary Word 3 tasks
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is tasks. Say it the word tasks. (Point to the boy in the
with me: tasks. Tasks are jobs that someone photo.) One of this boy’s tasks at home is
gives you to do. Sometimes, tasks are not fun putting out the trash can every week. He
or easy to do. Tasks can take a lot of time and doesn’t like this task because the trash can
energy. However, tasks are important pieces is big and heavy to pull. But he does the task
of work. because he has to obey his parents.
2. En español, tasks quiere decir “trabajos que 4. Talk with your partner about tasks that you
alguien te pide que hagas, tareas.” A veces have to do at your home, and why these tasks
las tareas no son fáciles ni divertidas. A veces are important. Share your ideas with the class.
toman mucho tiempo y esfuerzo. Pero las 5. With your partner, make a list of tasks that
tareas son trabajos importantes que se deben you and your partner are responsible for. Then
completar. complete this sentence frame: One task I am
responsible for is .
6. Now let’s say tasks together three more times:
tasks, tasks, tasks.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 previous


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is previous. Say the word previous. (Point to the girl in the
it with me: previous. Previous means “going front of the line in the photo.) These students
earlier or before someone or something lined up in perfect alphabetical order just
else.” If you are in the fifth grade now, your now. They learned how to do this in a
previous grade was fourth grade. previous lesson that took place yesterday.
Now their teacher is proud of them.
2. En español, previous quiere decir “que ocurre
o viene antes que otra cosa, previo.” Si estás 5. Talk with your partner about things you did
en quinto de primaria ahora, tu curso previo on a previous day in this class. Share your
fue cuarto. ideas with the class.
3. Previous in English and previo in Spanish are 6. Work with your partner to use the word
cognates. They sound almost the same and previous in a sentence. Use the sentence
mean the same thing in both languages. frame: In a previous lesson, I learned how
to .
7. Now let’s say previous together three more
times: previous, previous, previous.

180
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 pursuit
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

Word 6 proceeded
Key Vocabulary Word 5 pursuit
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. What are some things that you might be in
1. Another word in the selection is pursuit. Say pursuit of during a sports event? Make a list
it with me: pursuit. Pursuit means “a chase with your partner. Share your ideas with the
after someone or something.” When you are class.
in pursuit, you hunt or search for a person or a 5. With your partner, draw a picture of
thing. You try very hard to find it. something you might be in pursuit of. At
2. En español, pursuit quiere decir “la búsqueda the bottom of your picture, complete this
intensa de algo o alguien, persecución.” sentence frame: We are in pursuit
Cuando estás en persecución, acosas a algo of .
o alguien sin parar hasta que lo encuentras o 6. Now let’s say pursuit together three more
capturas. times: pursuit, pursuit, pursuit.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word pursuit. (Point to the cowboy in the
photo.) The cowboy is in pursuit of the wild
horse. The horse wants to get away, but the
cowboy uses his lasso to try to catch it. The
cowboy and his horse will not give up their
pursuit of the wild horse.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 proceeded


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is proceeded. the word proceeded. (Point to the young girl
Say it with me: proceeded. Proceeded in the photo.) This girl is learning to take care
means “went on doing something.” If you of and ride a horse. First she put the saddle on
proceeded with a task, you continued doing the horse. Then she proceeded to climb up on
something. You did not stop or go backwards. the horse. Her teacher helped her.
I proceeded to keep climbing the mountain 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the girl
after my friends decided to stop. proceeded with her lessons. First, she put
2. En español, to proceed quiere decir “avanzar, the saddle on the horse. Then her teacher
seguir haciendo algo, proceder.” Procedí helped her climb on the horse. After that, she
a escalar la montaña cuando mis amigos proceeded to ride the horse.
decidieron parar. 6. Show us how you proceeded with something
3. To proceed in English and proceder in Spanish you started. Show us what you did first, next,
are cognates. They sound almost the same and then last.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say proceeded together three more
times: proceeded, proceeded, proceeded.

182
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Luedke and Sparrow/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 urgency
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

Word 8 detected
Key Vocabulary Word 7 urgency
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is urgency. Say the word urgency. (Point to the ambulance
it with me: urgency. Urgency is “a feeling or in the photo.) This ambulance is going from
a need to do something right away.” When the scene of an accident to the hospital.
you have a sense of urgency, you feel pressure The driver has a sense of urgency because
to hurry and get something done. You might she knows that the patient’s life depends
have a feeling of urgency to rush to the on getting treated quickly. The driver feels
airport before your plane takes off. a sense of urgency, and she will get to the
hospital as fast as she can.
2. En español, urgency quiere decir “sentimiento
de tener que actuar de inmediato, urgencia.” 5. How does an ambulance illustrate a sense of
Tal vez sientas urgencia por llegar al urgency? Talk with your partner about how an
aeropuerto antes de que tu avión despegue. ambulance demonstrates a sense of urgency.
Share your ideas with the class.
3. Urgency in English and urgencia in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Let’s imagine that your friend had a serious
mean the same thing in both languages. injury. Talk with your partner about the best
way to communicate a sense of urgency.
Share your ideas with another pair.
7. Now let’s say urgency together three more
times: urgency, urgency, urgency.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 detected


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is detected. Say the word detected. (Point to the boy in the
it with me: detected. Detected means “noticed photo.) The boy could see the flowers on the
or found out.” When you detect something, plant on the left, but he could not see any
you discover it, or you see it clearly. on the plant on the right. When he used his
magnifying glass, he detected small flowers.
2. En español, to detect quiere decir “notar,
He was surprised and happy that he found
descubrir o detectar.” Cuando detectas algo,
them.
descubres algo que no podías ver o percibir
antes. 5. Let’s all show what the boy did when he
detected the flowers. Let’s get our magnifying
3. To detect in English and detectar in Spanish
glasses and look closely at the leaves. Look!
are cognates. They sound almost the same
We detected flowers!
and mean the same thing in both languages.
6. Show us how you detected something that
you had not seen before. Tell us what you
were looking for and how you felt when you
found out.
7. Now let’s say detected together three more
times: detected, detected, detected.

184
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jeremy Hoare/Life File/Getty Images. (b) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 lost in thought
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

Word 2 to do the impossible


Word 1 lost in thought
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, lost in thought means “to 4. I am going to describe some situations. If the
concentrate on only one thing.” Say it with person is lost in thought, look up at the ceiling
me: lost in thought. If you are lost in thought, and say “lost in thought.”
you are thinking only of one thing. You are so A girl is sitting on the beach staring out at the
focused on what you are thinking about that ocean.
you are not paying attention to the things A boy is playing tag with his friends.
around you. A man is sitting in his back yard looking at the
2. En español, lost in thought significa trees.
“obsesionarse o concentrarse en un solo 5. Now I am going read a poem to you. Listen
pensamiento o cosa.” Si estás obsesionado, the first time. Then repeat each line after
estás pensando en una sola cosa. Estás tan me. Raise your hand each time you hear the
atento a ese solo pensamiento, que no prestas phrase lost in thought.
atención a las cosas que suceden en torno
tuyo. Hush, hush, I’m lost in thought.
I’m thinking of what to do.
3. This picture demonstrates the word lost in What’s the answer? What is right?
thought. The boy is trying to come up with a Oh, I wish I knew.
clever title for the story he has just written. Hush, hush, I’m lost in thought.
He’s lost in thought about it. He stares at the
ceiling. He is not paying any attention to the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: lost in
other students or any noise around him. thought, lost in thought, lost in thought.

Word 2 to do the impossible


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to do the impossible to 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to do the
describe doing something that is very difficult impossible. Everyone on both teams thought
to do. Say it with me: to do the impossible. the player would miss this ball. The player
Let’s say a person was in a serious accident surprised everyone and did the impossible. He
and the doctor said he would never walk blocked it!
again. Then one day, the man takes a few 4. Help me finish these sentences:
steps. He has done the impossible.
When we went hiking I did the impossible. I
2. En español, to do the impossible quiere decir .
“hacer lo imposible.” Supongamos que una The baseball player says he will do the impos-
persona tuvo un terrible accidente y el doctor sible. He says he will .
aseguró que no volvería a caminar. Pero, un The swimmer will do the impossible if she
día, esa persona da unos pasos. Ha hecho lo .
imposible.
5. Imagine that you could do the impossible.
What would you like to do? (Call on a few
students to answer.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to do
the impossible, to do the impossible, to do the
impossible.

186
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to disguise fear
Unit 3 Week 4 Blancaflor

Word 4 to gather courage


Word 3 to disguise fear
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to disguise fear to describe 4. Let’s thing about what you do when you
a way that we act when we are scared and disguise fear. I’m going to describe some
don’t want to show it. Say it with me: to actions. If the person is disguising fear, put
disguise fear. To disguise fear means “to hide your hands to your face and say “disguise
our feelings of being afraid.” Some people are fear.” If not, don’t say anything.
afraid of the water. They disguise their fear by She’s afraid to jump in the water from the dock,
saying they don’t like to swim, or the water is so she sits on the dock and pretends she is fishing.
too cold, or they don’t feel well. They don’t He’s afraid to ski down the big hill, but he says,
want to admit that they are afraid. “I can do this,” and then he skis down.
2. En español, to disguise fear quiere decir She’s afraid of her friend’s big dog, so she says
“fingir u ocultar el miedo.” Algunas personas she doesn’t feel well when her friend invites
le temen al agua. Ellos ocultan su miedo her over to play.
asegurando que no les gusta nadar, que el 5. Help me finish these sentences.
agua esta demasiado fría o que no se sienten
bien. No quieren admitir que tienen miedo. He’s afraid to go on the big roller coaster. To
disguise his fear, he .
3. This picture demonstrates the word to disguise They are afraid to walk through the park
fear. The boy has to give a report to the class. in the dark. To disguise their fear, they
He’s shy and is afraid to talk in front of the other .
students. He thinks he might cry. To disguise his He’s afraid to climb the tall ladder. To disguise
fear, he hides his face behind his notebook. He his fear, he .
thinks that if the other students can’t see his 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
face, they won’t know that he is afraid. disguise fear, to disguise fear, to disguise fear.

Word 4 to gather courage


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, to gather courage means “to look 4. Suppose your partner has to do something
inside yourself for strength.” Say it with me: hard or scary that he or she has never done
to gather courage. Let’s say that a girl who before. Tell your partner something that will
is afraid of the water wants to learn to swim. help him or her gather courage. Then switch
She gathers her courage by telling herself she roles. (Ask one or two pairs for their response.)
can do it, and that she is brave. She walks 5. Think about someone you know who had to
slowly into the water. gather courage to do something. This could
2. En español, to gather courage quiere decir be a real person or a character in a book or
“agarrar o tomar valor.” Digamos que una movie. Tell your partner what the person did
niña que le teme al agua quiere aprender to gather courage. (Ask one or two pairs for
a nadar. Ella agarra valor diciéndose que sí their response.)
puede hacerlo y que es muy valiente. Después, 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
se introduce lentamente en la piscina. gather courage, to gather courage, to gather
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to gather courage.
courage. This rock climber is almost at the
top of a steep cliff. He’s scared because it’s
a long way down if he falls, and there’s not
much above him to hold on to. He gathers his
courage. He takes a deep breath, puts more
chalk on his fingers, and keeps going.

188
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 3 Week 4
castle, kingdom, knight,
Blancaflor
banquet, emblem, emerald

castle kingdom knight

banquet emblem emerald

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
189
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Pixtal/age fotostock. (tc) © Jayne Fincher.Photo Int/Alamy Images. (tr) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © John Flournoy/McGraw-Hill Companies. (bm) © IMS Communications Ltd./Capstone Design. All Rights Reserved./FlatEarth Images. (br) © dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 corridor
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

Word 2 reservation
Key Vocabulary Word 1 corridor
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is corridor. Say it the word corridor. (Point to the corridor in the
with me: corridor. A corridor is a hallway or a photo.) This is a long corridor in an airport.
walkway between parts of a building. There There are shops along both sides of the
are sometimes rooms on one or both sides of a corridor. The corridor connects different parts
corridor. A corridor can be long or short. of the airport. The man is walking down the
corridor to get to his plane.
2. En español, corridor quiere decir “parte de un
edificio que da paso a otras, pasillo, corredor.” 5. With your partner, talk about buildings or
A veces hay cuartos a un o ambos lados de un places you’ve visited that have corridors.
corredor. Un corredor puede ser largo o corto. Are the corridors in these places large or
small? Are they long or short? Describe these
3. Corridor in English and corredor in Spanish are
corridors for the class.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Work with your partner to draw a map of our
school. Label all the corridors, or hallways. We
can display the maps around our classroom.
7. Now let’s say corridor together three more
times: corridor, corridor, corridor.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 reservation


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is reservation. the word reservation. (Point to the photo.)
Say it with me: reservation. A reservation is This land is all part of the reservation.
a piece of land where Native Americans live. This group of Native Americans is doing a
There are reservations in many parts of the traditional dance. You can see their traditional
United States. On the reservations, the Native homes, called teepees, in the background.
Americans preserve their way of life and their 5. Talk with your partner about why this picture
culture. demonstrates the word reservation. Share your
2. En español, reservation quiere decir “un área answers with the class. (Examples include:
que ha sido designada para que los indígenas You see the Native Americans. There is lots
vivan, reserva.” En las reservas los indígenas of land visible. There are teepees and Native
pueden preservar su identidad y cultura. Americans.)
3. Reservation in English and reserva in Spanish 6. Tell your partner something that you know
are cognates. They sound almost the same about a reservation. Then talk with another
and mean the same thing in both languages. pair and exchange information about
reservations with them.
7. Now let’s say reservation together three more
times: reservation, reservation, reservation.

192
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dynamic Graphics/Jupiterimages. (b) © Mike Zens/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 enlisted
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

Word 4 invasion
Key Vocabulary Word 3 enlisted
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is enlisted. the word enlisted. (Point to the row of soldiers
Say it with me: enlisted. An enlisted person in the photo.) These women are enlisted
is someone who joined the military as a soldiers. Their uniforms show that they are
volunteer. An enlisted soldier does not start enlisted. The woman standing in front of the
out as an officer in the military. He or she enlisted soldiers is an officer. The enlisted
must work hard to become an officer. soldiers follow her orders.
2. En español, enlisted quiere decir “recluta.” 4. Talk with your partner about what you know
Es una persona que se ha comprometido ha about military service. You may have seen
prestar servicio militar. Un recluta no empieza movies about the military or read books with
como un oficial. Tiene que trabajar mucho enlisted soldiers or military characters. Share
para subir de rango. what you know with the class.
5. Work with your partner to use the word
enlisted in a sentence. Use the sentence
frame: The enlisted soldiers .
6. Now let’s say enlisted together three more
times: enlisted, enlisted, enlisted.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 invasion


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is invasion. Say the word invasion. (Point to the airplanes
it with me: invasion. An invasion occurs when in the photo.) This photo was taken of an
soldiers from one country try to take over invasion during World War II. These planes
another country. An invasion is usually part of are slying toward the enemy’s land. They are
a war. part of a large invasion by land and by sea.
2. En español, invasion quiere decir “invasión.” 5. With your partner, describe the invasion
Es cuando los soldados de un país ocupan pictured on this card. Tell what you think the
territorio de otro país. Una invasión es parte soldiers saw, felt, and heard on the invasion.
de una guerra. Share your ideas with the class.
3. Invasion in English and invasión in Spanish are 6. With your partner, draw a picture of an
cognates. They sound almost the same and invasion you’ve read about or one you can
mean the same thing in both languages. imagine. At the bottom of your picture,
complete this sentence frame: The invasion
was .
7. Now let’s say invasion together three more
times: invasion, invasion, invasion.

194
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Karen Kasmauski/Corbis. (b) © Library of Congress/Historicus, Inc.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 shield
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

Word 6 location
Key Vocabulary Word 5 shield
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about shields you have
1. Another word in the selection is shield. seen or read about. Who uses shields? When
Say it with me: shield. A shield is a piece of are shields useful? Share your ideas with the
equipment that you use to protect yourself class.
from bullets or arrows. A soldier or a police 5. With your partner, draw a picture of a shield
officer would need a shield if they were in and decorate it. At the top of the page,
a fight. The shield would keep them from complete this sentence frame: This shield will
getting hurt. protect us from .
2. En español, shield quiere decir “un arma 6. Now let’s say shield together three more
que protege de balas o flechas, escudo.” Un times: shield, shield, shield.
soldado o policía necesitaría un escudo en una
pelea. El escudo no permite que se le hiera.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word shield. (Point to the shield in
the photo.) The police officer has a shield
attached to his helmet. He is also holding a
shield with one arm. If someone tries to hit or
shoot the officer, he will not get hurt.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 location


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show how the police officer pointed
1. Another word in the selection is location. Say to the location on the map. Let’s pretend to
it with me: location. A location is a specific open the map and look at it. Now let’s point
place. If you want to know the location of to the location. There it is!
a place, you want to know where the place 5. (Use a map or a globe.) I will name a location
is. The location of our school is (give your and you point to it on the map. The location
school’s address). is San Francisco, California. Point to it on the
2. En español, location quiere decir “punto o map.
lugar específico donde ocurre algo, sitio.” Si 6. Now let’s say location together three more
buscas un sitio, buscas dónde está situado times: location, location, location.
algo específico como tu colegio.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word location. (Point to the map in the
photo.) This man is lost. He can’t find the
street he needs to get to. He asked the police
officer for directions. The police officer points
to the location on the map. Now the man
knows how to get to that location.

196
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Flying Colours Ltd/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 creased
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

Word 8 transmission
Key Vocabulary Word 7 creased
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. This man’s face is creased. Talk with your
1. Another word in the selection is creased. Say it partner about people you know whose
with me: creased. When something is creased, faces are creased. What do you think makes
it has lines or wrinkles in it. When people get peoples’ faces creased? Share your ideas with
older their skin often gets creased. Your face the class.
will get creased when you smile or frown, too. 5. Fold a piece of paper with your partner, then
2. En español, creased quiere decir “lleno de unfold the paper. Notice the lines, or wrinkles,
arrugas o pliegues, arrugado, plegado.” on the page? The paper is creased. On your
Cuando las personas envejecen su piel se paper, complete this sentence frame: This
arruga. Tu cara también se arruga cuando paper is creased because .
sonríes o frunces el ceño. 6. Now let’s say creased together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: creased, creased, creased.
the word creased. (Point to the man in the
photo.) This man’s face is creased. You can
see the wrinkles on his cheeks and around his
eyes. His forehead is creased, too.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 transmission


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is transmission. the word transmission. (Point to the cell
Say it with me: transmission. A transmission is phones in the photo.) These people are using
a message that is sent by a radio or another their cell phones to make transmissions. They
kind of signal. When you make a transmission, are sending text messages to each other. The
you send information to someone else. A transmissions go out over the radio waves in
transmission is a form of communication. You the air.
might use a phone, a radio, or television to 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to send a
make the transmission. transmission. Let’s get out our cell phones and
2. En español, transmission quiere decir “un text message a friend. When we hit the send
mensaje envíado a través de la radio u otra button, our transmission will go out over the
señal, transmisión.” También el teléfono y la radio waves.
televisión sirven para hacer una transmisión de 6. Work with a partner. Show us different ways
un mensaje. to make a transmission. You might use a
3. Transmission in English and transmisión in phone, or a computer, or make a television
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost broadcast. Tell us about what kind of
the same and mean the same thing in both transmission you’re sending.
languages. 7. Now let’s say transmission together three
more times: transmission, transmission,
transmission.

198
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixland/Corbis. (b) © Image 100/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to measure up to
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

Word 2 it was all I could do


Word 1 to measure up to
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to measure up to to describe 4. I am going say a poem for you. Listen once,
how we think of ourselves or how others may and then say it along with me.
think of us. Say it with me: to measure up to. What can I do
To measure up to means “to be good enough To measure up to you?
or as good as.” If you have an older brother I’ll be brave, I’ll be strong
or sister who is really good at something, you I’ll be kind, I’ll be true.
might feel like you have to measure up to them When I do these things,
and be just as good at the same thing. I’ll measure up to you.
2. En español, to measure up to quiere decir “ser 5. Now let’s talk about some people you might
tan bueno como algo o alguien.” Si tienes un want to measure up to. I’ll start a sentence about
hermano mayor y él es muy bueno haciendo that person. You complete my sentence:
algo, lo más seguro es que tú querrás ser tan
bueno como él haciendo lo mismo. I can measure up to the coach by .
I can measure up to my brother or sister by
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to measure .
up to. This boy is walking with his father. The I can measure up to my favorite author by
boy thinks his father is smart, brave, kind, and .
strong. He hopes that he can measure up to his
father. The boy hopes that someday he will be 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
as good a person as his father is. measure up to, to measure up to, to measure
up to.

Word 2 it was all I could do


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use it was all I could do to describe 4. I am going to describe some situations when
what someone might say about something that you might say “it was all I could do.” Repeat
is very hard. Say it with me: it was all I could do. them after me.
When someone says “it was all I could do,” they The snow was so deep, it was all I could do to
mean that they have tried to do something very walk home.
hard, and they can’t do anymore. The person is The books were so heavy, it was all I could do
probably feeling frustrated or worn out. to carry them.
2. En español, it was all I could do quiere decir The movie was so sad, it was all I could do to
“no pude hacer más.” Cuando alguien ha not cry.
intentado hacer algo con todas sus fuerzas y, 5. Help me finish these sentences:
sin embargo, no ha obtenido lo que se propuso,
lo más seguro es que dirá “no pude hacer más.” The wind was so strong, it was all I could do
Esta persona se sentirá seguramente frustrada to .
o desanimada. The science test was so hard, it was all I could
do to .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase it was all The sun was so hot, it was all I could do to
I could do. These students had to figure out .
a difficult math problem. The boy said to the
girl, “This problem was very hard. I used these 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: it was
counters and the chart to solve the problem. It all I could do, it was all I could do, it was all I
took me about an hour to solve it. It was all I could do.
could do to figure it out.”

200
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Ed-Imaging/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 crack the code
Unit 3 Week 5 The Unbreakable Code

Word 4 to be around forever


Word 3 crack the code
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, crack the code means “to solve a 4. I am going to read a rhyme to you. Listen
puzzle or to understand a system of letters once, and then say it with me. Raise your hand
or symbols.” Say it with me: crack the code. each time you hear the phrase crack the code.
People use codes to send secret messages. Let’s crack the code. Let’s figure it out.
When someone cracks the code, they figure We’ll learn what the message is all about.
out how to read the secret message. What’s this letter? What’s this word?
2. En español, to crack the code significa Does this come first, or second, or third?
“resolver el enigma o comprender un código We’ve cracked the code! We know what to do.
de letras o símbolos.” Algunas personas usan Now we’ll share the secret with you.
códigos para enviarse mensajes secretos. 5. I’m going to describe some situations. Say
Cuando alguien se las ingenia para entender “crack the code” at the end of each sentence.
el mensaje, ha resuelto el código.
When a solider figures out a secret message
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase sent by the enemy, he can .
crack the code. These are ancient Egyptian If I solve a word puzzle I .
hieroglyphics. People worked hard to figure When scientists learn to read an ancient
out what each symbol means. When they language, they .
cracked the code, they understood the
symbols. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: crack
the code, crack the code, crack the code.

Word 4 to be around forever


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to be around forever to 4. I am going to describe some things. If you think
describe things that are very old. Say it with they might be around forever, clap and say “to
me: to be around forever. To be around be around forever.” If not, don’t do anything.
forever means “to last for a very long time.” If The paintings in the cave are nine hundred
you have a favorite toy that you want to keep years old.
for many years, you might say you want it to There are six inches of snow on the ground.
be around forever. The mountain range is over a thousand years old.
2. En español, to be around forever quiere decir That TV show has been on for two months.
“existir o perdurar por mucho tiempo.” Si 5. You can use the phrase to be around forever
tienes un juguete preferido al que te gustaría to describe regular things that you would
conservar toda la vida, deseas que perdure por like to have last for a long time. Say these
mucho tiempo. examples after me.
3. This picture demonstrates the word to be around I love my hamster. I want him to be around
forever. The pyramids in Egypt are thousands of forever.
years old. They are still standing and are in pretty The beach is so beautiful. I want it to be
good shape. Some people think they will last for around forever.
a long time to come, so they say the pyramids You are my best friend. I hope our friendship
will be around forever. We don’t know how long will be around forever.
“forever” is, but the pyramids will be around for
a long time to come. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to be
around forever, to be around forever, to be
around forever.

202
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ron Watts/Corbis. (b) © Corbis.
Basic Words platoon, boot camp, uniform,
Unit 3 Week 5
The Unbreakable Code recruits, dive-bomber, radio pack

platoon boot camp uniform

recruits dive-bomber radio pack

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
203
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Pat Roque/AP Images. (tc) © Peter Turnley/Corbis. (tr) © FlatEarth Images.
(bl) © Tannis Toohey/Toronto Star/Zuma Press. (bm) © Index Stock Imagery. (br) © Stock Photo.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 frigid
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

Word 2 treacherous
Key Vocabulary Word 1 frigid
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates the
1. One word in the selection is frigid. Say it word frigid. (Point to the snow in the photo.) It’s
with me: frigid. A frigid place has a very cold often frigid at the tops of mountains. Look at all
temperature. There is usually a lot of snow of the snow. It’s cold all year, so the snow does
and ice in a frigid place. Not too many people not melt. Very few plants grow here, and it’s hard
live in frigid places. A few animals, like polar for most animals to live here. People can’t live
bears and some kinds of penguins, live in here, and very few people even visit here.
frigid places. The North and South Poles are 4. Imagine visiting a frigid place like you see in the
frigid environments. photograph. Talk with your partner about how
2. En español, frigid quiere decir “muy frío, the air would feel. Describe what you would see
gélido, helado.” En un lugar gélido las and do. Tell what you might think about.
temperaturas se mantienen bajas. Pocas 5. Now imagine visiting a place that is hot and
personas viven en lugares gélidos. Algunos sunny—just the opposite of a frigid place. Tell
animales como los osos polares y los pingüinos your partner what the hot, sunny place looks
viven allí. El Polo Norte y el Polo Sur son like, how the air would feel, and how it is
ambientes gélidos. different from the frigid place in the picture.
6. Now let’s say frigid together three more times:
frigid, frigid, frigid.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 treacherous


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is treacherous. the word treacherous. (Point to the man in the
Say it with me: treacherous. Treacherous photo.) This man is kayaking in treacherous
means “unsafe, or with hidden dangers.” A waters. Notice how fast the current moves! It
treacherous place has dangers that you can’t may carry him away quickly, or it might turn
see or that you don’t know about. Ice on a over his kayak. He can’t see the rocks under
lake can be treacherous. You can’t always tell the water, and he might hit one of them. He
how thick the ice is, and someone could fall has to be very careful in these treacherous
through it into the water. waters.
2. En español, treacherous quiere decir 4. Turn to your partner and talk about how the
“peligroso, que lleva mucho riesgo.” Un lugar man might feel in such a treacherous place.
peligroso tiene riesgos que no puedes ver o What could he do to stay calm and protect
que no conoces. El hielo sobre un lago puede himself? What would you tell him about going
ser peligroso. Nunca se sabe qué tan grueso to such a treacherous place?
esté. Se podría partir con tu peso y podrías 5. Work with your partner to make a list of
caer al agua. treacherous places. Explain why each place is
treacherous. Look in books or draw pictures
of the places. Share your pictures and your list
with another group.
6. Now let’s say treacherous together three more
times: treacherous, treacherous, treacherous.

206
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ingram Publishing/age fotostock. (b) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 triumph
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

Word 4 uninhabited
Key Vocabulary Word 3 triumph
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is triumph. Say the word triumph. (Point to the children in
it with me: triumph. When a person triumphs the photo.) These team members have just
over something, he or she wins or achieves triumphed over all of the other teams in their
a goal. A sports team might triumph over league. They won the championship! Their
another team by winning the game. A person smiles and raised arms show how happy and
might triumph by reaching the top of a excited they are. They worked hard and now
mountain. they have a strong sense of victory.
2. En español, to triumph quiere decir “triunfar.” 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for a team to triumph
Cuando alguien triunfa en algo, gana o logra over another team. Let’s raise our arms high in
una meta que se había propuesto. El equipo the air in victory. Let’s smile and hold up our
deportivo que triunfa sobre el otro en un trophy. Let’s say, “Hooray! We’re Number One!”
partido es el ganador. Una persona podría 6. Think about a time when you triumphed
triunfar al escalar una montaña. over something. It could be a time when you
3. To triumph in English and triunfar in Spanish scored well on a test, or won a contest, or
are cognates. They sound almost the same achieved a goal. Show us how you felt when
and mean the same thing in both languages. you triumphed. We’ll celebrate with you!
7. Now let’s say triumph together three more
times: triumph, triumph, triumph.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 uninhabited


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is uninhabited. the word uninhabited. (Point to the landscape
Say it with me: uninhabited. If a place in the photo.) This place is uninhabited. There
is uninhabited, no one lives there. An aren’t any people around. It’s too dangerous
uninhabited place is empty and deserted. It’s to live here. No one visits here, either.
quiet because there’s no one around to make 5. Imagine flying over this uninhabited place
noise. Parts of the desert are uninhabited. The in an airplane. Tell your partner what you
moon is uninhabited, too. see and hear. Describe what the area looks
2. En español, uninhabited quiere decir like. Tell how you feel when you look at the
“inhabitado.” Nadie vive en un sitio uninhabited area. Why do you think no one
inhabitado. Un sitio inhabitado está vacío lives here?
y abandonado. Es tranquilo porque no hay 6. Talk with your partner about an uninhabited
quien haga ruido. Partes del desierto son place that you have heard about. Explain why
inhabitadas. La luna también es inhabitada. it is uninhabited. Then compare it with an
3. Uninhabited in English and inhabitado in inhabited place, like your neighborhood. Tell
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost how the two places are the same and how
the same and mean the same thing in both they are different.
languages. 7. Now let’s say uninhabited together three more
times: uninhabited, uninhabited, uninhabited.

208
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image 100/Corbis. (b) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 expedition
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

Word 6 labor
Key Vocabulary Word 5 expedition
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is expedition. the word expedition. (Point to the people
Say it with me: expedition. Expedition means in the photo.) These scientists are on an
“a trip for a special purpose or reason.” expedition. They want to find out more about
People might go on an expedition to find out the plants and animals that live in this area.
about an unknown place. An expedition could They are carrying equipment and supplies for
be a long or a short journey. It can be for fun the expedition in their backpacks.
or for a serious reason. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like be scientists on
2. En español, expedition quiere decir “un viaje an expedition. Let’s load supplies in our
por un motivo específico, expedición.” Se backpacks and put them on. Let’s walk up the
hacen expediciones para aprender sobre un mountain trail and look all around. Let’s talk
lugar desconocido. Una expedición puede ser about the things we see.
larga o corta. Se hace por placer o por razones 6. Pretend you are on an expedition. Tell us
más serias. where you are and why you are there. Show us
3. Expedition in English and expedición in what you are doing on your expedition. What
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost might you learn on your expedition?
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say expedition together three more
languages. times: expedition, expedition, expedition.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 labor


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is labor. Say it the word labor. (Point to man in the photo.)
with me: labor. Labor is work that you do by Lifting and stacking heavy bales of hay is
using the strength of your body. Labor is hard manual labor. This man is very strong—look
work, such as digging ditches, putting a roof at the muscles in his arms. Look at the sweat
on a house, or mowing the grass. You use on his face, too. When he finishes all of this
many of your muscles when you do labor, he’ll be tired and his muscles may
manual labor. be sore.
2. En español, labor quiere decir “labor, trabajo 5. Let’s all show what it’s like for the man to do
hecho esforzando el cuerpo.” La labor es un manual labor. Let’s lift a heavy bale of hay
trabajo duro como excavar zanjas, instalar un and stack it on top of another bale. Oh, this
techo sobre una casa o cortar el cespéd. Usas is hard, backbreaking work! We’re sweating a
tus músculos al hacer una labor física. lot! Now let’s rest from our manual labor.
3. Labor in English and labor in Spanish are 6. Think of another job that requires manual
cognates. They sound almost the same and labor. Show us how to do this job. Tell us
mean the same thing in both languages. what it feels like when you do manual labor.
7. Now let’s say labor together three more times:
labor, labor, labor.

210
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mario De Biasi/Corbis. (b) © Ben Blankenburg/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 dismantled
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

Word 8 abandon
Key Vocabulary Word 7 dismantled
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates the
1. Another word in the selection is dismantled. word dismantled. (Point to the computer parts
Say it with me: dismantled. Dismantled in the photo.) These workers have dismantled an
means “taken apart.” When you dismantle old computer. One girl took off the cover of the
something, you separate the parts so it processor. Another girl took apart the keyboard
doesn’t work any more. Something might be with a screw driver. The other girl used a drill to
dismantled because it is old, or damaged, or get the circuit board out of the computer. You
to make room for something new. can see the parts all over their work table.
2. En español, to dismantle quiere decir 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for a worker
“desmontar, deshacer.” Cuando desmontas to dismantle a computer. First let’s use a
algo, separas sus partes para que no funcione. screwdriver and take off the case. Now let’s
Se desmontan cosas porque están viejas o take the circuit board out and then take apart
dañadas, o para abrir campo para algo nuevo. the keyboard. There! The computer has been
dismantled. The parts are all over the table.
5. Think of something else that you could
dismantle. Show us how you would dismantle
it. Tell us why you dismantled it.
6. Now let’s say dismantled together three more
times: dismantled, dismantled, dismantled.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 abandon


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is abandon. Say the word abandon. (Point to the old cars in
it with me: abandon. To abandon means “to the photo.) These cars were abandoned here
leave something behind.” When you abandon in the desert a long time ago. They probably
something, you leave it alone or dump it broke down, so the owners left them there.
somewhere. You don’t go back to get it. You The cars have rusted and fallen apart since
might have to abandon something if it doesn’t they were abandoned.
work right, or if you have too many things. 5. Work with your partner and make up a story
2. En español, to abandon quiere decir about these cars. Explain why they were
“abandonar, dejar a una persona o una cosa.” abandoned. Tell who abandoned them, how
Cuando abandonas una cosa, la dejas sola o long ago this happened, and where the owners
tirada. Tienes que abandonar una cosa si no went. Tell what the cars looked like before
funciona o si ya tienes demasiadas. they were abandoned. Your story is fiction, so
you can have talking cars, too. Have the cars
3. To abandon in English and abandonar in
tell how they feel about being abandoned.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both 6. Work with your partner to think of other things
languages. that could be abandoned. Explain why someone
might abandon these things, and what happens
to them after they have been abandoned.
7. Now let’s say abandon together three more
times: abandon, abandon, abandon.

212
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Manjunath Kiran/epa/Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 get under way
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

Word 2 to take to (to board)


Word 1 get under way
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use get under way to describe 4. I am going to describe some activities related
what you do when you begin something. to a vacation. If we do them to get under way
Say it with me: get under way. Get under for the vacation, say “get under way.” If not,
way means “to begin or start.” Suppose don’t do anything.
your family is going to the amusement park. A boy takes his clothes out of the suitcase and
Everyone gets their things and they get in the puts them away.
car. You get under way when the driver starts Dad relaxes and reads the paper.
the car and you drive down the street. Mom packs snacks for the trip.
2. En español, to get under way quiere decir Dad loads the suitcase in the car.
“emprender; empezar.” Digamos que tu 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
familia va al parque de diversiones. Todos se Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase start
arreglan y se suben al coche. Empiezan el viaje with get under way.
cuando el conductor enciende el motor y pisa
el acelerador. Everyone is here and we all have our maps.
Let’s start.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase get We only have three hours before it will get
under way. In order to get under way, these dark. Let’s start now.
hikers packed their backpacks and checked Will you be ready to start in an hour?
their maps. It took a long time to gather all
the things they needed to bring on this hike. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: get
They are happy to finally get under way. under way, get under way, get under way.
They’re looking forward to a great hike.

Word 2 to take to (to board)


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to take to to describe 4. I am going to read a poem to you. Listen once
something we do. Say it with me: to take to. and then repeat it after me. When you hear
To take to means “to board, or to get on.” If a the phrase take to, raise your hand.
ship is sinking, the passengers will take to the Let’s take to the bus—it’s time to ride.
lifeboats. They’ll get in the lifeboats for safety Everyone step right up inside.
instead of staying on the sinking ship. Let’s take to the plane—it’s time to fly,
2. En español, to take to quiere decir “entrar a; Higher and higher, into the sky.
subirse a.” Si un barco se está hundiendo, los Let’s take to the boat and sail away
pasajeros se subirán a los botes salvavidas. The ocean’s a great place to go today.
Se montarán a los botes salvavidas para no 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
hundirse con el barco. Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase get
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to take on with take to.
to. The students are taking to the bus. They Let’s get on the bus now.
are boarding, or getting on. Quick! Get on the lifeboats!
I want to get on the road and start the trip.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
take to, to take to, to take to.

214
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Allan Bard/Corbis. (b) © Comstock/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 lose the will to
Unit 4 Week 1 Spirit of Endurance

Word 4 let alone (much less)


Word 3 lose the will to
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use lose the will to to describe a 4. I am going to describe some situations. If
sad feeling. Say it with me: lose the will to. Lose you think the person has lost the will to do
the will to means “to stop wanting to try to do something, look sad and say “lose the will to.”
something.” Suppose you are cooking and you If not, don’t do anything.
burned the pizza. You tried again two more She failed her driver’s test three times and
times and each time you burned the pizza. does not want to take it again.
You will lose the will to cook. You feel sad and He didn’t get a part in the school play but he is
discouraged, and you won’t want to try again. going to try again in the fall.
2. En español, to lose the will to quiere decir When his master died, the old dog sat by the
“perder las ganas de hacer algo.” Digamos que chair and didn’t move.
estás cocinando una pizza y la quemaste. Lo 5. Help me finish these sentences.
intentas dos veces más, y la sigues quemando.
Perderás las ganas de cocinar. Te sientes triste He lost the will to ride his bike because
y desanimado, y no lo vuelves a intentar. .
She lost the will to sing when .
3. This picture demonstrates the word lose the Even did not make her lose her
will to. This boxer has just lost a match. He will to live.
trained hard for a long time and did his best at
the match, but he still lost. He’s sad. See how 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: lose
his shoulders are slumped? He has lost the will the will to, lose the will to, lose the will to.
to fight. He does not want to fight ever again.

Word 4 let alone (much less)


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use let alone when we talk 4. Finish these sentences:
about things we don’t want to do. Say it with I didn’t want to go to the park, let alone
me: let alone. Let alone means “much less.” .
Suppose you were tired and you wanted to stay They didn’t want to go shopping, let alone
at home. Your friend talked you into going to .
the movies. Then after the movie your friend He didn’t want to walk the dog, let alone
wanted to go out for a snack. You didn’t want .
to go to the movies, let alone go out to eat. They didn’t want to stay in the house, let alone
You really did not want to do either one. .
2. En español, let alone quiere decir “mucho 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
menos.” Digamos que estás cansado y quieres Repeat the sentences. Replace the words
quedarte en casa. Tu amigo te convence de ir much less with let alone.
al cine. Después del cine, tu amigo quiere ir a
cenar. No querías ir al cine, ¡mucho menos ir I didn’t want to ride the roller coaster, much
a cenar! En realidad, no tenías ganas de hacer less sit in the first car!
nada. She didn’t want to cook dinner, much less
make dessert, too.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase let He didn’t want to go to the game, much less
alone. These two people went on a hike sell tickets.
because their friend wanted them to go. They
didn’t really want to go on the hike, let alone 6. Repeat the word three times with me: let
climb a steep mountain, and do it all in the alone, let alone, let alone.
rain. They don’t want to do this again!

216
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Hans Neleman/zefa/Corbis.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 1
lifeboat, fuel, provision,
Spirit of Endurance
glacier, blizzard, ice floe

lifeboat fuel provision

glacier blizzard ice floe

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
217
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Andrew Fox/Corbis. (tc) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (tr) © David Maung/AP Images.
(bl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (bm) © Ingram Publishing/Alamy Images. (br) © Ronald Naar/imageshop/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 mission
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

Word 2 disasters
Key Vocabulary Word 1 mission
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s show how to do some of the work that
1. One word in the selection is mission. Say astronauts do on a mission to space. First we
it with me: mission. A mission is a trip or a fly the space shuttle. We take readings from
voyage with a purpose. Astronauts go on our instruments and put information into
missions into space to learn more about the computer. We look out the window and
space. take photographs of Earth. Now let’s do a
spacewalk and add more equipment to the
2. En español, mission quiere decir “misión, un
space station. Okay, now it’s time to fly home
viaje con un objetivo o razón especial.” Los
and land the shuttle. Great mission, everyone!
astronautas tienen misiones espaciales para
aprender sobre el espacio. 6. A mission could be any job that you think
is very important, and which you do with
3. Mission in English and misión in Spanish are
special care. Perhaps you visit senior citizens,
cognates. They sound almost the same and
or take care of sick animals. Think of a
mean the same thing in both languages.
mission you already do or that you would
4. (Point to the photo.) This photo shows like to do. Show us what you do for this
astronauts who were living on the mission. We’ll work on the mission with you.
International Space Station and the crew of
7. Now let’s say mission together three more
the space shuttle Discovery. The Discovery
times: mission, mission, mission.
crew was on a short mission to deliver goods
to the space station.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 disasters


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is disasters. Say the word disasters. (Point to the tornado in
it with me: disasters. Disasters are events that the photo.) This tornado is a natural disaster.
destroy things and hurt or kill living things. The tornado is very powerful and may destroy
Floods, hurricanes, blizzards, and earthquakes buildings and vehicles. Some people and
are natural disasters. Car accidents, fires, and animals may get hurt or killed because of
explosions are man-made disasters. disasters like this one. People in the path of a
disaster will try to protect themselves.
2. En español, disasters quiere decir “desastres,
eventos que hacen daño o destruyen cosas 5. There are safety procedures to help people
vivas.” Los diluvios, huracanes, terremotos survive disasters. If there is a tornado like the
y las ventiscas son desastres naturales. Los one in the photograph, people should go to
accidentes automobilísticos, los incendios y basement shelters or stay in rooms in the middle
las explosiones son desatres causados por los of the house. Think about another disaster, like
seres humanos. a hurricane or a blizzard. Find out about safety
procedures and explain them to your partner.
3. Disasters in English and desastres in Spanish
Share your information with another group.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 6. Talk with your partner about disasters you
have heard about. Tell where the disasters
were and describe the damage they did.
7. Now let’s say disasters together three more
times: disasters, disasters, disasters.

220
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © NASA TV/epa/Corbis. (b) © Warren Faidley/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 environment
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

Word 4 zone
Key Vocabulary Word 3 environment
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is environment. the word environment. These people are doing
Say it with me: environment. An environment is research in a lab. All you see are computers
the people, places and things around a person and other machines. There aren’t any toys or
that affect his or her life. An environment other distractions. This environment makes it
might include the weather, family and friends, easy for the people to concentrate on their
a building, or a neighborhood. work.
2. En español, environment quiere decir “ambiente, 4. Turn to your partner and describe all of the
entorno.” El ambiente está compuesto por las things that make up the environment in this
personas, los lugares y las cosas que rodean photograph. Would you like to work in this
a una persona y afectan su vida. El ambiente environment? Explain your reasons to your
de alguien podría incluir el clima, su familia y partner.
amigos, algún edificio o un vecindario. 5. Work with your partner to draw a picture of
your school environment. Label each thing
in your school environment. Talk about why
each of these things is important to have in
your school environment.
6. Now let’s say environment together three more
times: environment, environment, environment.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 zone


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is zone. Say it the word zone. (Point to the end zone in the
with me: zone. A zone is a special place that is photo.) This is a football field. You can see the
used for one thing. A zone might be separated lines that separate the end zone from the rest
from other areas by lines, markers, or signs. of the field. The end zone is the part of the
You may have seen signs that say “No Parking field where a player can get a touchdown and
Zone” on parts of a street. score points.
2. En español, zone quiere decir “zona, un sitio 5. Pretend you are at a football game. Talk with
que se usa para algo en especial.” Una zona your partner about the things that happen in
puede ser separada de otras áreas por linéas, each zone on the football field. Cheer when
marcadores o letreros. Tal vez hayas visto the quarterback for your team reaches the end
avisos que dicen “Zona de Estacionamiento zone and makes a touchdown.
Restringido” o “No Estacionar.” 6. Work with your partner to make a list of all of
3. Zone in English and zona in Spanish are the different types of zones that you can think
cognates. They sound almost the same and of. Tell where you would find each zone, why
mean the same thing in both languages. it is important, and what happens there.
7. Now let’s say zone together three more times:
zone, zone, zone.

222
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © VisionsofAmerica/Joe Sohm/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 gravity
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

Word 6 maze
Key Vocabulary Word 5 gravity
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend we are astronauts far out
1. Another word in the selection is gravity. Say in space where there is no gravity. We
it with me: gravity. Gravity is the force that float freely in the space shuttle or in the
pulls things down toward Earth. Gravity keeps International Space Station. We tumble
things from floating into space. around and can’t tell the floor from the
ceiling. Sometimes we hold on to hand
2. En español, gravity quiere decir “gravedad,
grips so we can move along the corridors.
la fuerza que atrae las cosas a la Tierra.” La
Everything floats away if it’s not held down or
gravedad previene que los objetos en la Tierra
put in a drawer. Let’s toss a ball in the air and
floten al espacio.
try to catch it.
3. Gravity in English and gravedad in Spanish are
6. Try this simple experiment with gravity. Stand
cognates. They sound almost the same and
up next to your desk. Hold a pencil up in the
mean the same thing in both languages.
air. Let it drop and watch what happens. The
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates pencil falls to the floor because of gravity.
the word gravity. (Point to the parchute
7. Now let’s say gravity together three more
jumper in the photo.) This man has jumped out
times: gravity, gravity, gravity.
of a plane using a parachute. Gravity is pulling
him down to the ground. The parachute is
allowing the jumper to float down slowly.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 maze


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is maze. Say it the word maze. (Point to the maze in the
with me: maze. A maze is a group of paths or photo.) Some of these walls connect but
lines with a beginning and an end. Some of others don’t. To get the cheese, the mouse
the paths or lines are connected but others has to figure out how to get from one path to
are not. If a maze is drawn on paper you can the next one until it gets to the end.
use a pencil or your finger to trace the route. 4. Let’s use our fingers to show how to get
If a maze is made of bushes, you walk on the through this maze. (Demonstrate on the
paths until you find your way through it. photograph.) Let’s try this path. Oops, it
2. En español, maze quiere decir “un grupo de doesn’t go through. Look, this path connects
caminos y líneas que tienen principio y fin, with another one. Great job! We got through
laberinto.” Algunos de los caminos están the maze.
conectados pero otros no. Puedes usar un 5. Draw a short maze on paper. Trade mazes
lápiz o tu dedo para trazar una ruta en un with a partner. Use a crayon or marker to
laberinto dibujado en una hoja de papel. Si el show the way through the maze.
laberinto está hecho de arbustos, debes andar 6. Now let’s say maze together three more times:
entre los caminos hasta encontrar la salida. maze, maze, maze.

224
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tim Keatley/Alamy Images. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 adjusted
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

Word 8 function
Key Vocabulary Word 7 adjusted
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is adjusted. the word adjusted. (Point to the woman and
Say it with me: adjusted. Adjusted means the boy in the photo.) Paulo put on a tie
“corrected or changed.” When you adjust because he’s going to get his picture taken
something, you change it so it will fit or work at school. Mom adjusted his tie because it
better. You might adjust the brightness on was not straight enough. Now Paulo’s tie is
your computer screen so you can see better. perfect!
You might adjust the height of a chair to fit 5. Let’s use our fingers to show how Mom
you better. adjusted Paulo’s tie. Let’s fix the knot. Let’s
2. En español, to adjust quiere decir “corregir make sure the front part of the tie is longer
o cambiar, ajustar.” Ajustas algo para than the back part. Great job!
acomodarlo o para que funcione mejor. 6. Work with a partner. Show us how you
Puedes ajustar la pantalla de tu computador adjusted something. It can be clothing, a
para verla mejor. También puedes ajustar la machine, or a piece of furniture. Tell us how
altura de tu silla para quedar más cómodo. this thing looked or worked better after you
3. To adjust in English and ajustar in Spanish are adjusted it.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say adjusted together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: adjusted, adjusted, adjusted.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 function


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are firefighters and we have
1. Another word in the selection is function. to function well during this emergency. We’ll
Say it with me: function. When you function, put on our protective clothing and ride in the
you work at a job or a task. You have specific truck to the fire. We’ll work as a team and
things to do. Sometimes people have to use our hoses and other equipment to put
function under difficult conditions, like during out the fire. There, the fire is out. Our team
or after a natural disaster or an accident. functioned very well.
2. En español, to function quiere decir “llevar 5. Show us how you function as a good student.
a cabo una función o actividad.” A veces a Show us how you concentrate on your work
uno le toca llevar acabo una función bajo when other classes are out in the halls or on
condiciones difíciles, como después de un the playground. Show us how you function
desastre natural o un accidente. well in a group when you share and help your
group members.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word function. (Point to the firefighters 6. Now let’s say function together three more
in the photo.) Something is on fire here. times: function, function, function.
The firefighters function under difficult and
scary conditions all the time. They use their
equipment to put out fires. They have to know
the right way to put out the fire. Firefighters
go through a lot of training so they can learn
to function well in an emergency.

226
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sean Justice/Corbis. (b) © Mark Karrass/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 like crazy
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

Word 2 to give one a taste of something


Word 1 like crazy
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use like crazy to describe a way 4. I am going to use the phrase like crazy in
that people do things. Say it with me: like some sentences. Listen the first time and then
crazy. Like crazy means “very quickly, and in say the sentences with me. Clap when you say
an excited way.” If you only have two minutes like crazy.
to get to the bus stop, you will run like crazy We worked like crazy to finish the assignment
to get there. You’ll go as fast as you can. on time.
2. En español, like crazy quiere decir “a lo loco.” The dog ran like crazy to catch up with its
Digamos que tienes dos minutos para llegar master.
a la parada del autobús. Tienes que correr a I swam like crazy and beat my old time.
lo loco para llegar a tiempo. Correrás lo más 5. Now I am going to describe some situations.
rápido que puedas. If you would work like crazy in this situation,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase like raise your hand and say “like crazy.” If not,
crazy. These cyclists are in a race. The finish don’t do anything.
line is up ahead of them. They are all pedaling You are spending a relaxing day on the beach.
like crazy to reach the finish line first. They You are rushing to get to the train on time.
are going as fast as they can. You are almost at the finish line of a race.
You are laying on the grass watching the clouds.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: like
crazy, like crazy, like crazy.

Word 2 to give one a taste of something


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to give one a taste of 4. I am going to describe some things I do. After
something to describe what you do when you each sentence, ask me, “Would you give me
try something new. Say it with me: to give a taste of ?” Listen to this
one a taste of something. To give one a taste sample: I play the piano. Would you give me a
of something means “to let someone feel or taste of playing the piano?
sense what something is like.” Suppose your I go ice skating.
mom does a lot of gardening. You are curious I bake cookies.
about what she does. To give you a taste of I fix automobiles.
it, she shows you how to plant some flowers. I write funny stories.
Now you know a little bit about gardening.
5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
2. En español, to give one a taste of something Repeat the sentences. Replace the words let
quiere decir “darle una idea a alguien.” me try with give me a taste of.
Digamos que a tu mamá le gusta mucho la
jardinería. Para darte una idea de cómo es I asked my dad to let me try mowing the lawn.
la jardinería, te deja plantar algunas flores. I asked my coach to let me try playing in the
Ahora sabes un poco acerca de la jardinería. outfield.
I asked my teacher to let me try teaching
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to a lesson.
give one a taste of something. This boy’s
grandmother is a potter. She is giving him a 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
taste of being a potter. She’s showing him give one a taste of something, to give one
how to form a pot on her wheel. The boy is a taste of something, to give one a taste
happy that his grandmother is giving him a of something.
taste of her work. He likes the work.

228
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Donovan Reese/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Daniel Dempster Photography/Alamy Images
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 lose hold of
Unit 4 Week 2 Ultimate Field Trip 5: Blasting Off to Space Academy

Word 4 change your mind


Word 3 lose hold of
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use lose hold of to describe 4. I am going to read a poem to you. Listen
losing something. Say it with me: lose hold of. once, and then repeat each line after me.
Lose hold of means “let go.” Suppose you are Pretend you are holding to each thing as you
walking your dog. You’re holding onto the say the lines.
leash and the dog pulls hard. You lose hold of Don’t lose hold of the string,
the leash. The leash drops on the ground and Or away your kite will fly!
your dog might run off. Don’t lose hold of the leash,
2. En español, to lose hold of quiere decir “soltar Or your dog will run on by!
algo.” Digamos que vas caminando con tu Don’t lose hold of your balloon,
perro. Lo tienes bien agarrado de la correa, Or it will reach the sky.
pero de repente el perro da un halón. Sueltas 5. Help me finish these sentences:
la correa. La correa cae al suelo y tu perro se
escapa. If a rider loses hold of the horse’s reins,
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase lose hold If you’re walking in line and you lose hold of
of. The boy is holding tight to his kite string. your partner’s hand, .
He does not want to lose hold of the string. If you are playing tug–of–war and you lose
If he lets go, the kite will fly off. I hope he hold of your end of the rope, .
doesn’t lose hold of it!
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: lose
hold of, lose hold of, lose hold of.

Word 4 change your mind


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use change your mind when we 4. Let’s role-play some situations. I’ll talk
talk about making decisions. Say it with me: about some food that isn’t too healthy. You
change your mind. Change your mind means say, “Why not change your mind and have
“to make a different decision.” You might tell ?” and fill in the name of a
your friends you will go to the playground. healthy food. Listen to this sample: I’m going
Then you see that it’s raining and you decide to have a candy bar. Why not change your
not to go. You change your mind about going. mind and have an apple?
You make a different decision. I’m going to have a bag of chips. / Why not
2. En español, to change your mind quiere decir change your mind and have ?
“cambiar de parecer.” Tal vez a tus amigos les I’m going to have a piece of cake. / Why not
digas que vas a jugar con ellos en el parque. change your mind and have ?
Luego ves que está lloviendo y decides no ir. I’m going to have a piece of white bread. / Why
Cambias de parecer. Decides hacer otra cosa. not change your mind and have ?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase change 5. Help me fill in these sentences.
your mind. At first you were going to eat the I was going to take the bus but I changed my
lunch in the red lunchbox. You like the chips, mind. Instead, I .
soda, cookie, and white bread. Then you listen I was going to read a mystery but I changed
to the nurse talk about eating healthier foods. my mind. Instead I read .
You change your mind about your lunch. You I was going to sleep late but I changed my
make a new decision because you have more mind. Instead I .
information, and you choose the healthier lunch.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: change
your mind, change your mind, change your mind.

230
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Con Tanasiuk/Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images. (b) © Lew Robertson/Jupiterimages/ Brand X/Alamy Images.
Basic Words simulator, space walk, weightlessness,
Unit 4 Week 2
Ultimate Field Trip 5:
Blasting Off to Space Academy
somersault, launch, gyroscope

simulator space walk weightlessness

somersault launch gyroscope

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
231
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Kefover/Opatrany/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tc) © World Perspectives/Getty Images. (tr) © NASA / Science Source/Photo Researchers, Inc.
(bl) © IMAGES/ Comstock Premium/Alamy Images. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 1 impact
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need

Word 2 supplies
Key Vocabulary Word 1 impact
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend we are engineers studying this
1. One word in the selection is impact. Say it impact. We’re taking notes about what we
with me: impact. Impact means “the hitting see, hear, feel, and smell. Talk with your
of one thing against another.” When there is partner and write down your notes. Discuss
an impact, one thing crashes into something why you are studying this impact. Then share
else. Usually one or both things get damaged your notes with another group.
or destroyed during the impact. 6. Work with your partner to make a list of other
2. En español, impact quiere decir “el golpe things that make an impact, such as a baseball
de una cosa que choca con otra, impacto.” hitting a glove, or a person jumping off of
Normalmente una de las cosas, si no las dos, se a platform. Choose one idea and describe
dañan por el impacto. the impact. Use the sentence frame: The
make(s) an impact when it
3. Impact in English and impacto in Spanish are
.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say impact together three more
times: impact, impact, impact.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word impact. (Point to the plane in the
photo.) This test plane made a big impact
when it crashed into the test target. The nose
of the plane went right through the wall.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 supplies


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend that you and your partner are helping
1. Another word in the selection is supplies. Say people during a disaster. Show them the box
it with me: supplies. Supplies are things that of supplies. Tell the people how to use each of
are needed to do something. Pencils, crayons, the supplies.
and paper are school supplies. You need them 5. Talk with your partner. Make a list of the
so you can do your work. supplies you would need if there was a natural
2. En español, supplies quiere decir “provisiones, disaster like a hurricane, a flood, a tornado, or
las cosas que necesitas para hacer algo.” Los an earthquake. Read your list of supplies to us.
lápices, los creyones y el papel son unas de 6. Now let’s say supplies together three more
las provisiones que necesitas para hacer tu times: supplies, supplies, supplies.
trabajo en la escuela.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word supplies. (Point to the supplies in the
photo.) This box is full of supplies that you
might need to survive after a natural disaster.
There’s a first aid kit in case someone gets
hurt, water to drink, flashlight batteries in case
there’s no electricity, and canned food to eat.

234
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sandia National Laboratories/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Jack Holtel photographer/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 survived
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need

Word 4 violent
Key Vocabulary Word 3 survived
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are paramedics at the scene
1. Another word in the selection is survived. Say of this accident. Let’s carefully lift the woman
it with me: survived. Survived means “stayed from the wreck. Let’s put her on the stretcher
alive during something dangerous.” A person and wheel the stretcher to the helicopter.
who survived an accident or a disaster may Let’s lift her into the helicopter. The rescue
have been hurt, but he or she did not die. crew on the helicopter will take over now.
We’re happy because we helped this woman
2. En español, to survive quiere decir “sobrevivir,
to survive.
mantenerse vivo durante algo peligroso.”
Una persona que sobrevive un accidente o un 5. Now pretend that you are a veterinarian and
desastre puede haber sido lastimada, pero no you found a wounded animal. Show us what
muere. you did so that the animal survived.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say survived together three more
the word survived. (Point to the patient in the times: survived, survived, survived.
photo.) This woman was in an accident. She
survived, but she was hurt. The paramedics
rescued her. They took her to the hospital
in the rescue helicopter. She survived the
accident and she got better.

Key Vocabulary
Word 4 violent
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend you are safely on the beach looking
1. Another word in the selection is violent. Say at this violent wave. Call your partner on
it with me: violent. Violent means “a strong your cell phone and describe it. Tell how it
physical force.” Something that is violent is sounds, how the ground feels when the wave
rough. It can hurt or destroy things. A violent hits the shore, how you feel if the spray hits
storm can be dangerous because it can cause you, and how you feel looking at the wave.
damage to homes and people. Your partner can ask you questions about the
violent wave and you can answer them.
2. En español, violent quiere decir “violento,
de mucha fuerza física.” Algo violento es 6. Talk with your partner about other violent
brusco o tosco. Una tempestad violenta puede forces of nature, like volcanoes, earthquakes,
ser peligrosa, pues hace mucho daño a las and hurricanes. Tell what they look and feel
personas y sus casas. like and where they occur. Describe the
effects of these violent forces.
3. Violent in English and violento in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say violent together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: violent, violent, violent.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word violent. (Point to the wave in the
photo.) This huge wave was caused by a
storm. The wave is very strong and violent.
The force of the pounding waves will erode
the rocks in the water.

236
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © NyxoLyno Cangemi/U.S. Navy/CNP/Corbis. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 involved
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need
Key Vocabulary Word 5 involved
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are rescue workers at the
1. Another word in the selection is involved. Say scene of this accident. Let’s get involved by
it with me: involved. To be involved means looking for injured people and helping them
“to be a part of something.” When you are get medical care. Let’s clean up the area.
involved, you do something with others. You 5. You can get involved in service projects at
join in and you help out. home or in school, like cleaning up a park or
2. En español, to be involved quiere decir “estar visiting senior citizens. Choose one project and
involucarado, participar en algo.” Cuando show us how you get involved with it. We’ll
estás involucrado en algo, haces cosas con get involved with you.
otras personas. Te vuelves miembro de un 6. Now let’s say involved together three more
grupo y lo ayudas. times: involved, involved, involved.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word involved. (Point to the woman in
the photo.) The soldier is carrying this injured
woman. She was involved in an accident. The
other rescue workers are involved in helping,
too. They’re checking for other injured people.
Later on, they’ll help clean up the area.

238
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photo by Liz Roll/FEMA.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 despite
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need

Word 2 a tricky point


Word 1 despite
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use despite when we talk about 4. Help me finish these sentences:
something we do even though it might not be Despite the cold, the boys .
a good idea to do it. Say it with me: despite. Despite her fear, the girl .
Despite means “regardless of, or although.” Despite the laughter of the other boys, he
We went on our hike despite the rain, because .
we thought it would clear up soon.
5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
2. En español, despite quiere decir “a pesar Repeat the sentences. Replace the words
de.” Nos fuimos de paseo a pesar de la lluvia. regardless of with despite.
Esperábamos que pronto se despejaría el día.
The baby slept peacefully regardless of the
3. This picture demonstrates the word despite. It noise in the house.
was the last inning of the game and the home The man wanted to buy the fancy car
team was behind. The batter hit the ball and regardless of its high cost.
ran. He slid toward the base despite the risk The brave explorers went on regardless of their
that he would not make it. The crowd cheered hunger and the harsh conditions.
when he did make it and his team won the
game. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: despite,
despite, despite.

Word 2 a tricky point


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use a tricky point to describe 4. I am going to describe a situation. Then I’m
something that is hard to do. Say it with going to give you two choices. You choose the
me: a tricky point. A tricky point means “an one that is a tricky point. Say: “A tricky point
obstacle, or something that gets in the way.” is .”
A tricky point presents a problem for you to I bought a new, very large sofa. A tricky point
solve before you can go on. Suppose you are is . (it’s going to be hard to get
running a race. A tricky point for you might it into the living room or I like the color
be if the race goes by a house that has a large, a lot)
barking dog, and you are afraid of the dog. We want to go roller-skating in the park.
You will have to figure out how to get by the There’s a cement path part of the way, but a
dog. tricky point is . (the path is a
2. En español, a tricky point quiere decir lot of fun or part of the path goes through
“obstáculo; algo que te impide realizar algo.” the mud)
Digamos que estás participando en una 5. Help me finish these sentences.
carrera. Podría haber un obstáculo, como I want to bake cookies now. A tricky point is
tener que pasar por una casa donde hay un .
perro bravo al cual le tienes miedo. Tendrás I’d like to send you an e-mail. A tricky point is
que ingeniartelas para pasar esa casa. .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase a tricky They’d like to take their dog for a walk.
point. This girl is doing a fitness course at A tricky point is .
school. This activity is a tricky point, because 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
it’s hard to do. Look how she has to crawl a tricky point, a tricky point, a tricky point.
under the rope without touching it or
touching the cones on the sides. She has to be
very careful.

240
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © moodboard/Corbis. (b) © Lars Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 raise awareness
Unit 4 Week 3 Heroes in Time of Need about

Word 4 sweep through


Word 3 raise awareness about
TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use raise awareness about to 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase raise
describe a situation that we want to talk about awareness about. This ribbon is a symbol
with others. Say it with me: raise awareness of the problem of cancer. People wear this
about. Raise awareness about means “to ribbon to raise awareness about cancer.
publicize, or to tell others about.” When you Whenever you see this ribbon, you’ll stop for
want to raise awareness about something, you a minute and think about cancer. You might
want others to know about the problem or the offer kind words to someone you know who
issue. You might talk to others, make posters, has cancer, or you might find a way to make
or wear a special ribbon or piece of clothing. a donation for research. Or, you might try to
People will see this and think about the issue learn more about preventing cancer.
you are trying to raise awareness about. 4. Let’s role-play a situation. Suppose you are
2. En español, to raise awareness about quiere wearing a red ribbon like the one in the
decir “promover; dar publicidad a.” Cuando picture on your shirt. Your partner asks, “Why
quieres promover algo, quieres que otros se are you wearing that ribbon?” You answer, “I
enteren del problema o del mensaje. Puedes want to raise awareness about cancer.” After
hablar con la gente, colocar carteles o llevar you have this conversation, switch roles.
un listón o prenda especial. La gente verá todo 5. Think of something else you would like to
esto y tomará conciencia de tu mensaje. raise awareness about. Tell your partner what
this issue is, and describe how you would
raise awareness about it. Use the phrase raise
awareness about in your discussion.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: raise
awareness about, raise awareness about, raise
awareness about.

Word 4 sweep through


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use sweep through to describe 4. I am going to ask you some questions and
the way something moves. Say it with me: give you two answer choices. You say the
sweep through. Sweep through means “to answer to the question.
move quickly or to spread.” A storm might If a tornado sweeps through the town, does it
sweep through a neighborhood. The storm move quickly or slowly?
would move quickly and cover a lot of area. If the flu sweeps through the school, will
2. En español, to sweep through quiere decir students get sick or stay well?
“recorrer rápidamente.” Una tormenta puede When the wind swept through the sand dunes,
recorrer rápimente una región. Se mueve did some of the sand blow around, or did it all
velozmente y pasa por un área extensa. stay in one place?
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase sweep 5. Now I am going to say a poem. Listen once,
through. It was a hot, dry summer. There was and then repeat each line after me.
a storm and some lighting struck a tree and The wind sweeps through the valley
caught it on fire. The fire began to sweep Causing such a fuss
through the forest. It spread quickly and soon Blowing people’s hair around
the whole forest was in flames. And raising lots of dust.
The wind sweeps through the valley
With a noisy whoosh!
I wish the wind would settle down
And not sweep through so much.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: sweep
through, sweep through, sweep through.

242
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © S. Meltzer/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Basic Words first responder, survivor, victim,
Unit 4 Week 3
Heroes in Time of Need fire fighter, doctor, police officer

first responder survivor victim

fire fighter doctor police officer

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
243
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Mark Karrass/Corbis. (tc) © Stringer/AFP/Getty Images. (tr) © Liz Gilbert/Corbis Sygma/Corbis.
(bl) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc Green/Getty Images. (bm) © Andersen RossPhotodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Comstock Images/Corbis
Key Vocabulary Word 1 robot
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

Word 2 defective
Key Vocabulary Word 1 robot
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is robot. Say it the word robot. (Point to the robot dog in the
with me: robot. A robot is a machine that photo.) This robot was made to look like a
has a computer in it. The computer can be dog. The robot dog can do some things that a
programmed to do things that people usually dog can do, like fetch the paper, sit, and come
do. Robots build cars, lift heavy things, and go to its owner.
into dangerous places. Some robots vacuum 5. Suppose that you just got this robot dog as
the floors. a present. Describe the robot dog to your
2. En español, robot quiere decir “robot, una partner. Tell what it looks and feels like.
máquina con computadora.” La computadora Explain how you make it work and what it
puede ser programada para hacer cosas que does. Tell what you like and don’t like about
normalmente hacen las personas. Hay robots owning a robot dog.
que construyen automóviles, levantan cargas 6. Imagine that you have created a robot to do
pesadas, penetran en lugares peligrosos y anything you want it to do. Tell your partner
otros que aspiran el piso. what your robot looks like and what it does.
3. Robot in English and robot in Spanish are Explain why you like having a robot.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say robot together three more times:
mean the same thing in both languages. robot, robot, robot.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 defective


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is defective. the word defective. (Point to the broken
Say it with me: defective. If something is link in the chain in the photo.) This link is
defective, it has a weakness or something is defective because it is broken. The whole
wrong with it. A defective item may or may chain is defective now, too, because it won’t
not work properly. It’s not perfect. work properly. You can’t use this defective
chain until you fix it.
2. En español, defective quiere decir
“defectuoso, que tiene alguna debilidad o 5. Suppose you bought this chain and when you
imperfección.” Un objeto defectuoso no got home from the store, you discovered that
funciona o no funciona bien. No es perfecto. it was defective. Take it back to the store
and talk to the clerk. Explain why the chain is
3. Defective in English and defectuoso in Spanish
defective and why you can’t use it this way.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
Ask for a new chain that is not defective.
and mean the same thing in both languages.
6. Turn to your partner and talk about other
things that might be defective, and what
happens when they are defective. (Examples
include: a defective tire that won’t stay
inflated, a defective CD that skips.)
7. Now let’s say defective together three more
times: defective, defective, defective.

246
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © photolibrary.com pty.ltd./Index Stock Imagery. (b) © JupiterImages/ Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 meteor
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

Word 4 rotated
Key Vocabulary Word 3 meteor
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Meteor in English and meteorito in Spanish are
1. Another word in the selection is meteor. Say it cognates. They sound almost the same and
with me: meteor. A meteor is a body in space mean the same thing in both languages.
that is made of metal or stone. If a meteor 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
enters the Earth’s atmosphere, it will get hot the word meteor. (Point to the meteors in the
and shine brightly. When it gets near Earth, photo.) Sometimes we have meteor showers
a meteor shoots across the night sky leaving like this one. The meteors come into Earth’s
a trail of light. Meteors are sometimes called atmosphere. Their speed makes them burn up
shooting stars because of the way they flash and they look like streaks of light in the sky.
across the sky. Some meteors fall to Earth. 5. Imagine that you and your partner are outside
They may make holes in the ground. one night and you see this meteor shower in
2. En español, meteor quiere decir “meteorito, the sky. Describe what you see. Tell how you
fragmento de piedra o de metal en el feel about seeing a meteor shower.
espacio.” Cuando un meteorito entra en la 6. Work with your partner to tell something else
atmósfera de la Tierra, se calienta y brilla. you know about meteors. Use the sentence
Cuando se acerca a la Tierra, el meteorito deja frame: A meteor .
un camino de luz por donde atravesó el cielo
nocturno. Por esto también son conocidos 7. Now let’s say meteor together three more
como estrellas fugaces. Si caen a la Tierra, times: meteor, meteor, meteor.
suelen hacer un hueco en el suelo.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 rotated


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is rotated. Say the word rotated. (Point to the windmill in
it with me: rotated. Rotated means “turned the photo.) The axis of this windmill is in the
or moved around on a straight line called an center. (Point to the axis.) When it is windy, the
axis.” The Earth rotates from west to east on windmill rotates on its axis. You could see the
its axis. The tire on your bike rotates on an blades moving around the axis. As the wind gets
axis, too. You can watch the tire go around. stronger, the windmill rotates faster and faster.
2. En español, to rotate quiere decir “rotar, hacer 5. Let’s all show what it was like when the
girar sobre una línea recta llamada un eje.” windmill rotated. Let’s move our arm in a
La Tierra rota del oeste al este sobre su eje. La circle. Let’s start slowly, then rotate faster and
llanta en tu bicicleta también rota sobre un faster.
eje. Puedes observarla dar una y otra vuelta 6. Think of something else that rotates, like the
sobre la barra que la sostiene. Earth, a tire, a pinwheel, the hands on a clock,
3. To rotate in English and rotar in Spanish are or a Ferris wheel. Show us how it rotates.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say rotated together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: rotated, rotated, rotated.

248
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Eurelios/Photo Researchers, Inc. (b) © dynamicgraphics/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 staggered
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

Word 6 reversed
Key Vocabulary Word 5 staggered
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is staggered. the word staggered. (Point to the baby in the
Say it with me: staggered. Staggered photo.) Look at the way the baby bent his
means “walked with a swaying, unsteady legs. He was not able to walk straight, so he
movement.” When you stagger, you don’t staggered from his father to his mother. He
have good balance. You are unsteady on your swayed back and forth and almost fell over.
feet. You wobble and almost fall over. You 4. Let’s all show how the baby staggered. Let’s
might stagger after you get off of a roller stand up carefully and sway back and forth
coaster or a Ferris wheel because you are on our feet. Let’s almost fall over, then take a
dizzy. few more shaky steps.
2. En español, to stagger quiere decir 5. Pretend you just got off of your favorite ride
“tambalearse, caminar de una manera at the amusement park. Tell us the name of
inestable, moviéndose de lado a lado.” the ride and describe it for us. Show us how
Cuando tambaleas, no tienes buen equilibrio y you staggered when you tried to walk.
te puedes caer. Tal vez tambalees después de 6. Now let’s say staggered together three more
bajarte de una montaña rusa o una vuelta al times: staggered, staggered, staggered.
mundo si te has mareado.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 reversed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show how the woman reversed her
1. Another word in the selection is reversed. Say car. Let’s put the car in reverse gear. Let’s look
it with me: reversed. Reversed means “went over our shoulders and turn the steering wheel
backwards.” If you were walking forward and carefully. Great! We have backed up.
then you reversed your direction, you would 5. Think of a time you were walking, riding your
have gone back the way you came. bike, or driving in a car. Show us how you
2. En español, to reverse quiere decir “dar reversed directions. We’ll imitate your actions.
marcha atrás.” Si estabas caminando hacia 6. Now let’s say reversed together three more
adelante y decidiste dar marcha atrás, times: reversed, reversed, reversed.
caminaste de regreso hacia donde venías.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word reversed. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) This woman reversed the direction
of her car. She went backwards to get into a
parking space. She is looking over her shoulder
to see what is behind her as she drives the car
in reverse.

250
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Elyse Lewin/Brand X/Corbis. (b) © Tanya Constantine/Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 dangling
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

Word 8 tokens
Key Vocabulary Word 7 dangling
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is dangling. the word dangling. (Point to one pair of legs
Say it with me: dangling. Dangling means in the photo.) These children are all dangling
“hanging down or swinging.” If you are their legs over the edge of the dock. See how
dangling your arms, they are swinging loosely their legs hang down and move back and
by your sides. If you go fishing, you might be forth. There’s nothing to support their feet.
dangling a worm on the end of your hook. 4. Let’s all sit on the dock and dangle our legs.
Things that are dangling are hanging down Let’s move them back and forth and let them
and moving freely. sway. Doesn’t this feel great!
2. En español, to dangle quiere decir “balancear 5. Think of something else that you can dangle,
en el aire, colgar, pender.” Si balanceas tus like a yo-yo, a worm on a fishhook, a watch
brazos en el aire, dejas que tus brazos se on a chain, or a long scarf. Show us how you
muevan de un lado al otro a tus costados. dangled it.
Cuando vas de pesca, balanceas una lombriz 6. Now let’s say dangling together three more
sobre tu anzuelo. Las cosas que se balancean times: dangling, dangling, dangling.
cuelgan y se mueven libremente.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 tokens


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and describe how to play
1. Another word in the selection is tokens. Say it a game using these tokens. Tell what you do
with me: tokens. Tokens are small objects that with the tokens. Explain why you need these
you use as markers when you play a game. tokens to play your game.
Beans, coins, or buttons can be used as tokens. 5. With your partner, make a list of games you
Some games come with tokens that look like have played that use tokens. Then complete
houses, shoes, or other items. this sentence frame: My favorite game that
2. En español, tokens quiere decir “objetos uses tokens is . Share your list
pequeños que se usan como fichas en los and completed sentence with the class.
juegos.” Puedes usar como fichas fríjoles, 6. Now let’s say tokens together three more
monedas o hasta botones. Algunos juegos de times: tokens, tokens, tokens.
mesa traen fichas en formas de casas, zapatos
y otros objetos.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word tokens. (Point to the tokens in the
photo.) These game pieces are tokens. There
are three players, so each player has one
token. The player moves the token when it’s
his or her turn.

252
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/Corbis. (b) © Lawrence Manning/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 end up looking like
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

Word 2 less and less of


Word 1 end up looking like
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use end up looking like to 4. Help me finish these sentences.
describe a way that we sometimes look. Say it When the girl tried out her mother’s makeup,
with me: end up looking like. End up looking she wanted to look like a model. Instead, she
like means “how we look after something else ended up looking like .
happens.” Suppose a boy is showing off for The boy wanted to look like he knew every-
a girl. He wants to look like a really cool guy, thing about computers. Instead, he ended up
but instead he ends up looking silly. He does looking like .
not look the way he thought he would. The singer wanted to look like a rock
2. En español, to end up looking like quiere star. Instead, he ended up looking like
decir “terminar pareciendo.” Digamos que .
un muchacho quiere quedar bien con una 5. This time, I’ll say the first part of the sentence.
chica. Trata de aparentar ser un galanazo, You repeat it, and then finish it.
pero termina haciendo el ridículo. Terminó
pareciendo otra cosa. You will end up looking like a clown if you
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase end up You will end up looking like a coward if you
looking like. The boy in the middle of this .
group of students wanted to be the star of You will end up looking like a hero if you
the show. Instead, he ended up playing the .
hot dog. He didn’t end up looking like he
wanted to. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: end
up looking like, end up looking like, end up
looking like.

Word 2 less and less of


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use less and less of to describe 4. I am going read a poem to you. Listen the first
how things decrease. Say it with me: less and time and then repeat each line after me. Hold
less of. Less and less of means “not as much your hands open when you say “less and less
left.” Starting around September, you see less of.”
and less daylight. It gets dark earlier. There is I started out with a lot of work
not as much daylight. But I got busy and so
2. En español, less and less of quiere decir There’s less and less of it left to do
“menos y menos.” Empezando en septiembre, And out to play I’ll go.
se ve menos y menos el sol cada día. Empieza 5. Help me finish these sentences.
a oscurecer más temprano. No hay tanta luz.
There’s less and less of the snow now because
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase less and .
less of. When the two boys started their lunch, I used to see my friend every day, but now I
there was a whole pizza. As they ate, there see less and less of her because
was less and less of the pizza left. There is not .
as much as when they started. Once there were a lot of birds in our yard, but
there are less and less of them now because
.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: less
and less of, less and less of, less and less of.

254
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Elyse Lewin/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to freeze on
Unit 4 Week 4 Zathura

Word 4 level out


Word 3 to freeze on
TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
1. In English, we use to freeze on to describe 4. Let’s play a game. I’ll hold up either a piece of
what we do when we stop suddenly. Say it red paper or a piece of green paper. You stand
with me: to freeze on. To freeze on means “to up and walk slowly around the room when
stop completely and quickly.” Sometimes at you see the green paper. Freeze on sight of
night you’ll be driving through a wooded area the red paper and say “to freeze on.” Okay,
and you might see a deer. The deer will freeze let’s play!
on sight of the car’s headlights. It will stand 5. Now I am going to describe some situations.
totally still and not move. You show us how you would freeze on sight
2. En español, to freeze on quiere decir of each thing.
“quedarse congelado, paralizado.” A veces You are a dog and you see a snake in the
cuando uno va manejando de noche por un grass.
lugar rural, sale un venado. El venado se queda You are walking and you see a red light.
congelado ante las luces del carro. Se queda You are trying to sneak up behind your friend
completamente quieto, sin moverse. and she starts to turn around.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to freeze 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
on. These drivers are driving carefully. They freeze on, to freeze on, to freeze on.
will freeze on sight of the red light. They will
not try to go through because it is their turn
to stop. The driver of the blue truck will freeze
on sight of the bicyclist. She will stop quickly
so she will not hit the bicyclist.

Word 4 level out


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use level out to describe a way 4. I am going to describe some situations. Tell
that things change. Say it with me: level out. us how they will look when they level out.
Level out means “to become less, or to become Repeat the first part of the sentence and add
more even.” Suppose you are at a football your own ending.
game and your team scores a touchdown. The When the crowd levels out the skating rink will
crowd cheers and there’s a lot of noise. After look .
a few minutes, the crowd gets quiet again and When the noise levels out the concert hall will
the noise levels out. The crowd sounds like it sound .
did before the touchdown. Right now the river is really high. After the
2. En español, to level out quiere decir “nivelarse; water levels out it will look .
poner en un mismo nivel o grado.” Digamos que 5. Now I am going to describe some situations.
estás en un partido de fútbol y tu equipo anota If you think things have leveled out, say “level
un gol. Todo mundo grita y hace mucho ruido. out.” If not, don’t say anything.
Después de unos minutos, los espectadores se
calman y se nivela el ruido. Se escucha el mismo There were many people when the store
ruido que se escuchaba antes del gol. opened but now there aren’t as many.
When she first got her braces off, she wanted
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase level out. to eat lots of sticky candy. Now she doesn’t
About an hour before this photograph was want to eat as much candy.
taken, there was a lot more rush-hour traffic. When he got his first video game player, he
Now the traffic has begun to level out. There’s wanted to play it all the time. He’s had it for three
not as much traffic as there was earlier. months and he still wants to play it all the time.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: level
out, level out, level out.

256
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Peter Steiner/Alamy Images. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 4 Week 4
antenna, flying saucer, vessel,
Zathura
alien, spaceship, black hole

antenna flying saucer vessel

alien spaceship black hole

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
257
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Geostock/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Frank Whitney/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © image100/Corbis.
(bl) © Clark Dunbar/Corbis. (bm) © StockTrek/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © NASA/epa/Corbis
Key Vocabulary Word 1 guaranteed
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

Word 2 supervise
Key Vocabulary Word 1 guaranteed
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Think about this morning when you woke up.
1. One word in the selection is guaranteed. Say Maybe you were up early enough to watch
it with me: guaranteed. Guaranteed means the sunrise. Or, you saw the light from the sun
“promised.” When something has been coming into your room. Tell your partner how
guaranteed, you know it will happen. You you felt because you knew the sunrise was
don’t have to worry or think about it. guaranteed.
2. En español, to guarantee quiere decir 6. Turn to your partner and talk about other
“garantizar, prometer, asegurar.” Si algo things that are guaranteed. Tell how it
está garantizado, sabes que va a pasar. No te makes you feel to know that these things are
preocupa ni lo piensas. guaranteed. Discuss how life might be different
if these things were not guaranteed. Use the
3. To guarantee in English and garantizar in Spanish
word guaranteed in your response. (Examples
are cognates. They sound almost the same and
include: the sunset, the tides at the ocean)
mean the same thing in both languages.
7. Now let’s say guaranteed together three more
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
times: guaranteed, guaranteed, guaranteed.
the word guaranteed. (Point to the sunrise
in the photo.) Isn’t this a beautiful sunrise?
Every day we are guaranteed that the sun will
rise. When you wake up and look out your
window, you know the sun will shine in
the sky.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 supervise


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is supervise. the word supervise. (Point to the man who
Say it with me: supervise. To supervise means is closest to the machine in the photo.) This
“to be in charge of others and to watch their man is the boss or the supervisor. His job is
work.” When a person supervises you, he or to supervise the worker. He is checking what
she checks your work. The supervisor makes the worker did and explaining how to finish a
sure that you do a good job, and helps you part of the job. The worker listens and follows
if you need it. You have to know a lot to directions.
supervise others. 5. As your teacher, I supervise your work and
2. En español, to supervise quiere decir “estar a help you do things correctly. Talk with your
cargo de otros y observar su trabajo, vigilar, partner about people that supervise others in
supervisar.” Si alguien te está supervisando, their jobs. Share your ideas with the class.
revisa tu trabajo. El supervisor se asegura de 6. Think of an activity that you might supervise.
que hayas hecho tu trabajo bien y te ayuda Tell us why you are a good person to supervise
si lo necesitas. Tienes que saber mucho para this activity. Draw a picture to illustrate how
poder supervisar a otros. you would supervise this activity.
3. To supervise in English and supervisar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say supervise together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same and times: supervise, supervise, supervise.
mean the same thing in both languages.

260
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (b) © ColorBlind Images/Blend Images/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 frustrated
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

Word 4 coordination
Key Vocabulary Word 3 frustrated
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is frustrated. the word frustrated. (Point to the woman in
Say it with me: frustrated. When you are the photo.) This woman’s car won’t start and
frustrated you are unhappy because you she does not know why. She does not know
can’t do or finish something. You might feel how to fix the car. She’s so frustrated! Her
helpless, angry, or discouraged if you are expression and the way she holds her hands
frustrated about something. I get frustrated show how frustrated she is.
when I have to drive in traffic. 5. Let’s all show what happened that caused the
2. En español, frustrated quiere decir “sentirse woman to become frustrated. Let’s drive the
insatisfecho por no poder hacer o completar car. Oh no, the car stopped! Let’s get out and
algo, frustrado.” Una persona que está open the hood. We don’t know what’s wrong.
frustrada se siente incapaz, impotente, We can’t figure out how to fix it. Let’s use our
enojada o desanimada. Me siento face and hands to look frustrated. Let’s tense
frustrado cuando manejo en un atasco o up our shoulders.
embotellamiento de carros. 6. Think of a time when you were frustrated. Tell
3. Frustrated in English and frustrado in Spanish us why you were frustrated and show us how
are cognates. They sound almost the same you looked and acted.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say frustrated together three more
times: frustrated, frustrated, frustrated.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 coordination


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is coordination. the word coordination. (Point to the girl
Say it with me: coordination. Coordination in the photo.) This gymnast has excellent
is the ability to balance and move different coordination. She uses muscles in many parts
parts of your body at the same time. When of her body to balance on the beam. She
you have good coordination, you can move won’t fall off because her coordination is
without tripping. Good coordination helps so good.
dancers, athletes, and jugglers perform. 5. Let’s demonstrate some activities that require
2. En español, coordination quiere decir “la good coordination. Let’s see if we can do
abilidad de equilibrarse y de mover distintas them. (Have students demonstrate actions
partes del cuerpo a la vez, coordinación.” such as touching their noses with their
Cuando tienes buena coordinación, eres eyes closed while standing on one foot.)
capaz de moverte sin tropezar. La buena Wow! These actions require a lot of good
coordinación ayuda a los bailadores, atletas y coordination!
acróbatas a desempeñarse. 6. Think of a way to demonstrate poor
3. Coordination in English and coordinación coordination. Show us, and we’ll copy your
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost actions.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say coordination together three
languages. more times: coordination, coordination,
coordination.

262
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ease
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

Word 6 scenery
Key Vocabulary Word 5 ease
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is ease. Say it the word ease. (Point to the girl in the photo.)
with me: ease. When you do something with This girl swings with ease on her tree swing.
ease you do it with little effort. You look Her shoulders look relaxed and she is smiling.
comfortable, not stiff. You feel very relaxed. She holds onto the rope, but she does not grip
Since I’ve been riding a bike since I was five, I it tightly like she is afraid of falling off. Her
can do it with ease, without any trouble. ease makes swinging look like a lot of fun.
2. En español, ease quiere decir “facilidad.” 4. Let’s all show how the girl swings with ease.
Cuando haces algo con facilidad, lo haces con Pretend to hold onto the rope lightly, not too
poco esfuerzo. Te ves cómodo, no tieso; te tight. Smile and look relaxed. Sway gently
sientes relajado. Como sé montar en bicicleta back and forth. You look like you are at ease.
desde que tengo cinco años, lo hago con 5. What is something that you do with ease? Do
facilidad y sin problemas. you sing, dance, or tell stories? Do you move
with ease when you use inline skates or ice
skates? Show us how you move and work with
ease.
6. Now let’s say ease together three more times:
ease, ease, ease.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 scenery


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is scenery. Say the word scenery. (Point to the photo.) Isn’t
it with me: scenery. When you are looking at this natural scenery beautiful? You can imagine
a beautiful view of nature, you call it scenery. walking in the woods with the leaves crunching
You might drive to the mountains to look under your feet while you listen to the gurgling
at the trees and flowers. You might drive to sound of the stream. You can feel the slippery,
the beach to look at the sand and the ocean. moss-covered rocks under your feet.
Looking at pretty scenery makes you 4. Describe the scenery in this picture to your
feel happy. partner. Include a lot of details about how
2. En español, scenery quiere decir “una vista things look, how you think they would feel,
bonita de la naturaleza, un paisaje.” Tal vez the smells you might experience, and the
tomes un paseo a las montañas a ver los sounds you might hear.
árboles y las flores. Tal vez vayas a la playa 5. Tell your partner about a place you have
a mirar la arena y el mar. Estos hermosos visited or read about that has beautiful
paisajes te hacen sentir feliz. scenery. Describe the scenery. Explain why you
like this place. Tell how looking at the scenery
makes you feel.
6. Now let’s say scenery together three more
times: scenery, scenery, scenery.

264
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Simon Jarratt/Corbis. (b) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 bundle
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

Word 8 fused
Key Vocabulary Word 7 bundle
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is bundle. Say it the word bundle. (Point to the bundles of
with me: bundle. A bundle is a stack of things newspapers in the photo.) The girl is holding
all tied or wrapped up together. When you two big bundles of newspapers. To make each
put things in a bundle, it’s easier to keep track bundle, she stacked the papers on top of each
of them and to prevent them from falling all other, then tied them with string. See how
over the place. You usually tie a bundle with neat and tidy the bundles are? She can carry
string or put a rubber band around it. both bundles of papers to the recycling bin
without having them blow away.
2. En español, bundle quiere decir “un grupo de
cosas atadas o envueltas juntas, un bulto.” 4. Suppose this girl didn’t put all of the
Atar cosas en un bulto ayuda a organizarlas newspapers into bundles. What might happen
y a prevenir que se caigan. Normalmente un if it got windy? How would she carry them to
bulto se ata con una tira o cuerda, o con una the recycling bin? Tell your partner why it’s
banda elástica. best to put papers into bundles.
5. What other things can be put into a bundle?
Talk with your partner and see how many
things you can think of. Share your ideas with
another group.
6. Now let’s say bundle together three more
times: bundle, bundle, bundle.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 fused


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is fused. Say it the word fused. (Point to the mushrooms
with me: fused. Things that are fused are very in the photo.) These two mushrooms grew
strongly attached to each other. Things might very close to each other. The tops and stems
be fused with glue or cement. In nature, trees fused together. You can see where they are
or plants might fuse when they grow very attached. You would have to cut between the
close together. When things are fused it’s very fused mushrooms to get them apart.
hard or even impossible to pull them apart. 5. Use your fingers and show what the
2. En español, to fuse quiere decir “sujetar o mushrooms look like when they are fused
unir dos cosas fuertemente, fusionar.” Se together. Have your partner try to pull your
pueden fusionar cosas con goma o cemento. fingers apart. They can’t do it because your
En la naturaleza, algunos árboles o plantas se fingers are closed tight together, like the
fusionan si crecen muy cerca. Es difícil y hasta mushrooms.
imposible separar dos cosas que han sido 6. Now show us what the mushrooms look like
fusionadas. when they are separate, or not fused. Have
3. To fuse in English and fusionar in Spanish are your partner try to pull your fingers apart. It’s
cognates. They sound almost the same and easy to do because your fingers are loose,
mean the same thing in both languages. not fused.
7. Now let’s say fused together three more times:
fused, fused, fused.

266
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (b) © George McCarthy/Nature Picture Library.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 cannot make heads
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout or tails out of

Word 2 find the silver lining


Word 1 cannot make heads or tails out of
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use cannot make heads or tails out 4. Listen to this poem one time and then repeat
of to describe something that is hard to do. Say it with me. Point to your head whenever you
it with me: cannot make heads or tails out of. say “cannot make heads or tails out of.”
Cannot make heads or tails out of means “not I cannot make heads or tails out of this.
able to understand.” The first time you ever used I don’t know what to do.
a computer, you could not make heads or tails of I cannot make heads or tails out of this.
it. You did not know what to do or how to do it. I can’t make it work—can you?
You did not understand how to use a computer. Let’s get together, let’s think this thing through.
2. En español, cannot make heads or tails out There, we got it! Now we know what to do.
of quiere decir “no entender nada.” La 5. Help me finish these sentences:
primera vez que usaste una computadora,
no entendías nada. No sabías usarla. No He cannot make heads or tails out of the math
entendías cómo funcionaba. worksheet because .
She cannot make heads or tails out of the
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase cannot directions because .
make heads or tails out of. This man wants They can’t make heads or tails out of the pile
to set up a sound system. Look at all of those of pieces because .
wires! They are so tangled and mixed up that he
does not know which wires to use. He cannot 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
make heads or tails out of the mess of wires. It cannot make heads or tails out of, cannot
will take him a long time to separate the wires make heads or tails out of, cannot make heads
and then to put them in the correct order. or tails out of.

Word 2 find the silver lining


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
1. In English, we use find the silver lining when we 4. Have a discussion with your partner. Tell your
encourage someone to be happy. Say it with partner about some event or situation that
me: find the silver lining. Find the silver lining is not working out well for you. Your partner
means “to look for the good or the best in a will help you find the silver lining in your
situation.” Let’s say you get sick and have to situation. Then switch roles. (Call on a few
stay in bed for a day. If you look for the silver pairs to respond.)
lining, you see what is good about it. You figure 5. Let’s think about what the expression find
out that you can spend the whole day reading the silver lining means. Why is it good to look
your favorite book. Reading the book is your for the silver lining in an experience or in a
silver lining to being stuck in bed all day. problem? How does that help you? Talk with
2. En español, find the silver lining quiere decir your partner. (Call on a few pairs to respond.)
“buscar algo positivo en una situación.” 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: find
Digamos que estás enfermo y tienes que estar the silver lining, find the silver lining, find the
en cama todo el día. Decides buscar algo silver lining.
positivo de estar metido en la cama todo el
día. Puedes pasarte todo el día leyendo.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase find the
silver lining. These students would like to be
outside playing, but they have a research report
to write. Instead of complaining, they all work
hard together. The silver lining in their situation
is that they will do very well on their report.

268
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Gazimal/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © David Buffington/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 the great outdoors
Unit 4 Week 5 Skunk Scout

Word 4 shoot past (to go by quickly)


Word 3 the great outdoors
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use the great outdoors to 4. I am going to describe some places. If they
describe nature. Say it with me: the great are examples of the great outdoors, say “great
outdoors. The great outdoors means “outside, outdoors.” If they are not, don’t do anything.
natural things.” When you are out camping a trail in the forest
in the woods, you are in the great outdoors. buildings in a downtown area
When you are shopping in a mall, you are not a sunny beach
in the great outdoors. a library
2. En español, the great outdoors quiere decir 5. Let’s pretend we are on a hike in the great
“la naturaleza.” Cuando estás acampando en outdoors. I’ll start a sentence. You repeat
el bosque, estás en medio de la naturaleza. what I say and then finish the sentence.
Cuando te vas de compras al centro comercial,
no estás en medio de la naturaleza. In the great outdoors we can see
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase the great In the great outdoors we can hear
outdoors. This family is on a backpacking .
trip in the great outdoors. They’re walking In the great outdoors we can feel
through a meadow in the mountains. Soon .
they’ll come to a stream and set up their tent. In the great outdoors we can smell
They love being in the great outdoors. .
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: the
great outdoors, the great outdoors, the great
outdoors.

Word 4 shoot past (to go by quickly)


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use shoot past to describe an 4. Let’s pretend we are sports announcers at a
action. Say it with me: shoot past. Shoot past race. I’ll describe the runners. When I point to
means “to go by very quickly.” If the train you, say “shoot past.”
does not stop at your station, it will shoot Number 1 in blue is ahead. Now Number 3 in
past. The train will go by very quickly like it’s green is going to (point to a student to say
in a big hurry. It will not slow down. “shoot past”). Number 4 in purple is catching
2. En español, to shoot past quiere decir “pasar up. Now she is going to (point to a student to
rápidamente, como un disparo.” Si el tren no say “shoot past”) all of the others. Wait! Look!
para en tu estación, pasa rápidamente. El tren Number 1 is ready to (point to a student to say
pasa de prisa como un disparo. No disminuye “shoot past”) them and take the lead again.
la velocidad. 5. Now I am going to say a poem that you might
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase shoot say to a racer. Listen the first time and then
past. These two runners are in a race. The man repeat each line after me. Wave your hand
on the left is ahead, but it looks like the man when you say “shoot past.”
on the right is going to shoot past. Look at Shoot past, shoot past.
how fast his legs are moving! He’s going to Now you’re going really fast.
run past the other man very quickly. Speed up. speed up.
Go, go, go!
Shoot past, shoot past, don’t be slow.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: shoot
past, shoot past, shoot past.

270
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mark Karrass/Corbis. (b) © Steve Cole/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words backseat, rear view mirror, exit sign,
Unit 4 Week 5
Skunk Scout shoulder strap, freeway, driver’s seat

backseat rear view mirror exit sign

shoulder strap freeway driver’s seat

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
271
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Dylan Ellis/Corbis. (tc) © Adam Gault/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Image Source/PunchStock. (bm) © MedioImages/SuperStock. (br) © Imagemore Co., Ltd./Getty Images
Key Vocabulary Word 1 specimens
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

Word 2 murky
Key Vocabulary Word 1 specimens
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is specimens. Say it the word specimens. (Point to the specimens
with me: specimens. Specimens are samples of in the photo.) This scientist is looking at
things. They are small parts of things, not the biological specimens. His specimens are small
whole thing. One hair from your head would samples of blood, hair, and skin cells. He’ll
be a specimen. A few drops of blood would be study the specimens to learn more about how
a specimen. Scientists often study specimens our bodies work.
from plants and animals to learn more about 5. Let’s look at the specimens with the scientist.
them. Let’s put one of the specimens under the
2. En español, specimens quiere decir microscope. Let’s look at it very carefully and
“especímenes, muestras de cosas.” Es una take notes about what we see. Now let’s look
cantidad pequeña o una parte pequeña de at another specimen and compare the two
algo más grande. Una hebra de tu cabello of them.
es un especímen, lo mismo que unas gotas 6. Scientists collect their specimens from larger
de sangre. Los científicos estudian los things or groups. They might collect a few
especímenes de plantas y animales para flowers or insects to study. Show us how
aprender más sobre ellos. you would collect specimens and get them
3. Specimens in English and especímenes in ready to study. Tell us something about your
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost specimens.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say specimens together three more
languages. times: specimens, specimens, specimens.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 murky


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is murky. Say the word murky. (Point to the water in the
it with me: murky. If something is murky it photo.) This water is murky. It’s full of mud so
is dark and not clear. You can’t see through it has a dark brown color. If you opened your
water or air or anything else that is murky. It eyes in this murky water, you could not see
might be full of smoke, dust, or dirt. Things very far. It might be scary to swim in this water,
that are murky can make you feel sad and because you can’t see what’s in there. You
gloomy, or maybe make you feel scared. could not tell how deep the water is because
the water is too murky to see the bottom.
2. En español, murky quiere decir “oscuro, poco
claro, turbio.” No puedes ver a través del 4. Have you ever seen murky water, or seen other
agua turbia o el aire turbio. Podría estar lleno pictures of it? Tell your partner what it looked
de humo, polvo o sucio. Las cosas turbias te like, where it was, and how it made you feel.
pueden hacer sentir tristeza e incluso temor. Explain how you think the water got murky.
5. How are murky water and clear water different
from each other? Talk with your partner about
how the two kinds of water look, and what
you could or could not do in each type of water.
6. Now let’s say murky together three more times:
murky, murky, murky.

274
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pete Saloutos/Corbis. (b) © Russell Illig/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 dormant
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

Word 4 scoured
Key Vocabulary Word 3 dormant
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Use your hands to show how a dormant
1. Another word in the selection is dormant. Say volcano behaves. Put your hands together to
it with me: dormant. Dormant means “not look like the mountain around the volcano.
active.” When something is dormant, it is not Keep your hands very still. Now imagine that
working, or not being used. Some animals the volcano becomes active. You would hear
and plants are dormant in cold weather. rumblings from the bottom of the mountain.
The animals sleep for a long time instead of You might feel an earthquake. You’d feel
moving around. The plants don’t grow. steam and magma rising inside it. Boom!
Steam, smoke, and lava would explode out of
2. En español, dormant quiere decir “inactivo,
the top of the volcano.
durmiente.” Algunos animales y plantas se
mantienen inactivos durante los meses de 5. Bears, skunks, chipmunks, frogs, snakes, and
invierno. Los animales duermen por un largo some bats lie dormant in the winter time.
tiempo en vez de moverse. Las plantas no Choose an animal and show what it looks like
crecen. when it’s dormant. Close your eyes and lie very
still. Breathe as slowly as you can. You won’t
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
eat for months. Wake up now. It’s springtime!
the word dormant. (Point to the volcano in
Show us an animal who is no longer dormant.
the photo.) This volcano is dormant. It is
not currently active. You know it’s dormant 6. Now let’s say dormant together three more
because you don’t see any smoke, steam, or times: dormant, dormant, dormant.
lava coming from the top of the volcano. The
volcano looks quiet and peaceful.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 scoured


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite sde. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is scoured. Say the word scoured. (Point to the man in the
it with me: scoured. Scoured means “scrubbed photo.) This man’s car was very dirty, so he
something to get rid of the dirt.” When you washed it. The tires were all muddy, so he
scour a pot or something else that’s dirty, you scoured them with a brush. He rubbed really
usually use a brush or a scrubbing pad. You hard and got off all of the mud. Now his tires
rub hard to get rid of the dirt and then rinse are shiny and clean. They look like new!
it off with water. After you have scoured the 4. Let’s help the man scour the tires. Let’s get
dirty item, it’s all clean and shiny. our brushes and dip them in some soapy
2. En español, to scour quiere decir “restregar water. Now let’s rub hard and get off all of
o fregar algo hasta librarlo del sucio.” Se usa the mud. We did a great job! The tires are
un cepillo o esponja especial para restregar sparkly clean.
una olla sucia. Después de restregarla, queda 5. Think of something else that you might scour,
limpia y brillante. such as pot that has food stuck in it, or a dirty
or sticky porch railing. Tell us what this item
looked like before you scoured it. Show us
how you scoured it, and then tell us what it
looked like after you scoured it.
6. Now let’s say scoured together three more
times: scoured, scoured, scoured.

276
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photograph by D.R. Mulllineux, USGS Photo Library, Denver, CO/USGS (U.S. Geological Survey). (b) © Digital Archive Japan/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 biology
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

Word 6 research
Key Vocabulary Word 5 biology
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is biology. Say the word biology. (Point to the students in the
it with me: biology. Biology is the science that photo.) These students are in a biology class.
studies life. In biology you learn how people They are learning how the human skeleton
and animals live, how their bodies work, and works and what it does. Their teacher is
why they behave in certain ways. showing them how the leg bones work.
2. En español, biology quiere decir “la ciencia 5. You have probably studied some biology in
que estudia los seres vivos, biología.” En la your science classes. Tell your partner about
clase de biología aprendes sobre cómo las something you learned in biology class. Or,
personas, los animales y las plantas viven, tell your partner something you would like to
cómo funcionan sus cuerpos y por qué se learn in a biology class.
comportan de ciertas maneras. 6. Talk with your partner about biology. Ask a
3. Biology in English and biología in Spanish are question, such as “What do bones do?” Your
cognates. They sound almost the same and partner answers, “Bones protect your insides
mean the same thing in both languages. and help you stand up.” Switch back and forth.
7. Now let’s say biology together three more
times: biology, biology, biology.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 research


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are in the science class with
1. Another word in the selection is research. Say the boy in the picture. We’re doing research,
it with me: research. When you do research, too. Let’s get out specimens and look at them
you investigate or study something to find under the microscope. We can talk about
out more facts about it. A scientist might do what we see and ask questions of our teacher.
research to find out why a group of animals is 5. You don’t have to use a microscope to do
becoming extinct. When you do research, you research. You can ask questions, look at old
study hard and take notes. buildings or other items, or read books and
2. En español, research quiere decir “una magazines. Think of a subject you want to
investigación o estudio para aprender más know more about. Talk with your partner
sobre algo.” Un científico podría empezar una about how you could conduct research
investigación para averigüar por qué un grupo about this subject. Share your plan with
de animales está en vía de extinción. Cuando another group.
haces una investigación estudias mucho y 6. Now let’s say research together three more
tomas apuntes. times: research, research, research.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word research. (Point to the boy in the
photo.) This boy is doing research in science
class. He’s looking at a specimen under the
microscope to figure out more about it.

278
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image 100/Corbis. (b) © Image 100/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 observer
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

Word 8 transferred
Key Vocabulary Word 7 observer
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is observer. Say the word observer. (Point to the boy with
it with me: observer. An observer is someone binoculars in the photo.) This boy is an
who looks very carefully at a thing or an observer. He’s using his binoculars to observe,
event. Some observers watch out of curiosity, or watch, a bird that’s across the creek. The
while other observers may be scientists who boy wants to know what the bird eats, how it
are studying something. catches its food, and where it lives.
2. En español, observer quiere decir “observador, 5. Let’s pretend we are at the creek with the
una persona que atentamente mira una cosa boy. We’ll be observers, too. Let’s get our
o sigue un evento.” Algunos observadores binoculars ready. Let’s look at the bird on
atienden por curiosidad. Otros, como los the other bank of the creek. We’ll look at it
científicos, lo hacen por estudiar algo. carefully and be quiet so we don’t disturb it.
3. Observer in English and observador in Spanish 6. Where else might you be an observer? What
are cognates. They sound almost the same would you want to find out? Work with a
and mean the same thing in both languages. partner and show us how you would act as an
observer. Tell us what you found out.
7. Now let’s say observer together three more
times: observer, observer, observer.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 transferred


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s line up in teams like we are in a relay
1. Another word in the selection is transferred. race. I’ll give this crayon to the first student
Say it with me: transferred. When you transfer in line. Each student will transfer the crayon
you move from one place to another, or to the student behind them. When the crayon
you move something else from one place gets to the last student, that student will
to another. I transferred my books from my transfer the crayon back to me. Great job! You
backpack to my desk. all transferred the crayon very quickly.
2. En español, to transfer quiere decir “mover 6. People and things can be transferred. You
algo de un sitio a otro o de manos de una might transfer from one airplane, bus, or train
persona a manos de otra, transferir.” Transferí to another when you travel. If your family
los libros de mi mochila a mi escritorio. moves, you transfer to a new school. You
might transfer toys, books, or computers to a
3. To transfer in English and transferir in Spanish
friend. Think of some other things that could
are cognates. They sound almost the same
be transferred. Work with your partner and
and mean the same thing in both languages.
show us how you would transfer this item.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates Explain why it needs to be transferred.
the word transferred. (Point to the hands in
7. Now let’s say transferred together three more
the photo.) These two runners are in a relay
times: transferred, transferred, transferred.
race. They just transferred the stick, called a
baton, from one racer to the other one.

280
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Fancy/Veer. (b) © ERproductions Ltd/Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 keep one’s eyes open for
Grade 5 Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

Word 2 apparently
Word 1 keep one’s eyes open for
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Keep one’s eyes open for means “to look 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
carefully for something.” Say it with me: keep think the person should keep his or her eyes
one’s eyes open for. You keep your eyes open open, say “to keep your eyes open for” and
for something you want to see or find. Suppose hold up your hands to imitate binoculars.
the DVD you want is on sale at some stores. I’m walking on a trail and I don’t want to step
When you look at the store ads in the paper, on any poison ivy.
you keep your eyes open for the DVD you want. I hear a woodpecker so I start looking in the
2. En español, to keep one’s eyes open for quiere trees for it.
decir “estar atento; mirar con cuidado.” Estás I know that my lunch is in my backpack.
atento para detectar algo que quieres encontrar. 5. Listen to this poem once through. Then repeat
Digamos que el DVD que quieres está de venta each line after me. Open your eyes very wide
en algunas tiendas. Miras los anuncios en el when you say “keep your eyes open.”
periódico, y estás atento a una tienda que venda
el DVD al mejor precio. Miras con cuidado. Keep your eyes open for it
From the sky to the ground,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase keep Whatever you’re looking for
one’s eyes open for. This scientist is studying Is sure to be found.
wild kangaroos. He is keeping his eyes open
for, or looking for, some kangaroos. He’s using 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: keep
his binoculars to help him look. He’s very one’s eyes open for, keep one’s eyes open for,
patient, and he looks all around. keep one’s eyes open for.

Word 2 apparently
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Apparently means “it seems that, or it may 4. I am going to describe some situations. Tell
or may not actually be so.” Say it with me: me what you think apparently happened. Say
apparently. Part of your backpack is wet. the word apparently and then the rest of your
Apparently, someone spilled a liquid on it. You answer.
did not see what happened, but you guess I built a sandcastle on the beach yesterday.
what probably happened. When I went back today, it was gone. Appar-
2. En español, apparently quiere decir ently .
“aparentemente; al parecer.” Digamos que I was riding my bike when suddenly I felt the
te das cuenta que tu mochila está mojada. tire go flat. Apparently .
Aparentemente, alguien derramó líquido ahí. 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
No viste lo que ocurrió, pero puedes inferir Repeat the sentences. Replace the words it
que eso fue lo que sucedió. seems that with apparently.
3. This picture demonstrates the word apparently. There are a lot of birds around the bird feeder.
Apparently another driver hit this woman’s car. It seems that someone put a lot of food in the
She did not see it happen, but she can tell from feeder.
the broken taillight and the dented bumper
that another car hit her car. She’s very upset. 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
apparently, apparently, apparently.

282
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 eventually
Unit 5 Week 1 Hidden Worlds

Word 4 to go on
Word 3 eventually
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use eventually to describe 4. Listen to this poem once. Then repeat it after
something that has not happened yet but will me. Clap when you say the word eventually.
happen later on. Say it with me: eventually. When will I get taller, when will I grow?
Eventually means “finally, after a long time.” Eventually, eventually.
Right now it’s raining and we can’t go outside. The time will come; you will see.
Eventually the rain will stop and then we will Eventually, eventually,
go outside. It may not be for a few hours, but You’ll get taller; you’ll grow, grow, grow.
eventually we know it will happen. Eventually, eventually.
2. En español, eventually quiere decir “con el 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
tiempo, finalmente.” En este momento está Repeat the sentences. Replace the word finally
lloviendo y no podemos salir. Con el tiempo, with eventually.
dejará de llover y podremos salir. Tendremos
que esperar, pero sabemos que finalmente It’s snowing now, but finally the snow will
dejará de llover. stop.
We’ve been driving for two hours and we still
3. This picture demonstrates the word have another two hours to go. Finally, we’ll get
eventually. These children are still shorter than to Grandma’s house.
their mother. They will keep growing, and It’s too bad that you feel sick now, but finally
eventually they will be taller than she is. It you will feel better.
may take a few more years, but sometime in
the future, she’ll measure them, and they’ll be 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
taller. Then they’ll say, “Wow, Mom, at last— eventually, eventually, eventually.
we’re taller than you are!”

Word 4 to go on
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to go on to describe going 4. Listen to this poem once. Then repeat it
somewhere. Say it with me: to go on. To go after me.
on means “to journey or to travel.” My family Let’s go on a journey; let’s go far away,
likes to travel. On weekends we like to go Let’s go on a trip, and find somewhere to stay.
on short trips to museums or parks. In the Let’s go on a journey; let’s find places nearby.
summer we like to go on longer trips to the Let’s see all the sights, and have a great time.
mountains or to the beach.
5. Help me finish these sentences.
2. En español, to go on quiere decir “ir de viaje.”
A mi familia le gusta viajar. Los fines de I’d like to go on a bike ride to
semana visitamos los museos o los parques. .
En el verano tomamos viajes más largos a las I’d like to go on an airplane trip to
montañas o a la playa. .
Next summer my family wants to go on a vaca-
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to go on. tion to .
The members of this family like to go on trips.
Right now they are on a camping trip in the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to go
mountains. They like to go on the lake in their on, to go on, to go on.
canoe. Next summer they plan to go on a trip
to the beach.

284
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tracy Kahn/Corbis. (b) © Phil Degginger/Alamy Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 1
soil sample, lens, pollen,
Hidden Worlds
moss, algae, bacteria

soil sample lens pollen

moss algae bacteria

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
285
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) John Walmsley/Education Photos/Alamy Images. (tc) © Sean Justice/Corbis. (tr) © Visuals Unlimited/Corbis.
(bl) © OJPHOTOS/Alamy Images. (bm) © Pat Watson/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Steven P. Lynch/McGraw-Hill Companies
Key Vocabulary Word 1 species
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

Word 2 survive
Key Vocabulary Word 1 species
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is species. Say it the word species. (Point to the dogs in the
with me: species. A species is a certain type photo.) This photo shows three different
or group of living things. The members of types, or breeds, of dogs that are all in the
an animal species all have some of the same same species. There’s a boxer, a terrier, and
characteristics, such as fur or scales. Lions a cocker spaniel. Each breed looks a little bit
belong to one species. different, but they are all in the same species
that we call dogs.
2. En español, species quiere decir “un grupo
de seres vivos que comparten características, 5. Turn to your partner and talk about the ways
especies.” Los miembros de una especie tienen you can tell that these dogs belong to the
características comunes como el ser escamosos same species. Share your answers with the
o peludos. Los leones forman una especie. class. (Examples include: They all have fur;
they all have four legs and tails.)
3. Species in English and especies in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Work with your partner and think of other
mean the same thing in both languages. species you know. Describe the characteristics
of one of the species and have your partner
guess the name of the species.
7. Now let’s say species together three more
times: species, species, species.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 survive


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s work with the team of vets to help the
1. Another word in the selection is survive. Say lion survive. Let’s put a blanket under the lion.
it with me: survive. To survive means “to stay Let’s give it some medicine and put bandages
alive, especially after an accident, a natural on its wounds. We are skilled vets, so we know
disaster, or another type of difficulty.” When that our care will help the lion survive.
you survive, you go on living. If you have been 5. Think of times when people might need to
injured, you get well again. survive, such as after an accident or a natural
2. En español, survive quiere decir “mantenerse disaster like a hurricane. Show what you
vivo después de un accidente, desastre natural would do to survive and how you would help
u otra dificultad; sobrevivir.” Si sobrevives, others survive.
sigues viviendo. Aún si has sido lesionado 6. Now let’s say survive together three more
podrás recuperarte. times: survive, survive, survive.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word survive. (Point to the animal in
the photo.) This mountain lion was hurt in
an accident. The team of vets came to help
the lion survive. They are giving it medicine
and they have put bandages on the wounds.
Thanks to their good care, the lion will survive.

288
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixtal/PunchStock. (b) © J & K Hollingsworth/U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 alert
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

Word 4 vibrates
Key Vocabulary Word 3 alert
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what an alert animal looks like.
1. Another word in the selection is alert. Say it Let’s stand up tall and straight. Let’s look
with me: alert. When you are alert you watch ahead and look at the animal in front of us.
carefully. You are ready to act if you have to. Let’s be quiet and listen for sounds. Whew!
You pay attention and think clearly. You have We escaped being eaten by that fox because
to be alert when you cross the street so you we were so alert.
don’t get hit by a car. 6. Think of a time you have to be alert, like
2. En español, alert quiere decir “alerta, listo, during a test or when you are playing in the
vigilante, pendiente.” Cuando estás alerta, ocean. Show us what you look like when you
observas cuidadosamente. Debes permanecer are alert. Tell us why it’s important for you to
alerta cuando cruzas la calle para no ser be alert. We’ll imitate your movements and
atropellado por un carro. look alert, too.
3. Alert in English and alerta in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say alert together three more times:
cognates. They sound almost the same and alert, alert, alert.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word alert. (Point to the animal in the
photo.) This little animal is standing up and
looking at something ahead of him. If the
animal thinks it’s in danger, it will remain alert
to protect itself.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 vibrates


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is vibrates. Say the word vibrates. (Point to the guitar strings
it with me: vibrates. If something vibrates it in the photo.) The guitar strings vibrate, or
shakes or moves back and forth quickly. A move quickly back and forth, when they are
building might vibrate or sway if there is an strummed. The vibrations cause the strings to
earthquake. When an instrument vibrates, the make noise, which we hear as music.
shaking helps it make musical sounds. 5. Let’s play our instruments and make them
2. En español, to vibrate quiere decir “agitarse vibrate. Let’s hold our bows and move them
rápidamente, vibrar.” Un edificio vibra si hay back and forth over the strings. You can
un terremoto. Cuando un instrumento musical see the strings vibrate and you can hear the
vibra, la agitación causa que sonidos sean sounds, too.
emitidos. 6. Think of something else that vibrates. Show
3. To vibrate in English and vibrar in Spanish are your partner what this thing looks like when
cognates. They sound almost the same and it vibrates. Your partner will guess what it is.
mean the same thing in both languages. Then both of you demonstrate for another
group.
7. Now let’s say vibrates together three more
times: vibrates, vibrates, vibrates.

290
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image 100/PunchStock. (b) © Darren Baker/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 surroundings
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

Word 6 prey
Key Vocabulary Word 5 surroundings
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is surroundings. the word surroundings. (Point to the snake
Say it with me: surroundings. Your in the photo.) This snake blends in with its
surroundings are the environment or area surroundings. It’s the same color as the leaves
around you. Right now your surroundings on the tree. The snake’s surroundings help
are our classroom. The other students, the it stay camouflaged, or hidden, from other
teacher, and all of the things in the room are animals that might hurt it.
part of your surroundings. 4. Turn to your partner and describe the
2. En español, surroundings quiere decir “el snake’s surroundings. Talk about why it’s
ambiente o área que te rodea, el entorno.” important for this snake to blend in with its
En este momento su entorno es el salón de surroundings.
clases. Sus compañeros, su profesor y las cosas 5. Think of a place you like to visit. Draw a
que se encuentran en el salón son parte de su picture and include all of the surroundings.
entorno. Show your picture to a group of students and
describe the surroundings to them.
6. Now let’s say surroundings together three
more times: surroundings, surroundings,
surroundings.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 prey


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Being prey is part of the natural world. Answer
1. Another word in the selection is prey. Say it these questions with your partner: What do
with me: prey. Prey is a word that describes an you think might happen if some animals were
animal that is used as food by another animal. not prey for others? What might happen if a
A hungry animal will catch and kill its prey hungry animal could not catch enough prey?
and then eat it. Most animals are prey for one 5. Think of an animal like a rabbit. Make a list
or more larger animals. of all of the animals that might consider your
2. En español, prey quiere decir “un animal que animal as its prey. Compare your list with
es la comida de otro animal, presa.” Un animal another group’s list. See which animals are
hambriento caza y mata â su presa y luego se prey for several other animals, and which
la come. Los animales más pequeños son la animals are not prey for many others.
presa de los más grandes. 6. Now let’s say prey together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates prey, prey, prey.
the word prey. (Point to the small fish in the
photo.) This little fish is prey for the bird. The
bird is hungry, so the bird caught the fish to
eat. The bird is holding its prey in its mouth
and soon it will eat the fish.

292
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Armin Floreth/imagebroker/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 predators
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

Word 8 lunging
Key Vocabulary Word 7 predators
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is predators. Say the word predators. (Point to the shark in the
it with me: predators. A predator is an animal photo.) This great white shark is one of the
that hunts and kills other animals for food. fiercest predators in the world. Look at those
The animals a predator hunts are called its huge, sharp teeth. This predator will gobble
prey. Lions, tigers, and wolves are all predators up any fish that it can get. I wouldn’t want to
because they hunt other animals. Rabbits are be this shark’s prey!
not predators because they only eat plants. 5. Predators are also a part of the natural world.
2. En español, predators quiere quiere decir Answer these questions with your partner:
“animales que cazan y matan a otros animal Why are predators necessary in the animal
para alimentarse, depredadores.” Los animales world? What do you think might happen if
que los depredadores cazan son su presa. Los some animals were not predators?
leones, los tigres y los lobos son depradores 6. Think of a predator like a lion or a shark.
porque cazan a otros animales. Los conejos no Make a list of the other animals that the
son depredadores poque sólo comen plantas. predator eats. Talk about how the predator
3. Predators in English and depredadores in finds and kills its prey.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say predators together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: predators, predators, predators.
languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 lunging


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is lunging. Say the word lunging. (Point to the lion in the
it with me: lunging. To lunge means “to move photo.) This lion is a predator. It’s lunging at
forward suddenly.” When you are lunging, the zebra, which is its prey. The lion is trying
you are trying to grab something in front to attack and grab the zebra. Look at the way
of you. You might have to move quickly or the lion springs forward on its powerful hind
stretch your arms out far to get the thing you legs.
want. You might look like you are diving or 4. Let’s lunge like this lion. Let’s stand on our
leaping. hind legs. Then let’s reach far forward and try
2. En español, lunging quiere decir “lanzarse to grab our prey. Oops, we missed. We’ll have
hacia algo con fuerza o violencia.” Si te lanzas to run and lunge again.
hacia algo, estás tratando de cogerlo. Tal 5. You might lunge if you are trying to catch a
vez tengas que moverte rápidamente o que ball. Show us what this would look like. Reach
estirar los brazos para alcanzarlo. Cuando up and forward. Run after the ball. Great
uno se lanza, parece que estubiera saltando catch! Your lunging paid off.
o tirándose. 6. Now let’s say lunging together three more
times: lunging, lunging, lunging.

294
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Thinkstock/Getty Images. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to go separate ways
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

Word 2 to have live young


Word 1 to go separate ways
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to go separate ways to 4. Listen to this poem one time. Then say each
describe leaving someone. Say it with me: to line after me. Wave goodbye when you say
go separate ways. To go separate ways means “let’s go our separate ways.”
“to each one go off in a different direction.” Goodbye, farewell,
When you and your friends get off the school Let’s go our separate ways.
bus, you go your separate ways. You do not We’ll see each other tomorrow,
stay together. Each person walks to his or her There will be so much to say.
own home. Let’s go our separate ways now,
2. En español, to go separate ways quiere decir I’ll see you another time.
“irse cada quien por su camino.” Cuando tú y You go to your house
tus amigos se bajan del autobús, cada quien se And I’ll go to mine.
va por su camino. No se quedan juntos. Cada 5. Imagine that you are out with a friend. You are
quien se va a su casa. getting ready to go your separate ways. What
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to go will you say to your friend? First say, “Let’s go
separate ways. These two friends have gone our separate ways.” Then say what you will do
for a walk in the park together. Now they next. Here’s an example: Let’s go our separate
have to go home. They wave goodbye to each ways. I’ll e-mail you after dinner. (Call on
other as they go their separate ways. They several students to share their responses.)
go off in different directions. They’ll see each 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
other another day. go separate ways, to go separate ways, to go
separate ways.

Word 2 to have live young


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to have live young to 4. I am going to name some animals. If the
describe how some animals are born. Say it animal has live young, say “to have live
with me: to have live young. To have live young young.” If not, don’t do anything.
means “to have babies instead of laying eggs.” a rattlesnake
Mammals have live young. The babies grow in a polar bear
the mother and then they are born. The babies an eagle
don’t grow inside of eggs like birds do. a whale
2. En español, to have live young quiere decir a frog
“tener crías en vez de poner huevos.” Los a leopard
mamíferos tienen crías. Los bebés crecen 5. Now I’ll name some other animals that are able
dentro de la mamá y luego nacen. Los bebés to have live young, and I’ll tell you the name
no nacen de huevos, como lo hacen los for the babies. Repeat the sentences after me.
pájaros.
A wolf is able to have live young. They are
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to have called cubs.
live young. This mother tiger just had live A cat is able to have live young. They are
young. Look at the two newborn tiger cubs. called kittens.
They were just born a few hours ago. They A dog is able to have live young. They are
were not born from eggs. They were born as called puppies.
live young.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to have
live young, to have live young, to have live young.

296
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Frederico Gil/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 it is unusual for
Unit 5 Week 2 Rattlers!

Word 4 hang out


Word 3 it is unusual for
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use it is unusual for to describe 5. The opposite of the word unusual is usual. I’m
things that almost never happen. Say it with going to describe some things that are usual
me: it is unusual for. It is unusual for means for us to do. You repeat them and describe
“happening only on occasion, rarely.” It is something else that is unusual. Here’s an
unusual for us to see rainbows because the example: It’s usual for me to find a three-leaf
conditions have to be just right for one to form. clover, but it’s unusual for me to find a four-
2. En español, it is unusual for quiere decir “es leaf clover.
inusual, es raro.” Es inusual ver un arco iris It’s usual for someone to ride a horse, but it’s
porque las condiciones tienen que ser precisas unusual for someone to ride .
para que se forme uno. It’s usual for someone to swim in a swimming
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase it is unusual pool, but it’s unusual for someone to swim
for. Most of the time, you’ll find a three-leaf .
clover. It is unusual for you to find It’s usual for someone to have a dog for a
a four-leaf clover. Because it is unusual, a four- pet, but it’s unusual for someone to have
leaf clover is considered to be a sign of good luck. .
4. I am going to tell you about some things that 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: it is
happen. If it is unusual for them to happen, unusual for, it is unusual for, it is unusual for.
clap and say “it is unusual for.” If not, don’t
do anything.
We get ten feet of snow at one time.
The boy makes friends with a wild bird.
We eat lunch in the cafeteria.
We jump rope in the classroom.
We check books out of the library.

Word 4 hang out


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use hang out to describe 4. Listen to this poem once. Then repeat each
being with friends. Say it with me: hang out. line after me. Clap when you say “hang out.”
Hang out means “to relax and be together Let’s hang out.
with friends.” When you hang out, you are Let’s do something together.
relaxing. You might not have any definite We could read books,
plans about what to do. You might hang out Or talk about the weather.
at your friend’s house and watch TV or talk. Let’s hang out,
2. En español, to hang out quiere decir “juntarse Let’s walk and talk and play.
con amigos.” Cuando te juntas con amigos, It’s fun to hang out and have a great day.
están relajados. No tienen ningún plan en 5. Now suppose you have just called your friend.
particular. Pueden pasar un rato en casa de Talk about what you want to do when you
un amigo para ver la tele o para simplemente hang out. Finish these sentences.
charlar.
It’s a warm, sunny day. Let’s hang out and
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase hang .
out. These friends like to hang out together. It’s a cold, rainy day. Let’s hang out and
They read, talk, watch TV, or play video .
games. They enjoy each other’s company. It’s a bright, snowy day. Let’s hang out and
They just relax and have a good time. They .
like hanging out together.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: hang
out, hang out, hang out.

298
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 2
fang, shedding, venom,
Rattlers!
scent trail, live young, slither

fang shedding venom

scent trail live young slither

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
299
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Peter Ginter/Science Faction/Getty Images. (tc) © Heidi & Hans-Jurgen Koch/Minden Pictures/Getty Images. (tr) © Volker Steger/Photo Researchers, Inc.
(bl) © Skip Brown/National Geographic/Getty Images. (bm) © Jerome Wexler/Photo Researchers, Inc. (br) © Dynamic Graphics Group/PunchStock
Key Vocabulary Word 1 investigating
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots Are Wild

Word 2 observed
Key Vocabulary Word 1 investigating
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots Are Wild

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is investigating. Say the word investigating. (Point to the girls in
it with me: investigating. Investigating means the photo.) These students are in a science
“studying or looking at something carefully.” class. One girl is holding a model of DNA. The
When you are investigating, you are looking students are investigating how it works.
for information. You inspect something to 5. Let’s pretend we are in the science class, too,
learn more about it. and we are investigating DNA. Let’s hold up
2. En español, to investigate quiere decir the DNA model and look at it carefully. Let’s
“estudiar u observar algo con mucho study our notes and talk with each other. We
cuidado, investigar.” Cuando investigas algo, learn a lot when we are investigating DNA.
buscas información sobre algo en particular. 6. You might want to investigate other topics
Examinas algo para aprender más sobre él. besides science. You could investigate the
3. To investigate in English and investigar in history of a sport by reading about it and
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost talking to players. Think of a topic you would
the same and mean the same thing in both like to investigate. Show us what you will do
languages. when you are investigating it. We’ll help you.
7. Now let’s say investigating together three
more times: investigating, investigating,
investigating.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 observed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is observed. the word observed. (Point to the Petri dish
Say it with me: observed. Observed means in the photo.) The scientist in the lab has
“watched something carefully.” When observed something in this specimen. Now
you observe something you notice what is she’s using an instrument to help her study
happening. You might examine something or it more closely. Later, she’ll write down
study it in detail. I observed how my father information about what she observed.
planted the seeds in his garden so I could do 5. Let’s observe the specimen in the science lab.
it the same way in my own garden. Let’s hold the dish close to us and use our
2. En español, to observe quiere decir “mirar instrument to inspect it. Let’s look at the color
algo con cuidado y detenidamente, of the specimen and see if it changes when
observar.” Cuando observas algo, te fijas en we add a chemical. Let’s make notes in our
lo que ocurre. Tal vez lo examines o estudies logbooks about what we observed.
detalladamente. Observé cómo mi padre 6. Tell us about something you observed. Show
sembraba las semillas en su jardín para poder us how you observed it and tell us what you
hacer lo mismo en el mío. found out.
3. To observe in English and observar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say observed together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: observed, observed, observed.
and mean the same thing in both languages.

302
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © LWA/Dann Tardif/Blend Images/Alamy Images. (b) © image100/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 inhibit
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots Are Wild

Word 4 conquer
Key Vocabulary Word 3 inhibit
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots Are Wild

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Germs cause many diseases. Turn to your
1. Another word in the selection is inhibit. Say partner and talk about why it’s a good idea
it with me: inhibit. To inhibit means “to to inhibit the growth of germs. You many also
slow something down or to stop it.” When discuss things you can do at home to inhibit
something is inhibited from growing, it may the growth of germs. (examples include:
grow very slowly, or it may not grow anymore. people don’t get sick as often if there aren’t
as many germs; to inhibit germs, you can wash
2. En español, to inhibit quiere decir “dificultar o
your hands, not share eating utensils, and
impedir que algo ocurra, inhibir.” Si inhibes el
keep tables and counters clean.)
crecimiento de algo, puede que siga creciendo
lentamente o que pare de crecer. 6. You can also use the word inhibit when you
talk about preventing or keeping things
3. To inhibit in English and inhibir in Spanish are
from happening. A large, fierce guard dog
cognates. They sound almost the same and
would inhibit a burglar from robbing a house.
mean the same thing in both languages.
Watching a scary movie might inhibit you
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates from sleeping. Talk with your partner about a
the word inhibit. (Point to the pharmacist thing or a person that might inhibit someone.
in the photo.) This pharmacist is filling a (Examples include: bad weather might inhibit
prescription for a medication. The person you from traveling; fear of being punished
who needs the medication has a disease that might inhibit someone from breaking a law.)
medication will inhibit, or stop. The person
7. Now let’s say inhibit together three more
will get better once the disease is inhibited.
times: inhibit, inhibit, inhibit.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 conquer


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s climb the mountain with this woman
1. Another word in the selection is conquer. Say and conquer our fear. We’re at the base of
it with me: conquer. To conquer means “to the mountain. We take a deep breath and tell
win or triumph.” When you conquer a fear ourselves we can do this. We remind ourselves
or an illness, you feel strong and happy. You that we are strong and we know how to
gain control over something that was hard to climb. We don’t give in to our fears. Pretty
defeat or to fix. soon we’re at the top of the mountain. We
shout and clap and raise our arms because we
2. En español, to conquer decir “triunfar, vencer.”
conquered our fear.
Si vences un temor o una enfermedad, te
sientes fuerte y contento. Logras controlar algo 6. You can use the word conquer to talk
difícil de superar o arreglar. about doing anything that is hard to do, or
about getting well from a disease. Think of
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
something you have conquered. Show your
the word conquer. (Point to the woman in the
partner the steps you took to conquer this.
photo.) This woman climbed up the mountain.
Tell your partner how you felt after you
She was afraid, but she did it anyway. She
conquered it.
raises her arms and smiles to show that she
conquered her fear. She feels strong and 7. Now let’s say conquer together three more
confident. times: conquer, conquer, conquer.

304
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Guy Cali/Corbis. (b) © i love images/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 insight
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots Are Wild
Key Vocabulary Word 5 insight
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots Are Wild

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is insight. Say the word insight. (Point to the girl in the
it with me: insight. When you get insight you photo.) This girl is in math class. At first she
are able to understand something that you did not understand how to do the problems.
had not understood before. That thing or idea Suddenly she got an insight and she knew
is not puzzling to you anymore. Reading a just what to do. She tried her new idea and
book about climbing Mount Everest gave me it worked. Now she knows how to solve the
insight into climbers’ challenges and why they problems. Her smile shows that she is happy
are driven to make challenging climbs. about her insight.
2. En español, insight quiere decir “la abilidad 4. Think about a time when you were confused
de entender algo que antes no entendías, by something in school. Talk about this time
perspicacia.” Lo que antes parecía confuso with your partner. Tell your partner how
ahora entiendes. Leer un libro sobre el you gained insight into the problem, or how
montañismo en el Monte Everest me dio la someone could have helped you gain insight
perspicacia para comprender los retos de and understanding.
los montañistas y su empuje para seguir 5. Imagine that your friend is having trouble
escalando. understanding a book that you both just
read. Tell your partner how you can help your
friend gain insight. What would you do and
say to help your friend? Share your ideas with
another pair.
7. Now let’s say insight together three more
times: insight, insight, insight.

306
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Simon Jarratt/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 except
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots are Wild!

Word 2 jam-packed
Word 1 except
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use except to describe things 5. I am going to use the word except in some
that are different or unusual. Say it with me: sentences. Repeat them after me. Then
except. Except means “different, or apart answer my questions.
from.” We have P.E. every day except Friday. Everyone in our family except my sister Meg
We do not have P. E. on Friday. Our schedule is has red hair. Does Meg have red hair? (no)
different on Friday. I finished all of my homework except the
2. En español, except quiere decir “excepto; a math. Did I finish the math? (no)
excepción de.” Tenemos clase de educación She has played every position except shortstop
física todos los días excepto los viernes. No on the softball team. Has she played short-
tenemos esa clase los viernes. El horario es stop? (no)
diferente los viernes. 6. Help me finish these sentences.
3. Except in English and excepto in Spanish are I like every sport except .
cognates. They sound almost the same and She likes every vegetable except
mean the same thing in both languages. .
4. This picture demonstrates the word except. All All birds can fly except the .
of these tulips are red, except the one white 7. Repeat the word three times with me: except,
one. The white tulip is different or unusual. It except, except.
is not like all the other red tulips.

Word 2 jam-packed
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use jam-packed to describe 4. I am going to describe some places. If they
a very crowded place. Say it with me: jam- are jam-packed, clap and say “jam-packed.” If
packed. Jam-packed means “very crowded and not, don’t do anything.
close together.” Our school bus is jam-packed I’m the only person on the beach.
every morning. There aren’t any empty seats. There are so many people on the beach that
It’s very crowded. No one has much room. there’s nowhere to sit.
2. En español, jam-packed quiere decir Every seat on the airplane is full.
“colmado, lleno de gente.” El autobús escolar There are two empty seats next to me and sev-
está colmado cada mañana. No hay asientos eral behind me on the airplane.
disponibles. Hay mucha gente. No hay mucho I have things to do from early morning until
espacio. bedtime today.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase jam- There’s nothing that I have to do today.
packed. This parking lot is jam-packed. Look 5. Imagine that you are at the amusement park
at how many cars there are, and they are all and it’s jam-packed. What does it look like?
squeezed in together! There are almost no How long do you have to wait in line to get
empty parking spaces. This is a jam-packed, on a ride? How many rides can you go on in
very crowded parking lot. one day? Now imagine the same amusement
park when it’s not jam-packed. What does
it look like now? How long do you have to
wait in line to get on a ride? How many rides
can you go on in one day? (Call on several
students to share their responses.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
jam-packed, jam-packed, jam-packed.

308
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Paul Edmondson/Photographer’s Choice RF/Getty Images. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 to become popular
Unit 5 Week 3 These Robots are Wild!

Word 4 go into tight spots


Word 3 to become popular
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to become popular to 4. I am going to name some things. If this has
describe things that many people like to have. become popular with you or your friends, say
Say it with me: to become popular. To become “to become popular.” If it isn’t popular, don’t
popular means “to become liked and used by say anything.
many people; in style.” Things like computers DVD players
and digital cameras become popular with CD players
people. If the prices are low enough so that cell phones
many people can afford them, and they are playing tennis
fun to use, then they become popular. playing chess
2. En español, to become popular quiere decir wearing red shoes
“estar de moda, volverse popular.” Algo se 5. Now think of some things that have become
vueleve popular cuando le gusta y es usado or may become popular with you and your
por muchas personas. Las cosas electrónicas, friends. Finish the sentences to tell about
como las computadoras y las cámaras these things.
digitales, se vuelven populares. Si el precio
de un objeto baja lo suficiente para que has become popular.
mucha gente pueda comprarlo, y es un objeto is going to become popular
divertido, se convierte en un objeto popular. soon.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
become popular. Music players like the ones become popular, to become popular, to
these girls are using have become popular become popular.
recently. Many kids have them!

Word 4 go into tight spots


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use go into tight spots to 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
describe going into small spaces. Say it with think the animal is able to go into tight spots,
me: go into tight spots. Go into tight spots clap and say “go into tight spots.” If not,
means “to be able to fit or squeeze through don’t do anything.
a small opening.” An ambulance driver on a The rattlesnake slides under a fallen log.
busy city street has to be able to go into and The hippopotamus slides into a pond.
out of tight spots. There are a lot of cars and The mouse runs into a small hole in the wall.
not much room to drive. The whale swims in the ocean.
2. En español, to go into tight spots quiere 5. Now think about people or things other than
decir “que se mete en espacios angostos o animals that can go into tight spots. Finish
apretados.” Una ambulancia tiene que moverse these sentences about them.
por calles congestionadas y tiene que entrar y
salir de espacios apretados. Hay mucho tráfico The can go into tight spots
y no mucho espacio para conducir. when .
My can go into tight spots
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase go into when .
tight spots. This eel is long and thin. It’s able
to go into tight spots between rocks. The 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: go
eel can squeeze in, twist and turn, and slide into tight spots, go into tight spots, go into
through them. Bigger fish cannot go into tight tight spots.
spots like this eel can.

310
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Anna Peisl/zefa/Corbis. (b) © Stockbyte/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 3
lobster, crab, scorpion,
These Robots Are Wild
cockroach, spider, grasshopper

lobster crab scorpion

cockroach spider grasshopper

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
311
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Ingram Publishing/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Digital Vision/PunchStock
(bl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (bm) © Creatas Images/PunchStock. (br) © Creatas Images/PunchStock
Key Vocabulary Word 1 launched
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

Word 2 particles
Key Vocabulary Word 1 launched
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. People are able to watch when the space
1. One word in the selection is launched. Say it shuttle and rockets are launched from
with me: launched. Launched means “pushed Kennedy Space Center. Let’s pretend we
something like a rocket or spacecraft up into watched when the space shuttle was
the air or space.” A rocket or spacecraft gets launched. Now we’re at home telling our
launched from a special platform. It climbs friends what we saw. Describe the sights,
high into the atmosphere very quickly. sounds, and smells. Tell how you felt when
you watched the space shuttle lift off.
2. En español, to launch quiere decir “impulsar
algo hacia arriba al aire o espacio.” Las naves 5. You have probably launched a toy boat by
espaciales son lanzadas de una plataforma pushing it into the water. Or maybe you
especial. Cuando son lanzadas, estas naves launched a kite or a model rocket into the
suben por la atmósfera rápidamente. air. Tell your partner about a time when you
launched your toy. Describe where you were
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
and explain how you launched your toy.
the word launched. (Point to the space shuttle
in the photo.) This space shuttle was just 6. Now let’s say launched together three more
launched from Kennedy Space Center, Florida. times: launched, launched, launched.
The noise of the engines and rocket boosters
igniting makes a loud boom. Within about ten
minutes, the shuttle will be in outer space.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 particles


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Remember that particles are small bits of
1. Another word in the selection is particles. Say something. You can see some particles, like
it with me: particles. Particles are very small particles of dirt or sand. Talk with your partner
pieces or bits of something. Some particles are and make a list of things that have particles.
so small that you can hardly see them. Share your list with another group. (Examples
include particles of dust, food, fur, and shells.)
2. En español, particles quiere decir “pedazos
pequeñitos o trozitos de algo, partículas.” 6. Work with your partner. Compare a particle
Algunas partículas son tan pequeñas que casi of food with a larger piece of the same
no se ven. food. How are they the same? How are they
different? Share your ideas with the class.
3. Particles in English and partículas in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say particles together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: particles, particles, particles.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word particles. (Point to the model in
the photo.) This is a model of molecules.
Molecules are tiny particles of matter. Since
you can’t see these tiny particles, scientists
created models of molecules like this one to
show you what the particles look like.

314
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stocktrek/age fotostock. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 dense
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

Word 4 inflate
Key Vocabulary Word 3 dense
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend we have to walk through this
1. Another word in the selection is dense. Say it dense forest. Turn on your flashlights, because
with me: dense. Dense means “compact, with it’s so dark in here. Push aside some tree
its parts so close together that little space is branches so you can walk. Squeeze between
left between them.” If a crowd is dense, there the trees and step over the roots. You have to
are lots of people close together. go in a single line because two of you can’t fit
between trees at the same time. Walking in
2. En español, dense quiere decir “compacto,
this dense forest is slow, hard work.
con sus partes tan cerca una a la otra que
hay poco espacio entre ellas, denso.” Si 6. Now let’s walk through a thin or sparse forest.
una muchedumbre es densa, se encuentran There aren’t many trees here, so there’s a lot
muchas personas agrupadas estrechamente. of sunlight. There are wide spaces between
trees, so you can walk quickly. Two or three of
3. Dense in English and denso in Spanish are
you can walk side-by-side.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say dense together three more
times: dense, dense, dense.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word dense. (Point to the forest in the
photo.) Look at this dense forest. The trees
are so densely packed that you would have
trouble walking through them.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 inflate


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is inflate. Say it the word inflate. (Point to the hot air balloons
with me: inflate. To inflate means “to fill with in the photo.) These hot air balloons have
air or gas.” An empty balloon or tire is flat. already been inflated. At first they were lying
When you inflate it, you put air in, and the flat on the ground. Then the air was pumped
balloon or tire gets round. After you inflate a into them and they got big and round.
balloon, it will float. After you inflate a tire, it 5. Watch me inflate this balloon. See how flat it
will roll. is now? There’s no air in it. Now I’ll blow air
2. En español, to inflate quiere decir “llenar con into it. (Blow air into the balloon.) See how
aire o gas, inflar.” Las llantas y las bombas big and round the balloon is now? It’s full of
vacías son planas. Cuando las inflas, les metes air. It is inflated.
aire y la bomba o llanta toma una forma 6. You can inflate your cheeks and make them
redonda. Las bombas infladas flotan; las look like a balloon. First, take a deep breath
llantas infladas ruedan. in. Your cheeks will look flat or slightly sunken
3. To inflate in English and inflar in Spanish are in. Now breathe out and inflate your cheeks.
cognates. They sound almost the same and Feel how big and round they are.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say inflate together three more
times: inflate, inflate, inflate.

316
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © Michael T. Sedam/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 anchored
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

Word 6 companion
Key Vocabulary Word 5 anchored
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is anchored. the word anchored. (Point to the hot air
Say it with me: anchored. Anchored means ballon.) This is a hot air balloon. The heated
“held in place.” Something that is anchored is air in the balloon allows it to float up in the
usually tied to a heavy weight so it can’t move air. To keep it on the ground before it lifts off,
easily. Boats, hot air balloons, and parade it needs to be anchored. An anchor is a heavy
floats all need to be anchored so they don’t weight that keeps the balloon from floating
get away. away. To keep a boat from drifting away you
can use a heavy, iron anchor.
2. En español, to anchor quiere decir “sujetar
en un puesto fijo, anclar.” Algo que ha sido 4. Let’s pretend we have to anchor our boat.
anclado normalmente es atado a una pesa Let’s tie a rope through the ring on the
que impide su movimiento. Los barcos, globos anchor. Let’s tie the other end of the rope to
aerostáticos y carrozas en los desfiles tienen the boat. Now let’s carefully lower the anchor
que ser ancladas para que no se vuelen. to the lake bottom. Great! Now we have
anchored the boat. The boat cannot float
away.
5. People use sandbags to anchor hot air
balloons. Imagine that you have just finished
a hot air balloon ride. Show us how you
anchored the balloon to the ground.
6. Now let’s say anchored together three more
times: anchored, anchored, anchored.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 companion


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is companion. the word companion. (Point to the girls in the
Say it with me: companion. A companion photo.) These two girls are companions. They
is someone who goes with you someplace go to school together and they play together.
or spends time with you. Friends, relatives, They enjoy being with each other. The girls
babysitters, and classmates can all be your keep each other company.
companions. Dogs and cats make good 5. Let’s pretend to be the girls in the
companions for humans because they like photograph. Let’s call them Estela and
to be with people. Marisol. Work with a partner and show us
2. En español, companion quiere decir “una some of the activities that these companions
persona que va contigo a a algún lugar o pasa do together. Make up a dialogue that these
tiempo contigo, compañero.” Los perros y two companions would say to each other.
los gatos son buenos compañeros para los 6. Think of your favorite companion. It could
humanos porque les gusta estar con las personas. be a relative, a friend, or a pet. Show us
3. Companion in English and compañero in what you do when you spend time with your
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost companion. Tell us why your companion is so
the same and mean the same thing in both important to you.
languages. 7. Now let’s say companion together three more
times: companion, companion, companion.

318
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Little Blue Wolf Productions/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 scientific
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

Word 8 hydrogen
Key Vocabulary Word 7 scientific
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 5. Work with a partner and pretend you are
1. Another word in the selection is scientific. Say the two scientists in the picture. One of you
it with me: scientific. When you do something should add the chemical to the beaker. Be
in a scientific way, you use experiments and careful! One of you should write notes about
observations. You work carefully and write what you are doing. Describe the color of the
down descriptions of the things you do. You liquid before and after your partner adds the
look for results. extra chemical. Work slowly and pay close
attention. That was great scientific work!
2. En español, scientific se dice “científico.”
Cuando haces algo de una manera científica, 6. Let’s make a scientific observation of the
usas experimentos y observaciones. Trabajas weather. I’ll read the outside temperature
cuidadosamente y escribes descripciones de from the class thermometer. You write down
todo lo que haces. Buscas resultados. today’s date and the temperature. Next write
down the weather conditions, such as sunny,
3. Scientific in English and cientifico in Spanish
cloudy, windy, or foggy. When you go home
are cognates. They sound almost the same
tonight, compare your scientific observations
and mean the same thing in both languages.
with the TV or Internet weather report.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
7. Now let’s say scientific together three more
the word scientific. (Point to the scientists
times: scientific, scientific, scientific.
in the photo.) These scientists are in a lab
doing a scientific experiment. One is adding
a chemical to the mixture in the beaker. See
how carefully he works. The other scientist is
writing notes on the procedure.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 hydrogen


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is hydrogen. the word hydrogen. (Point to the car in the
Say it with me: hydrogen. Hydrogen is a photo and the word hydrogen on the side of
gas. You can’t see, smell, or taste hydrogen. the car.) This car runs on hydrogen. It does
Hydrogen is a part of most things on Earth. not use gasoline. Hydrogen cars are fairly new,
Since hydrogen burns easily, it’s used as fuel so you may not see one soon.
for engines, including the space shuttle. 5. Work with your partner to role-play a
2. En español, hydrogen dice “hidrógeno.” Es conversation between a car salesperson and a
un gas que no puedes ver ni probar ni oler. buyer. The buyer should ask questions about
El hidrógeno forma parte de la mayoría de the hydrogen car and the salesperson should
cosas en la Tierra. El hidrógeno es usado como answer them.
combustible para motores, como los de las 6. What else would you like to know about
naves espaciales. hydrogen? Work with your partner and make
3. Hydrogen in English and hidrógeno in Spanish a list of things you want to find out. Ask other
are cognates. They sound almost the same students and we’ll see who can answer the
and mean the same thing in both languages. questions.
7. Now let’s say hydrogen together three more
times: hydrogen, hydrogen, hydrogen.

320
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © U.S. Department of Energy/U.S. Department Energy/Nevada.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 nevertheless
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

Word 2 lighter-than-air
Word 1 nevertheless
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use nevertheless to say more 4. Help me finish these sentences.
about a situation. Say it with me: nevertheless. I didn’t want to take my younger sister to the
Nevertheless means “however, but, or yet.” movies; nevertheless, .
Last Saturday was a cold and windy day. It was almost time to go home; nevertheless,
Nevertheless, we went sat outside at the we .
football stadium because we wanted to watch The old dog was limping; nevertheless, he
our team. .
2. En español, nevertheless quiere decir “sin 5. Now I am going to say some sentences. I’ll call
embargo.” El sábado pasado hacía un día frío on you to add to my sentences using the word
y ventoso. Sin embargo, nos sentamos en un nevertheless. Here’s an example: My brother
estadio al aire libre para ver jugar a nuestro was tired. Nevertheless, he stayed up to finish
equipo favorito. working on his report.
3. This picture demonstrates the word The explorers were tired and hungry. (Never-
nevertheless. These mountain climbers know theless, they walked a few more miles.)
that their sport is dangerous. Nevertheless, My sister was afraid to jump off the high
they do their sport because they like it, they diving board. (Nevertheless, she climbed up
have been trained, and they have the right and jumped in.)
equipment.
6. Repeat the word three times with me:
nevertheless, nevertheless, nevertheless.

Word 2 lighter-than-air
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use lighter-than-air to describe 4. I am going to name some things that are
things that are very light. Say it with me: lighter-than-air. Repeat each sentence
lighter-than-air. Lighter-than-air means after me.
“weighing less than air.” Some objects, like A hot air balloon is lighter-than-air.
feathers, are lighter-than-air. They weigh less A blimp is lighter-than-air.
than the air around them. They float easily. A bubble is lighter-than-air.
2. En español, lighter-than-air quiere decir “que 5. Imagine that you are riding on a lighter-than-
pesa menos que el aire.” Algunos objetos, air vehicle. Finish these sentences to describe
como las plumas, pesan menos que el aire. Por your experience.
eso flotan.
I’m in a lighter-than-air hot air balloon. I see
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase lighter- .
than-air. These large hot air balloons are I’m in a lighter-than-air blimp. I hear
lighter-than-air. They float in the air. If you .
were riding in these balloons, you would get I’m floating on a lighter-than-air feather. I
a feeling of being lighter than air. It would be feel .
fun to float in the air in a hot air balloon!
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
lighter-than-air, lighter-than-air,
lighter-than-air.

322
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © Elmer Frederick Fischer/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 set off for
Unit 5 Week 4 Up in the Air: The Story of Balloon Flight

Word 4 shoot out of


Word 3 set off for
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use set off for to describe what 4. I am going to read a poem to you. Listen the
you do when you go somewhere. Say it with first time. Then repeat each line after me.
me: set off for. Set off for means “to start or Let’s set off for the lake.
to get going.” You set off for school at about We’ll get an early start.
the same time every day. You get ready and We’ll pack our bags, get in the car,
then you go. And set off with a happy heart.
2. En español, to set off for quiere decir “salir 5. Let’s think of some more places to go. Help
de un lugar, partir.” Partes de tu casa más o me finish these sentences.
menos a la misma hora cada día. Primero te
preparas y luego sales de tu casa. We’re hot. Let’s set off for .
We’re hungry. Let’s set off for
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase set .
off for. These swimmers have just set off on We need new books to read. Let’s set off for
a race. They are jumping off their starting .
blocks. They just got started. They have many
laps to go. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: set off
for, set off for, set off for.

Word 4 shoot out of


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use shoot out of to describe 4. I am going to describe some actions. If the
something that comes out quickly. Say it with person or thing shoots out of something, say
me: shoot out of. Shoot out of means “to “shoot out of.” If not, don’t say anything.
move quickly and suddenly.” When you turn A clown bursts from a cannon in a circus act.
the kitchen faucet or the bathroom shower on A dog lies quietly on the ground.
full force, the water shoots out. It pours out A race horse runs out of the starting gate.
very quickly. It spurts or squirts out and you Lava erupts from a volcano.
get wet.
5. Now I’m going to ask for some examples of
2. En español, to shoot out of quiere decir “salir things that shoot out of other things. Use the
disparado de algún lugar.” Cuando abres por phrase shoots out of to describe your idea.
completo la llave en tu cocina o baño, el agua For example, you could say, “Lava shoots out
sale disparada. Sale de repente y con mucha of a volcano.” (Call on some students to give
presión. A veces te mojas. examples.)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: shoot
shoot out of. This is a geyser. The water is out of, shoot out of, shoot out of.
underground. Then the water shoots out of
the ground. It bursts out in a big rush of water
and steam. This is a very powerful force. It’s
exciting to see the water shoot out of the
ground with such power!

324
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Scenics of America/PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 4
oxygen, propeller, burner,
Up In the Air:
The Story of Balloon Flight
buoyancy, gondola, blimp

oxygen propeller burner

buoyancy gondola blimp

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
325
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Travel Ink Photo Library/Index Stock Imagery
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Image Source/PunchStock. (br) © David R. Frazier Photolibrary, Inc./Alamy Images
Key Vocabulary Word 1 damages
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

Word 2 property
Key Vocabulary Word 1 damages
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Have you seen or heard about damages from
1. One word in the selection is damages. Say it a hurricane or another natural disaster? Talk
with me: damages. Damages are the physical about the damages with your partner. Tell
effects of a large storm or other natural where the damages occurred, what caused
disaster. Broken windows, uprooted trees, them, and how the people cleaned up after
flooded land, and ruined roads are all damages. the damages were done.
2. En español, damages quiere decir “daños, 5. Many organizations help people whose
normalmente los causados por desastres property receives damages from storms.
naturales a las cosas materiales.” Las ventanas Suppose you were a member of one of these
rotas, los árboles desarraigados, los terrenos organizations. Talk with your partner about
inundados y las carreteras arruinadas son ways you might help to repair the damages.
ejemplos de daños. Share your ideas with another group.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say damages together three more
the word damages. (Point to the each example times: damages, damages, damages.
of damage in the photo as you describe it.) This
photograph shows damages from a hurricane.
You can see collapsed houses, uprooted trees,
and the remains of the flood waters.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 property


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is property. Say the word property. (Point to the houses and
it with me: property. Property is the land and land in the photo.) This photograph shows
buildings that someone owns. If your family property along the coast that could get
owns your house, then the house and the damaged or destroyed in a hurricane. Each
land it sits on are your property. Property can home is a separate piece of property. Look
include fields, barns, horse stables, and bodies at how close to the water the properties are.
of water. Large waves could flood these properties.
2. En español, property quiere decir “el terreno y 5. Look at the photo with your partner. Describe
los edificios que le pertenecen a una persona one piece of property. Your partner will guess
o grupo, su propiedad.” Si tu familia tiene which one it is. Take turns. Use the sentence
una casa, esa casa y el terreno en el que está frame: This property has or This
situada son su propiedad. Campos, graneros, property is .
establos y cuerpos de agua forman parte de 6. Think about the property where you live, or
una propiedad. another property that you know well. Describe
3. Property in English and propiedad in Spanish the property to your partner. Answer any
are cognates. They sound almost the same questions your partner has about the property.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say property together three more
times: property, property, property.

328
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © U.S. Geological Survey. (b) © Photograph by Tony Santana, courtesy U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 available
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

Word 4 contact
Key Vocabulary Word 3 available
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. If you were in the path of a hurricane or
1. Another word in the selection is available. another type of storm, what kinds of things
Say it with me: available. When something is would you want to have available? Talk about
available, you can get it easily or quickly. You it with your partner. Explain why you want
have it nearby, or you know just where to get those things to be available and how they will
it. Paper, books, and pencils are available for help you. (Examples include weather reports,
your use in our classroom. bottled water, flashlights, batteries, and
canned food.)
2. En español, available quiere decir “que
se puede obtener fácilmente, a la mano, 5. Work with your partner to talk about things
disponible.” Es algo que tienes cerca o que that are available to you at school. Use the
puedes conseguir fácilmente. Hay papel, libros word available in your sentences. Share your
y lápices disponibles para su uso en clase. information with another group. (Examples
include library books, movies, pens, pencils,
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
food, playground equipment.)
the word available. (Point to the weather
map in the photo.) This meteorologist is 6. Now let’s say available together three more
on a TV weather program. She’s giving an times: available, available, available.
update about a hurricane. When a hurricane
is approaching, it’s important to have weather
reports like this one available.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 contact


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is contact. the word contact. (Point to the place where
Say it with me: contact. Contact means “the lighting contacts the ground in the photo.)
closeness or touching of two things.” When The lightning came into contact with
you play football and hold the ball, your the ground at this spot. Lightning can be
hands are in contact with the ball. Your feet dangerous when it comes into contact with
are in contact with the sand if you walk the ground. When lightning makes contact
barefoot on the beach. with something, the person or property can be
injured or damaged.
2. En español, contact quiere decir “cercanía de
dos cosas que alcanzan a tocarse, contacto.” 5. Let’s use our hands to show how lighting can
Cuando juegas fútbol americano y tienes la come into contact with the ground. Put your
pelota, tus manos están en contacto con ella. left hand out flat. Use a finger from your right
Tus pies entran en contacto con la arena si hand as the lightning. Have the lighting come
caminas descalzo en la playa. into contact with, or touch, your left hand.
3. Contact in English and contacto in Spanish are 6. Now let’s say contact together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: contact, contact, contact.
mean the same thing in both languages.

330
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Rudi Von Briel/PhotoEdit. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 atmosphere
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

Word 6 destruction
Key Vocabulary Word 5 atmosphere
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is atmosphere. the word atmosphere. (Point to the hurricane
Say it with me: atmosphere. The atmosphere in the photo.) This photo was probably
is the layer of gases around Earth. Sometimes taken from an airplane, a satellite, or the
we call the atmosphere the air. You can’t International Space Station. It shows a
feel or see the atmosphere, but it’s there all hurricane forming in the upper layers of the
the time. The atmosphere protects Earth by atmosphere. The atmosphere is all around the
absorbing or taking in radiation from the sun. hurricane, although you can’t see it.
Without the atmosphere, there would be large 5. Look out the window with your partner.
differences in temperature between day and Describe the things you see in the atmosphere.
night. Tell if each thing looks close to Earth or higher
2. En español, atmosphere quiere decir “la capa up in the atmosphere. (Examples include an
de gases que rodea la Tierra, la atmósfera.” airplane, a cloud, and bird.)
También le decimos “el aire.” La atmósfera 6. Tell your partner something you know about
protege a la Tierra absorbiendo los rayos the atmosphere. Use the sentence frame: The
del sol. atmosphere .
3. Atmosphere in English and atmósfera in 7. Now let’s say atmosphere together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: atmosphere, atmosphere, atmosphere.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 destruction


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is destruction. the word destruction. (Point to the remnants
Say it with me: destruction. Destruction is of the building in the photo.) This building is
the complete ruin of something. Things that part of the destruction caused by a hurricane.
have met with destruction are totally wiped You can’t even tell that it was a building.
out. They can’t be fixed or put back together. 5. Pretend that you and your partner are TV
Many times there is widespread destruction news reporters. You are looking at the
after a natural disaster. destruction caused by a hurricane. Describe
2. En español, destruction quiere decir “la ruina what you see to your TV viewers. Explain what
o daño completo de algo, la destrucción.” La caused the destruction.
destrucción de una cosa la vuelve inútil. No 6. Tell your partner about destruction you have
puede ser arreglada. Los desastres naturales seen or head about. Tell where it happened
pueden causar destrucción extensa. and what caused it. Explain how people
3. Destruction in English and destrucción in cleaned up after the destruction.
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 7. Now let’s say destruction together three more
the same and mean the same thing in both times: destruction, destruction, destruction.
languages.

332
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Images produced by Hal Pierce, Laboratory for Atmospheres, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center/NOAA. (b) © Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 surge
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes
Key Vocabulary Word 7 surge
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Use a piece of paper to show how the storm
1. Another word in the selection is surge. Say it surge in the photo happened. Fold the paper
with me: surge. A surge is a powerful rush of and put it on your desk. The paper will take
water. The water moves onto the land and the place of the buildings on the land. Now
then back out. A surge of water is usually move your hand back and forth to imitate the
caused by a flood or high winds. A surge can movement of the ocean waves. Here comes
do a lot of damage. a strong wind that causes a surge! Give a
powerful sweep of your hand and knock over
2. En español, surge quiere decir “el
the paper. Now pull your hand back.
levantamineto de olas o moviemiento fuerte
de agua, una oleada.” El agua es impulsada 5. Show your partner what it would look like to
del mar a la orilla y de regreso. Una oleada be hit by a storm surge. Stand straight, and
normalmente es causada por un diluvio o then stumble backwards when the surge hits.
vientos fuertes. Puede causar mucho daño. Tell your partner how it feels when the surge
hits.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word surge. (Point to the surge in the 6. Now let’s say surge together three more times:
photo.) This wave is part of a storm surge surge, surge, surge.
from a hurricane. See how the water gushes
onto the land. The huge, powerful wave
covers the buildings. Soon the wave will fall
back into the sea. Then more waves will
follow until the surge is over. The surge will
cause a lot of damage and destruction to
the land.

334
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Kevin Howchin/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 leave in its wake
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

Word 2 path of destruction


Word 1 leave in its wake
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use leave in its wake to talk 4. Imagine that you are a newscaster reporting
about what happens after a big storm. Say it from a disaster area. Finish these sentences to
with me: leave in its wake. Leave in its wake describe what you see.
describes the damage caused by a storm. The hurricane left in its wake.
Storms like hurricanes or tornadoes have high The flood left in its wake.
winds and rain. After they are over, they leave The tornado left in its wake.
a lot of damage behind. The storms leave a lot The blizzard left in its wake.
of damage in their wake.
5. Now I am going to describe some scenes. If
2. En español, to leave in its wake quiere decir you think the scene looks like something a
“dejar estragos a su paso.” Las tormentas, hurricane might leave in its wake, say “leave
como los huracanes o los tornados, llegan con in its wake.” If not, don’t say anything.
vientos violentos y mucha lluvia. Arrasan con
todo. Las tormentas dejan estragos a su paso. a neat and tidy flowerbed
a house with its roof missing
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase leave a tree fallen over on top of a car
in its wake. This neighborhood was hit by a a “For Sale” sign standing in front of a house
strong hurricane. The hurricane left all of this
damage in its wake. You can tell the path of 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: leave
the hurricane because of all of the destroyed in its wake, leave in its wake, leave in its wake.
homes and buildings left behind.

Word 2 path of destruction


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use path of destruction to 4. I am going to describe an area. If you think
describe an area that was damaged by a it was in the path of destruction of a storm,
storm. Say it with me: path of destruction. say “path of destruction.” If not, don’t do
Path of destruction means “the route or path anything.
where a storm caused damage.” A path of My garden is full of beautiful flowers.
destruction might be wide or narrow. It might Broken tree limbs were all over the ground.
cover a large area or only a small one. The houses were crushed into pieces.
2. En español, path of destruction quiere decir The house looked brand new.
“la ruta de destrucción de una tormenta.” 5. Finish these sentences:
Una ruta de destrucción puede ser ancha
o estrecha. Puede cubrir una amplia zona If a house is in the path of destruction of a
geográfica o una pequeña. hurricane, it might .
If a house is in the path of destruction of a
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase path of tornado, it might .
destruction. A fierce tornado hit this area. You If a house is in the path of destruction of a
can see the path of destruction in the center flood, it might .
of the photograph. Only the buildings in the
center were damaged. The buildings in the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: path
back of the photo were not damaged because of destruction, path of destruction, path of
they were not in the path of destruction of destruction.
the hurricane.

336
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tito Guzman/Corbis Sygma/Corbis. (b) © Bettmann/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 fact of life
Unit 5 Week 5 Hurricanes

Word 4 send back images


Word 3 fact of life
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use fact of life to describe 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase fact of
things that happen as a result of a natural life. Homes that are built near rivers often
disaster. Say it with me: fact of life. Fact of get flooded. It’s a fact of life, or something
life means “something real that happens natural that happens. Rivers often overflow
because of a natural event.” It’s true and is and flood the area around them. It’s sad for
a scientific fact that there is damage after these people, but they know that no one
a natural disaster. The damage is a fact of caused this problem on purpose to hurt them.
life; it’s something that just happens. It is 4. Help me finish these sentences:
not a punishment for bad behavior. It’s just a
consequence of a storm. It can’t be avoided, It’s a fact of life that people who live in very
but people can prepare for it. cold climates .
It’s a fact of life that people who live in Flori-
2. En español, fact of life quiere decir “algo da often get .
inevitable causado por un evento natural.” Es It’s a fact of life that people who live in
un hecho científico que un desastre natural deja California often get .
estragos a su paso. Estos daños son inevitables.
Los daños no son un castigo por portarse mal. 5. Think of a natural event that you know
Son consecuencia de una tormenta. No podemos about. Describe this fact of life to us. Use the
evitar la tormenta, pero podemos prepararnos. phrase fact of life in your description. (Call on
a few students to respond.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
fact of life, fact of life, fact of life.

Word 4 send back images


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Send back images means “to relay pictures 4. You have probably seen images that were
from outer space back to Earth.” Say it with sent back from space. Finish these sentences
me: send back images. There are satellites to describe the images.
in space that take pictures of Earth. The The weather satellite sent back images of
computers on the satellites send back the .
images or photographs. Scientists on the The Mars Rover sent back images of
ground look at the images. They study the .
images to learn more about Earth. The International Space Station sent back
2. En español, to send back images quiere decir images of .
“enviar imágenes desde el espacio hasta la 5. Imagine that you are a scientist on the
Tierra.” Satélites en el espacio toman fotos ground. You want to know what something
de la Tierra. Las computadoras de los satélites looks like from above. You send a message to
envían imágenes o fotografías. Los científicos the astronauts who live on the International
observan las imágenes. Las estudian para Space Station. Finish this message:
aprender más sobre la Tierra.
Please send back images of
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase send so I can study . (Call on a few
back images. This photo of a hurricane students to share their ideas.)
forming off the coast of Florida was taken
from space. The satellite sent back images to 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: send
Earth. back images, send back images, send back
images.

338
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Scott Olson/Getty Images. (b) © StockTrek/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Basic Words
Unit 5 Week 5
hurricane, emergency, cyclone,
Hurricanes
sea level, tornado, eye

hurricane emergency cyclone

sea level tornado eye

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
339
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Warren Faidley/Corbis. (tc) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Science Source/Photo Researchers, Inc.
(bl) © Darryl Torckler/Stone/Getty Images. (bm) © Corbis. (br) © Corbis
Key Vocabulary Word 1 slumped
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

Word 2 soggy
Key Vocabulary Word 1 slumped
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are the boy and show how
1. One word in the selection is slumped. Say it he slumped in his chair. Let’s sit forward on
with me: slumped. Slumped means “hunched the seat, droop or lower our shoulders, and
over.” If you are sitting or standing and you hunch our backs on the back of the chair.
droop your shoulders and sink down, then you 5. Think of a time that you slumped, either
have slumped. People may slump when they while you were standing up or when you were
are tired, sad, bored, or scared. sitting in a chair. Show us what you looked
2. En español, to slump quiere decir “tomar like. Tell us why you slumped. Now show us
una postura encorvada, encorvarse.” Si te what you look like when you stand up straight
paras o te sientas dejando caer tus hombros and tall.
y doblando la espalda, te has encorvado. La 6. Now let’s say slumped together three more
gente se encorva cuando está cansada, triste, times: slumped, slumped, slumped.
aburrida o asustada.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word slumped. (Point to the boy in the
photo.) This boy has slumped in his chair. His
posture is not straight and tall. Maybe he’s
waiting for his parents to finish talking to
their friends, and he is bored.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 soggy


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner. Pretend you have just
1. Another word in the selection is soggy. Say it washed this dog and you are describing how
with me: soggy. If something is soggy it is wet he feels to your friend. Use the word soggy
all the way through. Soggy things feel damp and other words that mean about the same
and squishy. Things get soggy if they are left thing. Explain what you will do to dry the dog.
out in the rain or if they are put into a lot 5. Talk with your partner about other things that
of water. Sponges, clothes, and other things can get soggy. Tell how they get soggy, what
made of fabrics can get soggy. they feel like, and how they can dry out. Then
2. En español, soggy quiere decir “completamente share your ideas with another group.
mojado, empapado.” Las cosas quedan 6. Now let’s say soggy together three more
empapadas si las dejas afuera en la lluvia o times: soggy, soggy, soggy.
si las metes en agua. Las esponjas, la ropa y
otras cosas hechas de tela pueden empaparse.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word soggy. (Point to the dog in the
photo.) This is a very soggy dog. His owner
just gave him a bath. His fur is all wet and
weighed down.

342
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Big Cheese Photo/PunchStock. (b) © Standard Poodle in a bathtub/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 capable
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

Word 4 categories
Key Vocabulary Word 3 capable
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s have a spelling bee. We’ll show how we
1. Another word in the selection is capable. Say are capable of spelling many words. Everyone
it with me: capable. When you are capable, line up. When it’s your turn, hold this ruler
you are good at something. I am capable of like a microphone. Stand up tall and look at
running five miles in one hour. me with confidence. Spell your word loudly
and clearly. Great job! You are all capable of
2. En español, capable quiere decir “que puede
spelling your words.
hacer algo bien, capaz.” Soy capaz de correr
cinco millas en una hora. 6. You are all capable of many different things.
You may be capable of playing sports, making
3. Capable in English and capaz in Spanish are
beautiful drawings, or writing funny stories.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
Tell us what you are capable of. Show us how
mean the same thing in both languages.
you look when you feel capable.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
7. Now let’s say capable together three more
the word capable. (Point to the girl holding the
times: capable, capable, capable.
microphone in the photo.) This girl is in a spelling
bee. She is wearing a blue ribbon because she
already won the first round. She’s capable of
spelling a lot of hard words. She looks confident
as she spells the next hard word. She knows she
is capable of winning this competition.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 categories


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is categories. the word categories. (Point to the books
Say it with me: categories. A category is a in the photo.) The students have stacked
group of things that are the same in some the textbooks into categories according to
way. Hair color, age, and height are some of subject. The categories are math, science,
the categories you could use to group people. social studies, language arts, and music.
You could put things in categories according There are many books in each category.
to their size, shape, color, or use. Most things 5. Let’s arrange our textbooks into categories.
fit into many categories. Let’s put all of our math books in one pile,
2. En español, categories quiere decir “grupos de then the science books, and so on. What did
cosas que tienen algo en común, categorías.” we do to put our books into categories? Why
El color de cabello, la edad o la estatura son do you think it’s a good idea to put books into
categorías que podrías usar para agrupar a categories sometimes?
personas. Puedes agrupar cosas en categorías 6. (Distribute counters or other items of different
de acuerdo con su tamaño, forma, color o uso. sizes, shapes, and colors.) Work with a partner.
3. Categories in English and categorías in Spanish Put all of these counters into categories.
are cognates. They sound almost the same Regroup them several times and put them in
and mean the same thing in both languages. as many different categories as you can. What
are some of the categories you found?
7. Now let’s say categories together three more
times: categories, categories, categories.

344
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © BananaStock/Jupiterimages.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 strands
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

Word 6 gigantic
Key Vocabulary Word 5 strands
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Look carefully at one strand of your hair.
1. Another word in the selection is strands. Say Describe it to your partner. Tell if it is long or
it with me: strands. A strand is a single length short, if it feels weak or strong, and if it feels
or piece of something. You can have one rough or smooth.
strand or many strands of beads, yarn, ribbon, 5. Work with your partner to think of other
or wire. A single piece of hair is also called a things that come in strands, such as rope or
strand. You have thousands of strands of hair beads. Tell what the strands of each thing
on your head. look like and how you would use them. Share
2. En español, strands quiere decir “trozos de your ideas with another pair of students.
hilo, tela o cabello; hebras.” Tienes miles de 6. Now let’s say strands together three more
hebras de cabello en tu cabeza. times: strands, strands, strands.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word strands. (Point to one strand of hair
in the photo.) A person’s head has thousands
of strands of hair. Each strand is thin, but the
more strands of hair you have, the thicker
your hair looks. Strands of hair can be long or
short.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 gigantic


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is gigantic. Say the word gigantic. (Point to one of the
it with me: gigantic. If something is gigantic pumpkins in the photo.) Look at this pumpkin.
it is very large or very tall. Many dinosaurs Can you tell how big it is? Compare it to the
were gigantic; they were very tall and heavy. boy who is standing near it. The pumpkin is
Skyscrapers are gigantic buildings. gigantic. It is very large and looks very heavy.
2. En español, gigantic quiere decir “muy 5. What other things are gigantic? With your
muy grande o alto, gigantezco.” Muchos partner, think of at least five things that are
dinosaurios fueron gigantezcos; eran altísimos gigantic. Tell what they are and about how
y pesados. Los rascacielos son edificios big you think they are. If they are things, tell
gigantezcos. how they are used. If they are animals, tell
something you know about them.
3. Gigantic in English and gigantezco in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 6. The opposite of gigantic is tiny. With your
and mean the same thing in both languages. partner, think of tiny objects or animals that
are the opposite of the gigantic ones you just
described. Then share all of your ideas with
another pair of students.
7. Now let’s say gigantic together three more
times: gigantic, gigantic, gigantic.

346
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Anthony Saint James/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Chloe Johnson/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 credit
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

Word 8 luminous
Key Vocabulary Word 7 credit
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about a time
1. Another word in the selection is credit. Say it that you got credit for something. Tell if you
with me: credit. Credit is praise or recognition received a reward like the boy’s gold star, or
for doing something well. Credit can be given if someone praised you. Explain how you felt
in the form of a compliment, stickers, money, about getting the credit.
or other gifts. 5. Suppose you are the teacher and you want to
2. En español, credit quiere decir give extra credit to your students. Talk with
“reconocimiento por algo que se ha hecho your partner about things you could give for
bien.” Se puede dar reconocimiento a través credit. Share your ideas with the class.
de un elogio o cumplido, o con regalos como 6. Now let’s say credit together three more
calcomanías o dinero. times: credit, credit, credit.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word credit. (Point to the teacher and the
boy in the photo.) The teacher is giving the
boy a gold star. The star is her way of giving
him extra credit for his good work. He’ll put
the star on his desk and feel great about his
efforts.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 luminous


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is luminous. the word luminous. (Point to the sun in the
Say it with me: luminous. Something that is photo.) The sun in the sky is luminous. It
luminous is shiny and glowing. It’s very bright. shines brightly. The sun makes the clouds look
Dragonflies’ tails are luminous. They’re easy to all sparkly and gleaming. If you were outside
spot at night. looking at the luminous sun, you’d need
sunglasses!
2. En español, luminous quiere decir “brillante,
que despide luz, luminoso.” Las luciérnagas 5. Think of something else that is luminous.
tienen colas luminosas. Se ven fácilmente Describe it to your partner and have your
de noche. partner guess what it is. Then your partner
will describe something luminous to you.
3. Luminous in English and luminoso in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 6. The opposite of luminous is dull. Talk with
and mean the same thing in both languages. your partner about things that look dull. Tell
whether you like luminous or dull things and
explain your reasons.
7. Now let’s say luminous together three more
times: luminous, luminous, luminous.

348
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mary Kate Denny/PhotoEdit. (b) © PhotoLink/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 catch a cold
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

Word 2 if it weren’t for


Word 1 catch a cold
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use catch a cold to describe 4. I am going to describe some actions. If you do
what happens when you get sick. Say it with these when you catch a cold, say “catch a cold.”
me: catch a cold. Catch a cold means “to get If not, don’t do anything.
a cold, or to feel like you are going to get a You sneeze.
cold.” If you start to sneeze and cough, and You play tag with your friends.
you have fever, you may be about to catch You cough.
a cold. You probably caught the cold germs You ride your bike.
from someone you’ve been around who You have a fever.
already has a cold.
5. Listen to this poem one time. Then repeat
2. En español, to catch a cold quiere decir each line after me. Pretend to cough when
“resfriarse.” Si empiezas a estornudar y a you say “catching a cold.”
toser, y tienes fiebre, probablemente te estás
resfriando. Quizás una persona enferma te Achoo, achoo! Oh my, what will I do?
pegó el resfriado. I think I’m catching a cold.
I cough, I sneeze,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase catch Oh would you tell me, please
a cold. This boy has just caught a cold. He’s Am I catching a cold?
sneezing and coughing. He feels achy and he Don’t come over, I can’t play
has a fever. He’ll have to blow his nose a lot I’ll stay in bed all day
until the cold goes away. He should rest and Because I’ve caught a cold.
drink plenty of water and juice so he can get
better. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: catch
a cold, catch a cold, catch a cold.

Word 2 if it weren’t for


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use if it weren’t for to describe 4. I am going to use the phrase if it weren’t for
something that happened because of in sentences. Repeat the sentences after me.
something else. Say it with me: if it weren’t If it weren’t for the cold weather, we would
for. If it weren’t for means “happening as a ride our bikes outside today.
result of another event or action.” Two days If it weren’t for the rain, we would have
ago there was a big snowstorm so yesterday played soccer.
the schools were closed. If it weren’t for the If it weren’t for the noise from the television, I
snow, the schools would have been open would have slept better.
yesterday. The snow caused the second event,
the school closing, to happen. 5. Help me finish these sentences:
2. En español, if it weren’t for quiere decir “de If it weren’t for this cold, I would
no ser por.” Hace dos día hubo una tormenta .
de nieve y cerraron las escuelas. De no ser por If it weren’t for the heavy traffic,
la nieve, las escuelas hubieran estado abiertas .
ayer. La nieve causó el segundo evento, el If it weren’t for the power failure,
cierre de las escuelas. .
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase if it 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: if it
weren’t for. There was a lot of heavy rain and weren’t for, if it weren’t for, if it weren’t for.
the river in this area flooded. The flood caused
all of the damage to this neighborhood. If it
weren’t for the heavy rains, there would have
been no flood. Then these houses would not
have been damaged or destroyed.

350
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/SuperStock. (b) © FEMA.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 propped up in bed
Unit 6 Week 1 Miss Alaineus: A Vocabulary Disaster

Word 4 hold
Word 3 propped up in bed
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use propped up in bed to 4. Think about some times you might want to be
describe a way of sitting in bed. Say it with me: propped up in bed. Finish the sentences.
propped up in bed. Propped up in bed means I’m propped up in bed today because
“using pillows or other objects to support the .
back in a sitting position.” When you sleep in I was propped up in bed last night because
bed you lie flat. If you are awake and you want .
to sit up in bed, you put pillows behind your After I tomorrow, I’ll be
back. Then you are propped up. You can sit propped up in bed.
comfortably and your back is supported.
5. Listen to this poem once. Then repeat each
2. En español, propped up in bed quiere decir line after me. Sit like you are propped up in
“sentado en la cama usando almohadas bed when you say the poem.
u otros objetos para apoyarse.” Si estás
despierto y quieres estar sentado en la cama, I’m propped up in bed,
acomodas almohadas detrás de tu espalda. With a cold in my head.
Así te puedes sentar apoyado. Puedes sentarte The pillows are fluffy and soft.
cómodamente reclinado sobre las almohadas. I can drink juice or read,
And rest as I need,
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase propped Sitting here propped up in bed.
up in bed. This woman is in the hospital. She
wants to sit up so her son has raised the back 6. Repeat the word three times with me:
of her bed. He put a pillow behind her head, propped up in bed, propped up in bed,
too. She is propped up in bed. She can sit propped up in bed.
comfortably this way for a long time.

Word 4 hold
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use hold to describe keeping 4. I am going to describe some containers. Tell
or storing things. Say it with me: hold. me what each container holds.
Hold means “to keep something in a fixed A cash register drawer holds .
position.” Suppose you have a collection of My treasure box holds .
marbles. You need a place to keep them so My desk drawer holds .
they don’t roll all over the floor. You find a The hall closet holds .
box that holds all of them. The marbles stay The toolbox holds .
safely in the box until you want to use them.
5. This time I’ll name some objects. You name
2. En español, to hold quiere decir “mantenter algo a place to hold them. Repeat the whole
en cierta posición o lugar, contener.” Digamos sentence.
que tienes una colección de canicas. Necesitas
donde guardarlas para que no se rieguen por el You can hold pennies in .
piso. Encuentras una caja que las puede contener You can hold your DVDs in .
todas. Ahí las guardas hasta que las necesites. You can hold jewelry in .
3. This picture demonstrates the word hold. 6. Repeat the word three times with me: hold,
This drawer holds all of the supplies that hold, hold.
the nurse needs. Each section in the drawer
holds one kind of item. You can see how the
bandages, adhesive tape, and medicines are
arranged in each section of the drawer. Things
won’t move around. They will be all neat and
organized whenever the nurse needs them.

352
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ron & Patty Thomas/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (b) © Image Source/Jupiterimages.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 1
reptile, fossil, carnivore,
Miss Alaineus:
A Vocabulary Disaster
herbivore, museum, dinosaur

reptile fossil carnivore

herbivore museum dinosaur

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
353
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Raghunandan Kulkarni/ephotocorp/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Purestock/Getty Images. (bm) © Iain Crockart/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © Getty Images
Key Vocabulary Word 1 glimpse
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

Word 2 secluded
Key Vocabulary Word 1 glimpse
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about
1. One word in the selection is glimpse. Say it something else that you can get a glimpse
with me: glimpse. A glimpse is a quick look of. Explain why you could only get a glimpse
at someone or something. When you get a of this thing. (Examples include: an airplane
glimpse, you only peek at the thing or person flying quickly overhead, a dog running down
very quickly. I caught a glimpse of the bunny the street, a package hidden in a closet) Tell
before it hid in the bush again. your partner what you see when you get a
glimpse of this item.
2. En español, glimpse quiere decir “una mirada
rápida a algo o alguien, un vistazo.”Cuando 5. Think about the item you just described to
das un vistazo a algo, sólo lo miras a hurtadillas. your partner. Now suppose that you can
Alcanzé a dar un vistazo al conejo antes de examine this item in detail and for a long
que se volviera a esconder en el arbusto. time. Tell your partner what you see, and how
the item looks different when you see the
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
whole thing.
the word glimpse. (Point to the cat in the
photo.) You can only get a glimpse of this cat 6. Now let’s say glimpse together three more
because it’s hiding in the tall grass. If you look times: glimpse, glimpse, glimpse.
closely, you can get a glance or a peek at the
cat’s face, but you can’t see the whole cat.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 secluded


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s use this chair and pretend it’s a bench
1. Another word in the selection is secluded. in a secluded spot in a graden. Show us what
Say it with me: secluded. A secluded place is you would do in this secluded spot. Then tell
separated from other places. It’s quiet and us how you feel about spending time in a
there aren’t many other people or places secluded spot.
nearby. Some people think that secluded 6. The opposite of secluded is busy. Show us
places are very restful. what you would do in a busy place. Tell us
2. En español, secluded quiere decir “separado how you feel about spending time in a busy
de otras lugares, retirado.” Un lugar retirado place. Now tell us which you like best, the
es silencioso y calmado. Algunas personas secluded or the busy place. Explain your
creen que los lugares retirados son muy answer.
relajantes. 7. Now let’s say secluded together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: secluded, secluded, secluded.
the word secluded. (Point to the beach in the
photo.) This beach is in a secluded area. The
tall trees and mountains around it keep the
place very private and sheltered. If you were
there, you would probably be alone, and
nobody else would be likely to find you.

356
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Satushek/JupiterImages/ Brand X/Alamy Images. (b) © Southern Stock/Brand X/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 behavior
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

Word 4 arousing
Key Vocabulary Word 3 behavior
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is behavior. Say the word behavior. (Point to the boy holding
it with me: behavior. Behavior is the way the pencil.) This boy is showing bad behavior.
someone acts or does things. Behavior He is bothering the boy who is trying to do
includes things you do and things you say. his work.
When you have good behavior, you follow 4. Let’s pretend we notice an unpleasant
rules and treat people well. When your smell. Let’s show how to respond with good
behavior is not good, you don’t follow rules, behavior. We can sniff a little bit, but we
and you may be rude or unkind to people. should keep looking pleasant. We might say,
2. En español, behavior quiere decir “la manera “Do you smell something? Let’s see where it’s
en que alguien actúa, comportamiento.” coming from.” Or, your might ignore the smell
Muestras buen comportamiento cuando and go on about your other business.
sigues las reglas y tratas a otros bien. Cuando 5. Suppose someone offers you a food that
no sigues las reglas y dejas de ser amable con you don’t eat, or gives you a gift that you
otros, muestras mal comportamiento. don’t like. Show us how to respond using bad
behavior, and then show us an example of
good behavior.
6. Now let’s say behavior together three more
times: behavior, behavior, behavior.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 arousing


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are skunks. We are walking
1. Another word in the selection is arousing. Say along in the woods, calmly sniffing and
it with me: arousing. Arousing means “causing munching on grass. Keep your arm down
a feeling or a response.” When something is to imitate the skunk’s calm, relaxed tail.
arousing, it makes you want to do something, Suddenly we smell a fox, and we know the
or take action. Fast music can be arousing. It fox will want to eat us. The fear is arousing
makes you want to dance. An exciting event, like us. Turn towards the smell of the fox. Stomp
watching your favorite sports team win a game, your feet. Raise your arm straight up from the
can be arousing. You want to clap and cheer. elbow to look like the skunk’s tail.
2. En español, to arouse quiere decir “causar una 5. Something that is arousing makes you feel
respuesta o reacción, despertar.” La música energetic and want to take action. Let’s
rápida puede despertar tus ganas de moverte pretend you are sleepy. You go outside into
o bailar. Una buena jugada en un partido the cold air. The air is arousing and you wake
puede despertar tus ganas de aplaudir y up. Show us how you look when you are
celebrar. sleepy, and then what you do when you are in
the arousing air.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word arousing. (Point to the skunk in the 6. Now let’s say arousing together three more
photo.) Something is arousing this skunk. times: arousing, arousing, arousing.
The skunk’s tail is up and it’s ready to spray.
It probably sees another animal coming near
and is getting ready to defend itself.

358
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Barbara Penoyar/Getty Images. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 stunned
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

Word 6 nestled
Key Vocabulary Word 5 stunned
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s imitate the stunned expression on the
1. One word in the selection is stunned. Say it faces of the men in the photo. Let’s open our
with me: stunned. Stunned means “shocked eyes wide and stare at the television screen.
or upset.” Surprising or bad news might stun Let’s drop our jaws and open our mouths. We
you. You might feel confused, astonished, or look stunned!
shocked when you are stunned. 5. Think of some news or an event that stunned
2. En español, stunned quiere decir “aturdido o you. Show us how you looked and what you
sorprendido, pasmado.” Noticias inesperadas did when you were stunned. Now show us
o malas te pueden dejar pasmado. how you look and what you do you when you
aren’t stunned.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word stunned. (Point to the men in the 6. Now let’s say stunned together three more
photo.) These men are watching a football times: stunned, stunned, stunned.
game on television. Their team had been
ahead for most of the game, and they thought
their team would win. Suddenly the other
team scored a touchdown and took the lead.
Then they scored another touchdown and
won the game. The men are stunned. Look at
the shocked and surprised expressions on their
faces. They can’t believe their team lost!

Key Vocabulary Word 6 nestled


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. You are nestled in your bed when you are
1. Another word in the selection is nestled. Say it tucked in under the covers and you are warm
with me: nestled. Nestled means “in a sheltered and cozy. Tell your partner how you look and
or secluded place.” Something that is nestled feel when you are nestled in your bed.
is cozy and protected from harm or injury. The 5. Talk with your partner about other things that
puppy was nestled in my arms. could be nestled. Tell how they look when
2. En español, nestled quiere decir “que se they are nestled. Now describe how the same
encuentra protegido y retirado de otras thing looks when it is not nestled. (Examples
cosas.” El cachorro se encontraba protegido include a baby animal nestled in a nest and a
entre mis brazos. delicate glass nestled in a box.)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say nestled together three more
the word nestled. (Point to the houses in the times: nestled, nestled, nestled.
photo.) This little village is nestled in a valley
in the mountains. It’s secluded, or separated
from other villages. The people who live here
feel safe. They can see people coming from all
directions.

360
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © George and Monserrate Schwartz/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 unpleasant
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

Word 8 source
Key Vocabulary Word 7 unpleasant
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Suppose you were this woman and you are
1. One word in the selection is unpleasant. Say working at your computer. Show us how you
it with me: unpleasant. Something that is look before you spill your coffee. Now spill
unpleasant is not nice or not fun. It does your coffee. Show us how you look and what
not give you pleasure. Falling and scraping you do during this unpleasant experience.
yourself is an unpleasant experience. It can Now show us how you look after you clean
make you feel sad, uncomfortable, and hurt. up the spill and the unpleasant experience is
over.
2. En español, unpleasant quiere decir “que no es
agradable, desagradable.” Caerse y rasparse es 5. Think of something else that could be an
una experiencia desagradable. Te puede hacer unpleasant experience. Show us how you look
sentir triste e incómodo además de adolorido. and what you do. Now think of a pleasant
experience. Show us how you look and what
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
you do when you are having a pleasant
the word unpleasant. (Point to the spilled
experience.
coffee in the photo.) This woman is having
an unpleasant experience. She spilled her 6. Now let’s say unpleasant together three more
coffee in front of her keyboard. Look at times: unpleasant, unpleasant, unpleasant.
the expression on her face. She looks upset,
frustrated, and angry.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 source


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Suppose you wanted to find the source
1. Another word in the selection is source. Say it of something, such as an odor or some
with me: source. A source is the place where information. Talk with your partner about
something begins or starts. Books are good how you could find the source. (Examples
sources of ideas. include ask others, look around, and sniff
the air.) Tell how you feel when you find the
2. En español, source quiere decir “el lugar donde
source.
algo empieza o la causa de algo, la fuente.”
Los libros son fuentes de buenas ideas. 5. Talk with your partner to finish these sentences:
The source of a river is often . (a
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
small stream in the mountains)
the word source. (Point to the flowers in the
The source of information might be
photo.) This man was walking through the
gardens when he smelled a fragrant odor. He . (a book or a person)
The source of a fragrant odor might be
walked and sniffed the air until he came to
this tree. He smelled the flowers and knew . (flowers, perfume, something
good cooking)
that he had found the source of the lovely
The source of an unpleasant odor might be
odor. He’s happy that he found the source of
the smell. . (a skunk or garbage.)
6. Now let’s say source together three more
times: source, source, source.

362
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Vincent Besnault/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Directphoto.org/Alamy Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 within walking distance
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

Word 2 sort through


Word 1 within walking distance
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Within walking distance means “close enough 4. I am going to name some places. If the place
to walk to.” Say it with me: within walking is within walking distance of our school, move
distance. A place that is within a mile from your legs like you are walking and say “within
you is usually considered to be within walking walking distance.” If not, don’t do anything.
distance. You don’t have to take a car, a bus, a your house
train, or a plane to get there. the ocean
2. En español, within walking distance quiere decir the playground
“cercano; que se puede llegar caminando.” the mall
Un lugar que queda a una milla de distancia the mountains
se puede llegar a pie. No es necesario viajar en your friend’s house
coche, autobús, tren, ni mucho menos en avión. 5. The opposite of a place that is within walking
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase within distance is a place that is far away. Finish
walking distance. These children live close to these sentences about places that are within
their school. They are within walking distance, walking distance or far away from your home
so they walk to school. They don’t take the and your school.
bus. Their walk is about fifteen minutes long. The is within walking distance,
They enjoy the fresh air on their walk. but the is far away from my
home.
The is within walking distance,
but the is far away from our
school.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: within
walking distance, within walking distance,
within walking distance.

Word 2 sort through


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Sort through means “search or go through 4. I am going to put a pile of crayons on the
things to find a particular item.” Say it with desk. Watch what I do when I sort through
me: sort through. If you need your red crayon, the pile. Now tell me what I did. Finish this
you might have to sort through your whole sentence:
pencil case to find it. You’ll carefully look at all When you sort through something, you
of the other pencils and crayons until you find .
your red one.
5. Think about some times that you have had to
2. En español, to sort through quiere decir sort through things. Finish these sentences:
“buscar entre varias cosas para encontrar
algo en particular.” Si necesitas tu creyón I had to sort through to find
rojo, tendrás que buscarlo entre toda la caja. my homework.
Buscarás con cuidado entre todos los creyones I had to sort through to find
y lápices hasta encontrar el creyón rojo. my missing shoe.
I had to sort through to find
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase sort my house key.
through. This teacher is helping his students
sort through books at the library. These 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: sort
students are looking for books about horses. through, sort through, sort through.
They look carefully at each title, and they put
back the books they don’t want.

364
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Design Pics/Corbis. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 give no thought
Unit 6 Week 2 Carlos and the Skunk

Word 4 squeeze into


Word 3 give no thought
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Give no thought means “to do automatically, 4. Let’s think about the picture of the girl and
without thinking about it.” Say it with me: the seatbelt again. She gave no thought to
give no thought. There are some things that leaving the belt off because she knew it was
you do all the time. You don’t stop and think safer to buckle the seatbelt. I’m going to
about them each time you do them. When describe some situations. You explain why I
you get ready to play a sport, you put on all give no thought to each action.
of the equipment. You don’t stop and think When I come into the house in the wintertime,
about why you need it. You just put it on. I give no thought to closing the door behind
2. En español, to give no thought quiere decir me because .
“sin pensarlo; automáticamente.” Hay algunas I give no thought to taking a test without
cosas que haces todo el tiempo. Ni siquiera studying first because .
te detienes para pensarlo. Antes de empezar When I park my bike, I give no thought to
a practicar un deporte, te pones todo el leaving it unlocked because .
equipo. No te detienes para pensar por qué lo 5. Help me finish these sentences:
necesitas. Automáticamente te lo pones.
When I get in the car, I give no thought to
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase give no .
thought. This girl is buckling her seatbelt. She When I go to the swimming pool, I give no
gives no thought to riding without her seatbelt, thought to .
because she wants to be safe. Buckling her When I ride my bike, I give no thought to
seatbelt has become a habit so she gives no .
thought to doing it—she does it automatically.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: give
no thought, give no thought, give no thought.

Word 4 squeeze into


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Squeeze into means “try to fit into a small 3. This picture demonstrates the phrase squeeze
or a narrow space.” Say it with me: squeeze into. These four people are all applying for the
into. The space isn’t really big enough, so you same job. The only place to sit is on a small
have to work extra hard to get in. Suppose sofa that’s made for three people. They all
there’s really only enough room on the bench squeeze in.
at the lunch table for two people, but there 4. I am going to describe some situations. If you
are three of you. You and your friends will think the people have to squeeze into a space,
squeeze into the small space. You’ll sit close or squeeze some things into the space, say
together so you can all fit. “squeeze into.” If not, don’t say anything.
2. En español, to squeeze into quiere decir There are six empty seats in the theater, and
“meterse a un lugar apretado.” El espacio four people are looking for places to sit.
no es muy amplio, y hay que hacer un gran There is one small parking space between two
esfuerzo para meterse. Digamos que estás other cars.
en la cafetería. No hay suficiente espacio My soccer shoes from last year feel tight.
en la banca para más de dos personas, pero
ustedes son un grupo de tres. Tú y tus amigos 5. Imagine that you have to squeeze into a
se meterán en el espacio pequeño, bien small space. How would you do it? Finish this
apretaditos. sentence: To squeeze into I
would . (Call on a few students
to respond.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
squeeze into, squeeze into, squeeze into.

366
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source Pink/Getty Images. (b) © Hill Street Studios/Blend Images/Alamy Images.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 2
garlic, tomato, vinegar,
Carlos and the Skunk
vegetable oil, scallions, onion

garlic tomato vinegar

vegetable oil scallions onion

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
367
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Creatas/PunchStock. (tc) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tr) © Jacques Cornell/McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © Burke/Triolo/Getty Images. (bm) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (br) © Creatas Images/PunchStock
Key Vocabulary Word 1 elementary
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

Word 2 physical
Key Vocabulary Word 1 elementary
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about the
1. One word in the selection is elementary. Say it elementary things you learned in kindergarten
with me: elementary. Elementary means “the and first grade. Explain how learning these
basics or the beginnings.” Things that are elementary lessons has helped you with your
elementary are simple, not complicated. One studies in later grades. (Examples include:
plus one is two is an elementary sum. reading and writing the alphabet, reading
and writing numbers, learning to get along
2. En español, elementary quiere decir “básico
with people)
o principal, elemental.” Las cosas elementales
son simples, no complicadas. Uno y uno son 6. Think of another skill you have, such as
dos es una suma elemental. playing a sport or a musical instrument. Tell
your partner about the elementary things you
3. Elementary in English and elemental in Spanish
did when you first started learning this skill.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
Compare these elementary skills with the skills
and mean the same thing in both languages.
you have now.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
7. Now let’s say elementary together three more
the word elementary. (Point to the students in
times: elementary, elementary, elementary.
the photo.) These young children are learning
the letters of the alphabet. It is an elementary
task, because you can’t read or write more
until you can say and write the letters.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 physical


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is physical. Say the word physical. (Point to the children
it with me: physical. Physical things relate to in the photo.) When children are on the
your body. Physical exercise helps your body. playground, they get a lot of physical exercise.
It includes running, jumping, swimming, and They play chase with each other, they climb
playing games. on playscapes, and they push each other on
swings. They’re tired after a lot of physical
2. En español, physical quiere decir “que tiene
exercise.
que ver con tu cuerpo, físico.” Hacer ejercicio
físico es bueno para tu cuerpo. Correr, saltar, 5. Let’s get some physical exercise now. Everyone
nadar y jugar son alguno ejercicios en los que stand up. Let’s stretch our arms and wiggle
usas tu cuerpo. our fingers. Let’s jump up and down a few
times and jog in place. Physical exercise feels
3. Physical in English and físico in Spanish are
great!
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages. 6. You should get some physical exercise every
day. Show us some of the physical exercises
that you like to do. We will do them, too, and
we will all get a lot of physical exercise.
7. Now let’s say physical together three more
times: physical, physical, physical.

370
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Somos Images LLC/Alamy Images. (b) © Comstock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 rigid
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

Word 4 interact
Key Vocabulary Word 3 rigid
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Think about another item that is rigid, such
1. Another word in the selection is rigid. Say as a wooden table-top or a chair leg. Tell your
it with me: rigid. Something that is rigid is partner what this rigid thing looks and feels
stiff and inflexible. It does not bend or move like. (Examples include a tree branch, a piece
easily. A steel pole is rigid, because it is stiff of hard plastic, and a heavy door.)
and doesn’t bend easily. 6. Ideas can be rigid, too. If your ideas are
2. En español, rigid quiere decir “que no se rigid, they don’t change. You might get new
mueve o dobla con facilidad, tieso, inflexible, information, but you won’t listen to it. Talk
rígido.” Una bara de acero es rígida, pues es with your partner. One of you should pretend
tiesa y no se puede doblar fácilmente. to have a rigid idea about bedtime. The other
one should try to change the rigid idea. Then
3. Rigid in English and rígido in Spanish are
switch roles. After you are finished with your
cognates. They sound almost the same and
role-play, we’ll talk about what it’s like to try
mean the same thing in both languages.
and change someone’s rigid ideas.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
7. Now let’s say rigid together three more times:
the word rigid. (Point to the cast in the
rigid, rigid, rigid.
photo.) This hard plaster cast is rigid. It won’t
move or bend. It feels hard and stiff to the
touch.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 interact


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is interact. the word interact. (Point to the students in
Say it with me: interact. When you interact the photo.) These fifth grade students are
you are involved with other people. You interacting. They are working on a project
talk, work, and cooperate with them. If you together. Notice how they look at each other,
are on a sports team, you interact with your talk, point to things in their book, and listen
teammates and work together with them to to each other. They interact well and their
win games. project will be a success.
2. En español, to interact quiere decir “hacer 5. Let’s get in small groups and interact the way
algo a alguien o con alguien, interactuar.” the students in the photograph are doing.
Hablas, trabajas y cooperas con otras Let’s smile, listen to each other, talk one at a
personas. Si estás en un equipo deportivo, time, and point to things in our books. We get
interactúas con los otros miembros para poder a lot of work done when we interact like this.
ganar partidos. 6. Work with a partner. Show us how you two
3. To interact in English and interactuar in interact when you do something together,
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost like playing a game or fixing a broken toy.
the same and mean the same thing in both We’ll watch what you do and say when you
languages. interact.
7. Now let’s say interact together three more
times: interact, interact, interact.

372
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock/Alamy Images. (b) © Image 100/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wheelchair
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True
Key Vocabulary Word 5 wheelchair
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Students or teachers who are in wheelchairs
1. Another word in the selection is wheelchair. need some special accommodations, or
Say it with me: wheelchair. A wheelchair is a adjustments, to help them get around the
special kind of chair. People who can’t walk school. Talk about the things your school
at all or who can’t walk well for a long time has to help people in wheelchairs. (Examples
use wheelchairs which have two small wheels include: ramps, railings, extra-wide doors)
in front and two larger wheels at the sides. A Explain how these adjustments help the
helper can push the wheelchair from behind, people in wheelchairs.
or the person in the chair can turn the two 5. Suppose a building in your community did
large wheels to move the chair. not have special accommodations for people
2. En español, wheelchair quiere decir “una in wheelchairs. You think they should have
silla de ruedas.” Es una silla especial con dos these things. Talk with your partner. Plan
ruedas pequeñas adelante y dos grandes a speech that you would give to convince
a los lados. Las personas que no pueden people to make changes and help the people
caminar bien o por mucho tiempo usan sillas in wheelchairs get around more easily.
de ruedas. Un asistente puede impulsarla, o 6. Now let’s say wheelchair together three more
la persona que va en ella puede impulsar las times: wheelchair, wheelchair, wheelchair.
ruedas delanteras por sí misma.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word wheelchair. (Point to the girl in
the wheelchair in the photo.) This girl is in a
wheelchair. She can move it by pushing on the
two large wheels on the sides. Or, a teacher or
other helper can hold onto the white handles
in the back and push her. She can’t walk, but
she can participate in most of the activities in
her classroom. She plays the tambourine while
her classmates play other instruments.

374
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Michael Newman/PhotoEdit. .
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 up for grabs
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

Word 2 punch in
Word 1 up for grabs
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Up for grabs means “to be available to anyone 4. I’m going to describe some situations. If
who can try out or apply.” Say it with me: up something is up for grabs, say “up for grabs.”
for grabs. Suppose you want to join the softball If not, don’t do anything.
team. All of the positions on the team are up Several kids are trying out for parts in the
for grabs. No one has made the team and been school play.
assigned a position. Everyone has to try out. The I bought a new DVD at the bookstore.
best players will get chosen for the positions on There are four jobs at the library and twelve
the team. people are applying for them.
2. En español, up for grabs quiere decir “estar The city championship basketball tournament
disponible para cualquiera.” Digamos que starts tomorrow morning.
quieres entrar al equipo de béisbol. Todos 5. Now I am going to describe some situations
los lugares están disponibles. El equipo no with positions that are up for grabs. Tell
está formado todavía. Cualquiera puede me what you would do to get one of the
presentarse a las pruebas. Después escogerán positions.
a los mejores jugadores.
It’s the beginning of the school year and all of
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase up for the class offices (president, vice president, etc.)
grabs. These two soccer players are looking at are up for grabs.
the trophies that their school team has already Four spots on the swim team are up for grabs.
won. They know that the championship this Tickets to your favorite band’s concert on
year is still up for grabs. No one has won yet, Saturday are up for grabs.
and all of the games have not been played.
They still have a good chance to help their 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: up for
team get another trophy to add to the case. grabs, up for grabs, up for grabs.

Word 2 punch in
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. Punch in means “to press the keys or buttons 4. I am going to name some items. If you punch
on a keyboard.” Say it with me: punch in. in numbers or letters on a keyboard to use this
The keyboard is attached to a computer item, then pantomime using the keyboard and
or other electronic device. We punch in say “punch in.” If not, don’t do anything.
the information we want to communicate a book
by pushing the letters or numbers on the a hand-held game
keyboard. chalkboard
2. En español, to punch in quiere decir “presionar a calculator
las teclas de un teclado.” El teclado está 5. Now I am going to describe some activities. If
conectado a la computadora u otro aparato. you punch in numbers or letters on a keyboard
Presionamos las teclas para meter información for these activities, then pantomime using the
que queremos comunicar. keyboard and say “punch in.” If not, don’t do
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase punch anything.
in. The woman who is holding this computer You send a text message to a friend.
will punch in the email message she wants to You go to one of your favorite Web sites on
send. The letters will appear on the screen. your laptop.
Then she’ll punch in a command to send the You are looking through the CDs on a shelf at
email. a music store.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: punch
in, punch in, punch in.

376
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © Lars Niki/McGraw-Hill Companies.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 in honor of
Unit 6 Week 3 A Dream Comes True

Word 4 far from being a


Word 3 in honor of
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use in honor of to describe 4. I am going to describe some other monuments
a way to praise important people. Say it that were built in honor of famous people.
with me: in honor of. In honor of means “to Repeat each sentence after me. Raise your
praise or remember with respect.” Our school hand if you have seen each place, either in
planted a tree on the playground in honor of person or in pictures.
a past principal who died. The Washington Monument in Washington,
2. En español, in honor of quiere decir “en honor D.C. was built in honor of George Washington.
a.” Así se dice cuando queremos recordar a The Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C. was
alguien con respeto. Nuestra escuela plantó built in honor of Abraham Lincoln.
un árbol en honor a un director que murió. Mount Rushmore in South Dakota was carved
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase in in honor of George Washington, Thomas
honor of. This is the Jefferson Memorial in Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt, and Abraham
Washington, D. C. The memorial was built in Lincoln.
honor of Thomas Jefferson. He was the third 5. You can also do things in honor of people.
president of the United States and also wrote For example, we fly the flag in honor of our
the Declaration of Independence. When country. Think about some people you know
people visit the memorial, they remember the who have done good things. What would you
good things he did for our country. do in honor of them? (Call on a few students
to respond.)
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in
honor of, in honor of, in honor of.

Word 4 far from being a


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use far from being a to express 4. Help me finish these sentences:
an opposite. Say it with me: far from being a. Far from being cold today, .
Far from being a means “the opposite, or in Far from being hot yesterday, .
contrast.” Suppose a person is not happy. To Far from being afraid of the roller coaster,
contrast her with someone who is happy, you .
would say, “Far from being a happy person, Far from being crowded, it is .
Sylvia was miserable.” Happy and miserable are Far from being noisy, it is .
opposites.
5. Imagine that you are visiting a new place for
2. En español, far from being a quiere decir “lejos the first time. This could be an amusement
de estar o ser, lo contrario.” Digamos que una park, the beach, or a new city. This place is
persona no es feliz. Para distinguir esa persona nothing like what you expected. Describe this
de una persona que sí es feliz, diríamos, “Lejos place to us. Use the phrase far from being a
de ser feliz, Sylvia estaba derrotada.” Feliz y in your description. (Call on a few students to
derrotada son opuestos. respond.)
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase far from 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
being a. The dark clouds are covering most far from being a, far from being a, far from
of the sky. Far from being a sunny day, it’s a being a.
cloudy day. Far from being a clear day, it’s a
cloudy day.

378
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © United States Navy/Historicus, Inc. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 3
sailing, cycling, in-line skating,
A Dream Comes True
martial arts, climbing, kayaking

sailing cycling in-line skating

martial arts climbing kayaking

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
379
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Karl Weatherly/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Corbis.
(bl) © Corbis. (bm) © Corbis. (br) © Karl Weatherly/Photodisc/Getty Images
Key Vocabulary Word 1 shortage
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

Word 2 outcast
Key Vocabulary Word 1 shortage
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is shortage. Say it the word shortage. (Point to the relief workers
with me: shortage. A shortage occurs when in the photo.) A hurricane has caused a
there is not enough of something that people shortage of food and water in this area. These
need. The shortage could be a result of a relief workers are helping to reduce, or lessen,
natural disaster, or having too many people in the shortage by bringing in food, water, and
one place who all want the same thing. When medical supplies.
there’s a shortage, people have to use less or 4. Turn to your partner and explain how the
do completely without something. workers in this photo are helping the people
2. En español, shortage quiere decir “falta de during the shortage. Tell why it’s important to
algo que se necesita, escasez.” Una escasez help others if there is a shortage.
podría ser causada por un desastre natural o 5. Suppose you heard about a community in
porque muchas personas en un lugar quieren another area that had a shortage of food and
lo mismo. Cuando hay escasez las personas other supplies because of a big storm. Talk
tienen que usar menos de lo que necesitan o with your partner about ways you could help
dejar de usarlo por completo. the people get through the shortage. Then
share your ideas with another group.
6. Now let’s say shortage together three more
times: shortage, shortage, shortage.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 outcast


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s get into a group and have a volunteer
1. Another word in the selection is outcast. Say it act as an outcast. Show us where the outcast
with me: outcast. An outcast is a person who would sit and what the outcast would do. Talk
is not welcome in a group or a society. Other about how it might feel to be an outcast.
people do not talk to the outcast, and they 5. Suppose you are in the classroom with the girl
are not friends with the outcast. The outcast in the photo. You have seen the other girls
spends most of his or her time alone. ignore her and you don’t think it’s right that
2. En español, outcast quiere decir “una persona she is an outcast. Show us what you would do
que no es bienvenida en un grupo o sociedad, to include her with the other students.
marginado.” Otras personas ni hablan 6. Now let’s say outcast together three more
ni hacen amistad con un marginado. Un times: outcast, outcast, outcast.
marginado pasa la mayoría del tiempo solo.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word outcast. (Point to the girl in the
foreground in the photo.) This girl is an
outcast in her classroom. The other girls in her
class are sitting behind her talking together,
but they have not invited her to join them.

382
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photo by Master Sgt. Michael Farris/U.S. Air Force. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 reflected
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

Word 4 strategy
Key Vocabulary Word 3 reflected
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s do a quick science demonstration to
1. Another word in the selection is reflected. show how light is reflected. Work with a
Say it with me: reflected. Reflected means partner. Partner A uses one hand to hold up a
“bounced back an image, sound, or light off piece of plain white paper. Partner B holds up
of a surface.” Mirrors have smooth surfaces a mirror so that it’s lined up with the paper.
that reflect what is in front of them. Partner A shines a flashlight onto the mirror.
The light bounces off the mirror and reflects
2. En español, to reflect quiere decir “devolver
back on the paper. Now switch roles and
una imagen, sonido, o luz de una superficie,
repeat the demonstration.
reflejar.” Los espejos tienen superficies lisas
que reflejan lo que hay en frente de ellos. 6. Your image is reflected when you look in
a mirror. Let’s take turns looking at our
3. To reflect in English and reflejar in Spanish are
reflected faces in a mirror now. Notice that
cognates. They sound almost the same and
everything in the mirror is backwards in the
mean the same thing in both languages.
reflection.
4. (Point to the reflections on the water and on
7. Now let’s say reflected together three more
the buildings in the photo.) This photo shows
times: reflected, reflected, reflected.
how sunlight can be reflected off of buildings
and the water. The golden, sparkly lights on
the photo are the reflections of the sun’s light.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 strategy


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the boy in the photo.) The boy and
1. Another word in the selection is strategy. Say his grandfather are playing chess. Each player
it with me: strategy. A strategy is a careful has his own strategy. They each look at the
plan that someone makes so they can succeed pieces on the board and figure out which
or reach a goal. The plan includes all of the moves to make to win the game.
steps the person needs to take to get what he 5. Play a game of tic-tac-toe with your partner
or she wants. A strategy can have a few steps and share your strategies. Before each move,
or many. tell where you are going to place your mark
2. En español, strategy quiere decir “un plan and explain why you are doing this.
detallado que alguien hace para lograr algo, 6. You need a strategy if you want to reach any
estrategia.” La estrategia incluye todos los goal. Think of something you want to do, like
pasos que la persona debe tomar para lograr earn enough money to buy a new video game.
su meta. Une estrategia puede tener pocos Plan your strategy with your partner. Share
pasos o muchos. your strategies with another pair of students.
3. Strategy in English and estrategia in Spanish Ask for suggestions to help your strategy work
are cognates. They sound almost the same better.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say strategy together three more
times: strategy, strategy, strategy.

384
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Medioimages/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/Alamy Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 civilization
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

Word 6 traditional
Key Vocabulary Word 5 civilization
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is civilization. the word civilization. (Point to the stone
Say it with me: civilization. A civilization is structure in the photo.) The stone building is
a group of people who belong to a society part of an ancient civilization like the Aztec,
and have a culture. A civilization has rules, Inca, or Maya. Each of these civilizations had
government, leaders, art, music, farming, and cities, government, and culture. Many of their
workers. Ancient civilizations include Ancient large buildings are still standing, so we can
Greece and Rome. study them and learn about these ancient
civilizations.
2. En español, civilization quiere decir “un grupo
de personas que pertencen a una sociedad 5. Turn to your partner and talk about what you
y tienen una cultura propia, civilización.” can learn about this civilization by looking at
Una civilización tiene reglas, gobiernos, this ancient building. (Examples include: they
líderes, arte e industria. Civilizaciones knew how to cut rocks, they knew how to
antiguas incluyen las civilización romana y la carry rocks to make tall buildings, they knew
civilización griega. how to work together)
3. Civilization in English and civilización in 6. Tell your partner something you know about
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost an ancient or modern civilization. Use the
the same and mean the same thing in both sentence frame: The civilization
languages. .
7. Now let’s say civilization together three more
times: civilization, civilization, civilization.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 traditional


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is traditional. the word traditional. (Point to the boys in
Say it with me: traditional. Something is the photo.) These boys are playing baseball.
traditional if it is usual or has been done for a Baseball is a traditional sport in the United
long time. The way something is done doesn’t States. Many American children and adults
change. People accept the traditional way play and watch baseball.
that something is done. It’s traditional in the 5. Tell your partner what you know about the
United States to eat turkey for Thanksgiving traditional sport of baseball. If you enjoy
dinner. baseball, explain why. If you don’t know much
2. En español, traditional quiere decir “algo que about it, tell your partner what you would like
se ha hecho por muchos años sin cambios, to learn about it.
tradicional.” Es tradicional comer pavo el Día 6. Think of something traditional that your
de Acción de Gracias en los Estados Unidos. family does. Describe to your partner how you
3. Traditional in English and tradicional in do this traditional activity. Tell why you like
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost doing it. Use the sentence frame: In my family,
the same and mean the same thing in both it’s traditional to .
languages. 7. Now let’s say traditional together three more
times: traditional, traditional, traditional.

386
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Neil Beer/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Peter Walker/Corbis.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 complex
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

Word 8 founding
Key Vocabulary Word 7 complex
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 5. Describe this window to your partner. This will
1. Another word in the selection is complex. help you see how complex the design is. Start
Say it with me: complex. Something that is in the center and tell your partner about the
complex is made up of many parts. It may be sizes, shapes, and colors of the glass. Describe
hard to solve a complex puzzle. Something the rest of the window part by part. It takes a
that is complex is not simple. long time to describe this complex design.
2. En español, complex quiere decir “que está 6. Find a complex design in the classroom and
compuesto por muchas partes y generalmente describe it to your partner. Have your partner
es difícil de entender, complejo.” Terminar point to the design. Then have your partner
un rompecabezas complejo es difícil. Algo describe a complex design to you. Now each
complejo no es simple. of you find and describe a simple design. Talk
about the ways the designs are the same and
3. Complex in English and complejo in Spanish
different.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say complex together three more
times: complex, complex, complex.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word complex. (Point to the stained glass
window in the photo.) This stained glass
window is a very complex design. It’s made up
of thousands of tiny pieces of glass. There are
many different colors, sizes, and shapes in it.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 founding


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s use cardboard and blocks to make a
1. Another word in the selection is founding. building like the one in the photo. Let’s put
Say it with me: founding. Founding means the cardboard down first to be the founding
“beginning or starting.” When you are or start of the building. Now let’s use blocks
founding something like a club or a school, to make the walls.
you do all of the work to set it up. 6. Pretend you are founding a club. Tell us about
2. En español, to found quiere decir “comenzar, the club you would found, or create. Show us
empezar, fundar.” Si fundas una organización what you would do to get the club started.
o un club, haces todo el trabajo para montarlo. We’ll watch and give you suggestions that will
help with founding your club.
3. To found in English and fundar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say founding together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: founding, founding, founding.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word founding. (Point to the foundation
in the photo.) The foundation is the founding
or start of the building. The builders put down
the foundation first, and then build the rest of
the building around it.

388
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Sylvester Adams/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Neil Beer/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 blaze
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

Word 2 take to
Word 1 blaze
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use blaze to describe one way 4. I am going to describe some times when a
that someone’s eyes can look. Say it with me: person’s eyes might blaze. Help me finish
blaze. Blaze means “to be affected by or to these sentences:
show strong emotion.” Suppose someone If you are visiting a new city, your eyes might
damaged your new bike on purpose. Your blaze with amazement at .
eyes might blaze with anger. You would feel a If you are visiting your favorite amusement
strong emotion. Your feelings would show in park, your eyes might blaze with excitement
your eyes. Your eyes would be wide open and at .
bright and shiny with anger. Your eyes might blaze with anger if
2. En español, to blaze quiere decir “arder de .
emoción.” Se dice cuando tus ojos revelan lo 5. Now think of a time when your eyes blazed.
que estás sintiendo. Digamos que alguien dañó Show us what you looked like. Use the
a propósito tu bicicleta nueva. Tus ojos pueden sentence starter “my eyes blazed when” to
arder de enojo. Así mostrarías la fuerte emoción. tell us about it. (Call on a few students to
Tus ojos revelarían tus sentimientos. Tus ojos respond.)
estarían muy abiertos, ardiendo de coraje.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: blaze,
3. This picture demonstrates the word blaze. This blaze, blaze.
girl is on the soccer team. Right now she’s on
the bench watching the game. Her teammate
just made an amazing goal. See how the girl’s
eyes blaze with excitement.

Word 2 take to
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use take to to describe things 4. I am going to tell you about some things you
we do a lot. Say it with me: take to. Take might do. If my description shows that you
to means “to make a habit of.” If you take take to this activity, raise your hand and say
to something, you do it often, maybe every “take to.” If not, don’t do anything.
day. You make a habit of it. You do it the I brush my teeth every night before I go to
same way and maybe at the same time. For bed.
example, I have taken to walking a mile every I email my grandmother every Sunday after-
night after dinner. I really enjoy the exercise, noon.
and it makes me feel relaxed. I play basketball when I feel like it.
2. En español, to take to quiere decir “agarrar I do my homework as soon as I get home ev-
la costumbre de.” Si te acostumbras a hacer ery afternoon.
algo, lo haces a menudo, quizás a diario. Lo I watch TV when there’s nothing else to do.
haces de la misma manera y al mismo tiempo. 5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
Por ejemplo, he agarrado la costumbre de salir Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase
a caminar después de la cena. Disfruto del make a habit of with take to.
ejercicio me hace bien, pues me relaja.
In our class, we make a habit of having recess
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase take to. at the same time every afternoon.
The members of this family have taken to eating In our school, we make a habit of having pizza
breakfast together every day. They all get up for lunch every Friday.
at the same time. The kids get ready for school In my family, we make a habit of visiting our
while their mom makes breakfast. Then they relatives on holidays.
all sit down and eat together. They’re glad they
have taken to eating together, as they enjoy the 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: take
time they spend each morning. to, take to, take to.

390
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PictureQuest/Jupiterimages. (b) © Randy Faris/Corbis.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 build him/herself
Unit 6 Week 4 Weslandia

Word 4 in like manner


Word 3 build him/herself
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use build him/herself to describe 4. There are many things that you can build
things that you make on your own. Say it with yourself. I’m going to tell you about a few of
me: build him/herself. Suppose you want a them. Repeat each sentence after me. Then
clubhouse in your back yard. You don’t have if you know someone who has built one of
to go to the store and buy a fancy building. these things himself or herself, raise your
You can build one yourself. You might use hand and tell us about it.
wood, or cardboard boxes, or even blankets. You can build yourself an airplane.
Building yourself a clubhouse could be a fun You can build yourself a house.
challenge! You can build yourself a model car.
2. En español, to build himself quiere decir You can build yourself a dollhouse.
“construir algo no mismo, con sus propias 5. What would you like to build for your own
manos.” Digamos que quieres construir una use? Finish this sentence to tell us about it:
casita en tu jardín. No tienes que ir al almacén
I would like to build myself
a comprar la casa ya construida. Puedes
because . (Call on a few
hacerla tú mismo. Puedes usar madera, cajas
students to respond.)
de cartón o hasta cobijas. ¡Construir una
casita con tus propias manos sería divertido! 6. Repeat the word three times with me: build
him/herself, build him/herself, build him/
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase build
herself.
him/herself. These boys are building a go-cart
themselves. You can see the old boxes they
are using.

Word 4 in like manner


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
1. In English, we use in like manner to describe 4. I want you to watch what I do, then do it
things we do the same way as someone else. Say in like manner. Say, “in like manner” as you
it with me: in like manner. In like manner means imitate each action. (Demonstrate activities
“in the same way, or in imitation of.” When you for students to imitate such as jumping,
were younger, your teachers showed you how clapping, waving, tapping on the desk, and
to do cursive writing. You imitated or followed others.)
what they did. You copied their pencil strokes in 5. Now it’s your turn. Show us an action. Tell
like manner, and you learned cursive writing. us what to do and we’ll do it in like manner.
2. En español, in like manner quiere decir “de (Call on several students to respond.)
igual manera.” Cuando eras pequeñito, tu 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: in like
maestro te enseñó a escribir en letra pegada. manner, in like manner, in like manner.
Seguiste su ejemplo. Copiaste de igual manera
sus movimientos con el lápiz, hasta que
aprendiste a escribir por tu propia cuenta.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase in like
manner. The construction workers are taking an
exercise break. They’re watching their aerobics
instructor, and then making their movements
in like manner. Look at how they are imitating
her stretching movement. They are exercising in
like manner with the instructor.

392
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Radius Images/Alamy Images. (b) © Image 100/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 4
bark, stalk, tuber,
Weslandia
rind, weed, crop

bark stalk tuber

rind weed crop

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
393
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Don Farrall/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © David Arky/Corbis. (tr) © FoodStock/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Powerhouse Digital Photography Ltd./Alamy Images. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/Getty Images. (br) © Creatas Images/Jupiterimages
Key Vocabulary Word 1 ventured
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

Word 2 emerged
Key Vocabulary Word 1 ventured
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. What kind of person would venture to jump
1. One word in the selection is ventured. Say it out of an airplane? Work with your partner to
with me: ventured. Ventured means “took a think of words to describe these parachutists.
risk and did something dangerous.” Last week Then share your ideas with another pair of
my friend and I ventured into a dark forest for students.
a hike. 6. Think about a time that you ventured to do
2. En español, to venture quiere decir “tomar something brave. Describe this time to your
un riesgo y hacer algo peligroso, aventurar.” partner. Use the sentence frame: I ventured to
La semana pasada mi amigo y yo nos because .
aventuramos en el bosque oscuro a dar una 7. Now let’s say ventured together three more
caminata. times: ventured, ventured, ventured.
3. To venture in English and aventurar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture. (Point to the
parachutists in the photo.) These parachutists
have just ventured to jump out of an airplane.
This is a brave and daring action. They’re
taking a big chance that their parachutes will
open and that they will land safely.

Key Vocabulary Word 2 emerged


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s use our arms to show how the dolphins
1. Another word in the selection is emerged. emerged from the water. Let’s swim along
Say it with me: emerged. Emerged means under the water. Now let’s jump up out of the
“came out of or from behind something, or water with a big splash. We have emerged
came into sight.” An actor might emerge from and we’re doing a spin high out of the water.
behind a curtain and come onto the stage. People on the beach are clapping.
2. En español, to emerge quiere decir “salir o 6. Show us how you emerged from behind a
surgir algo que estaba previamente escondido, curtain or a door, from under the bedcovers,
emerger.” Un actor emerge de detrás de las or from underwater. Or, think of an animal or
cortinas y aparece en el escenario. object that emerges and show us.
3. To emerge in English and emerger in Spanish 7. Now let’s say emerged together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: emerged, emerged, emerged.
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word emerged. (Point to the dolphins in
the photo.) No one could see the dolphins
under the ocean’s surface. Suddenly they
emerged with loud splashes. Everyone on the
beach and in boats could see them.

396
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © oliver furrer/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Key Vocabulary Word 3 unreasonable
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

Word 4 attraction
Key Vocabulary Word 3 unreasonable
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and role-play the
1. Another word in the selection is unreasonable. situation with the girl and her brother. One
Say it with me: unreasonable. If someone is partner takes the role of the girl in the picture
unreasonable, that person is difficult or hard and the other partner takes the role of the
to deal with. The person may have a bad brother. Talk about the camping trip, and try
temper or disagree with things that others say to convince each other that you are right.
and do. Then switch roles and repeat the activity.
2. En español, unreasonable quiere decir 5. Work with your partner to think of three
“irrazonable.” Una persona irrazonable es una unreasonable ideas. Then think of reasonable
persona difícil de tratar, que se mantiene en ideas that would work better. Share your
desacuerdo con el razonamiento de otros. ideas with another pair of students. (Examples
include: walking across the entire country/
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
walking around the block; never having
the word unreasonable. (Point to the girl in
any homework/having a small amount of
the photo.) This girl thinks her brother is being
homework)
unreasonable because he won’t let her go
camping with him and his friends. She doesn’t 6. Now let’s say unreasonable together three
understand why. She has tried to convince more times: unreasonable, unreasonable,
him, but he won’t listen. unreasonable.

Key Vocabulary Word 4 attraction


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Think of a tourist attraction that you have
1. Another word in the selection is attraction. visited or that you know about. Tell your
Say it with me: attraction. A tourist attraction partner about this tourist attraction. Describe
is a beautiful or historic place that people what the place looks like. Explain the activities
like to visit. The Grand Canyon and the someone can do there. Answer any questions
Washington Monument are two tourist that your partner asks about the place.
attractions in the United States. 6. Every town or city has some kind of tourist
2. En español, attraction quiere decir “un lugar al attractions. Think of a tourist attraction where
cual las personas les gusta visitar por su belleza you live. Pretend that your partner is a visitor
o sentido histórico, una atracción turística.” El from out of town. Convince your partner to
Gran Cañón y el Monumento a Washington son visit this tourist attraction.
dos atracciones turísticas en los Estados Unidos. 7. Now let’s say attraction together three more
3. Attraction in English and atracción in Spanish times: attraction, attraction, attraction.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. (Point to Niagara Falls in the photo.) Niagara
Falls is on the border between New York
and Canada. Thousands of tourists visit this
beautiful attraction every year.

398
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Nagy/Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images. (b) © Glen Alllison/Photodisc/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 5 inquire
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

Word 6 discussions
Key Vocabulary Word 5 inquire
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. What do you suppose each of the boys wants
1. Another word in the selection is inquire. Say it to inquire about? Discuss some ideas with
with me: inquire. To inquire means “to ask a your partner. Then share your ideas with the
question.” When you inquire, you want to find rest of the class. We’ll try to answer all of the
out information you did not know before. You questions.
try to inquire from a person who will know the 5. Think of another time that you might need
answer to your question. to inquire to get information. Role-play the
2. En español, to inquire quiere decir “hacer una scene with your partner. Take turns inquiring
pregunta, indagar.” Cuando indagas algo, and answering the questions. (Examples
quieres averiguar información que no sabías include: inquiring for directions if you are
antes. Tratas de indagar a una persona que lost, inquiring the price of an item in a store,
sabe la respuesta a tu pregunta. inquiring about a movie time)
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say inquire together three more
the word inquire. (Point to the boys with times: inquire, inquire, inquire.
raised hands in the photo.) These students
are having a geography lesson. The two boys
with their hands raised have questions. They
are going to inquire of the teacher so they can
find their answers.

Key Vocabulary Word 6 discussions


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk with your partner about topics that the
1. Another word in the selection is discussions. class could have discussions about. I’ll write
Say it with me: discussions. Discussions are the list on the board. (Examples include:
talks between people. Each person expresses sports, books, television shows, music, school,
an idea or an opinion and then the others weather)
respond. There may be some disagreements. 6. Choose a topic and have a discussion about it
2. En español, discussions quiere decir “charlas with your partner. Remember to listen politely
entre personas, discusiones.” En una discusión to each other and to wait for your partner
cada persona expresa una idea u opinión y las to stop speaking before you speak. Next, get
otras responden. Pueden tener desacuerdos. together with another pair of students and
have a discussion with a larger group. After
3. Discussions in English and discusiones in
that, we’ll talk about the ways that having
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
discussions with large and small groups are
the same and mean the same thing in both
the same and different.
languages.
7. Now let’s say discussions together three more
4. (Point to the people in the photo.) These
times: discussions, discussions, discussions.
people are having a discussion while they have
lunch together. They might be talking about
what activity to do today. Everyone tells an
idea, and they all talk about which idea is best.

400
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/Getty Images.
Key Vocabulary Word 7 sprawled
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

Word 8 focused
Key Vocabulary Word 7 sprawled
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 7 image on the opposite side. 4. Show us what you look like when you are
1. Another word in the selection is sprawled. Say sprawled out. Tell us where you are and
it with me: sprawled. Sprawled means “spread explain why you are sprawled there. We’ll
or stretched out.” When you are sprawled on sprawl with you.
your bed, you stretch out with your arms and 5. Now show us how you sit or lie down when
legs going in different directions. You take up you are not sprawled out. Explain why you are
a lot of space when you sprawl. not sprawled out at this time. We’ll imitate
2. En español, to sprawl quiere decir your position.
“extenderse.” Cuando te extiendes sobre tu 6. Now let’s say sprawled together three more
cama, estiras tus brazos y tus piernas hacia times: sprawled, sprawled, sprawled.
lados opuestos. Ocupas mucho más espacio
cuando te extiendes.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word sprawled. (Point to the girl in the
photo.) See how this girl is sprawled on a
blanket on the grass. Her legs are stretched
out and her arms are behind her head. She
looks relaxed and comfortable.

Key Vocabulary Word 8 focused


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 8 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is focused. the word focused. (Point to the man in the
Say it with me: focused. Focused means photo.) This runner is focused on his race. He
“concentrated or paid attention.” When you puts his eyes directly on the finish line. His
are focused, you only look at or think about posture shows he is ready to run. He’s only
one thing at a time. You are not distracted by thinking about running his best race. He is
other things. You want to be focused when not distracted by noise, other people, or other
you study, do your homework, or practice thoughts.
a skill. 5. Think of a time when you focused on an
2. En español, to focus quiere decir activity. Show us how you looked and what
“concentrarse, prestar atención a algo, you did. We’ll imitate your actions and look
enfocarse.” Cuando te enfocas, miras o focused, too.
piensas en sólo una cosa. No dejas que otras 6. If you are not focused, you may be distracted.
cosas te distraigan. Poder enfocarse ayuda You would look all around, talk to others,
cuando uno tiene que estudiar, hacer tareas o and not concentrate on one thing. Show us
practicar una destreza again how you look when you are focused.
3. To focus in English and enfocar in Spanish are Now show us how you look when you are
cognates. They sound almost the same and distracted.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say focused together three more
times: focused, focused, focused.

402
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Caroline Woodham/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages.
Function Words and Phrases Word 1 to have to point out
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

Word 2 to wave over


Word 1 to have to point out
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. To have to point out means “to make clear 4. Help me finish these sentences:
or to explain.” Say it with me: to have to I don’t know how to find that Web site. You
point out. Suppose you are trying to find will have to point out .
information on the Internet for your research She doesn’t know where your house is. I will
report. You can’t seem to find what you are have to point out .
looking for. You mom may have to point out We are starting to study the human skeleton
a better way to look up information. She may in science class. Our teacher will have to point
give you a suggestion for searching a different out .
way.
5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
2. En español, to have to point out quiere decir Repeat the sentences. Replace the phrase
“tener que explicar o mostrar algo.” Digamos have to explain with have to point out.
que quieres encontrar información en Internet
para terminar una tarea. No encuentras lo The teacher will have to explain how to use
que buscas. Tu mamá tendrá que mostrarte the new computer.
una mejor manera de encontrar información. My friend will have to explain how to play his
Te dará una sugerencia para encontrar lo que new video game.
necesitas. The salesman will have to explain how to work
the fancy TV set.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to have
to point out. This student doesn’t understand 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
how to do the reading exercise. Her teacher have to point out, to have to point out, to
will have to point out to her what she is have to point out.
supposed to do.

Word 2 to wave over


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use to wave over to describe a 4. I am going to describe some situations. If I
way we get someone’s attention and invite waved someone over, make a waving motion
them to join us. Say it with me: to wave over. To with your hand and say “to wave over.” If I
wave over means “to call attention and invite by did not, don’t do anything.
moving the hand, or to signal with the hand.” When I was in the library, I put a book up to
Suppose you see your friend on the other side my face so no one would see me.
of the cafeteria. It would be rude to yell, so When I saw my friend at the amusement park,
you wave her over to you. She sees your hand I tried to get her attention so she could join
waving and she comes over to sit with you. me in line.
2. En español, to wave over quiere decir “llamar 5. I am going to say the beginning of a sentence
a alguien con la mano.” Digamos que ves a tu that describes a situation when you might wave
amiga al otro lado de la cafetería. No quieres someone over. If I call on you, make a waving
gritar, así que la llamas con la mano para que motion with your hand and finish the sentence.
se arrime. Ella ve tu mano y se viene a sentar
contigo. I was in line at the movie theater, and I
.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase to wave When I saw my friend in the park, I
over. Grandmother has fixed a picnic for the .
family. She got to the beach first. Now she The quarterback was having trouble with his
sees her grandchildren coming. She waves passes, so the coach .
them over to her blanket. They see her and
are walking toward her. 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: to
wave over, to wave over, to wave over.

404
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/ Brand X/Jupiterimages. (b) © Image Source Black/Getty Images.
Function Words and Phrases Word 3 almost never
Unit 6 Week 5 The Gri Gri Tree

Word 4 one of a kind


Word 3 almost never
TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use almost never to describe 4. I am going to tell you about some things we
things that don’t happen very often. Say it do. If we almost never do them, clap and say
with me: almost never. Almost never means “almost never.” If not, don’t do anything.
“seldom, rarely, happening infrequently.” In We walk ten miles.
Hawaii, you almost never have cold weather We play outside in the rain.
because the climate is too warm. It is very We brush our teeth.
unusual to have a cold day. It almost never We eat chocolate cake for breakfast.
happens.
5. Now I am going to say some sentences.
2. En español, almost never quiere decir Repeat the sentences. Replace the word
“casi nunca; raramente.” En Hawaii, casi seldom with almost never.
nunca hace frío porque el clima es tropical.
Raramente se siente el frío ahí. Casi nunca We seldom walk in the woods.
sucede. We seldom have homework on Fridays.
We seldom get up late.
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase almost
never. It almost never rains in the desert. The 6. Repeat the phrase three times with me: almost
desert only gets an inch or two of rain in a never, almost never, almost never.
year. You may see dust storms like this one,
but you will seldom or rarely see rain.

Word 4 one of a kind


TEACHER TALK CHORAL RESPONSE
1. In English, we use one of a kind to describe an 4. Listen once to this poem. Then repeat each
item that is different from all the others. Say line after me. Point to your fingerprint when
it with me: one of a kind. One of a kind means you say “one of a kind.”
“unique, original, different.” Each snowflake It’s one of a kind.
is one of a kind. No two snowflakes are It’s original. It’s the only one you’ll see.
exactly alike. There won’t be another one or two,
2. En español, one of a kind quiere decir “único, And certainly not three!
original, diferente.” Cada copo de nieve es It’s one of a kind.
único. No hay dos copos de nieve exactamente It’s original. It’s the only one you’ll see.
iguales. There may be another that looks a bit like it
3. This picture demonstrates the phrase one of a But exactly the same they won’t be.
kind. Each fingerprint is one of a kind. There 5. Now I am going to describe some items.
are no two fingerprints that are exactly alike. If they are one of a kind, point to your
Each person can be identified by their unique, fingerprint and say “one of a kind.” If there
original, one-of-a-kind fingerprint. are many others like this item, don’t say
anything.
My friends and I have exactly the same T-shirt.
I painted an original picture on my T-shirt.
My dad designed a special ring for my mom.
My uncle drives a blue pickup truck.
6. Repeat the phrase three times with me:
one of a kind, one of a kind, one of a kind.

406
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Robert Glusic/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
Basic Words
Unit 6 Week 5
trudge, meander, glitter,
The Gri Gri Tree scramble, congratulate, frolic

trudge meander glitter

scramble congratulate frolic

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
407
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images. (tr) © Lawrence Lawry/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Foodcollection.com/Alamy Images. (bm) © Corbis. (br) © Lloyd Sutton/Alamy Images
Contents
English Language Development
Unit 1 Unit 4
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 409 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................523
Content Words ......................................................................413 Content Words ......................................................................529
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................415 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................531
Content Words ......................................................................421 Content Words ......................................................................537
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................423 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................539
Content Words ......................................................................429 Content Words ......................................................................543
Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................431 Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................545
Content Words ......................................................................437 Content Words ......................................................................549
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................439 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................551
Content Words ..................................................................... 445 Content Words ......................................................................555
Unit 2 Unit 5
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................447 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................557
Content Words ......................................................................453 Content Words ......................................................................563
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................455 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................565
Content Words ......................................................................461 Content Words ......................................................................569
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................463 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................571
Content Words ..................................................................... 469 Content Words ......................................................................575
Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................471 Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................577
Content Words ......................................................................477 Content Words ......................................................................581
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................479 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................583
Content Words ......................................................................483 Content Words ......................................................................589
Unit 3 Unit 6
Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 485 Week 1 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................591
Content Words ..................................................................... 489 Content Words ......................................................................597
Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................491 Week 2 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................599
Content Words ......................................................................497 Content Words ......................................................................603
Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................499 Week 3 ELD Vocabulary .................................................................... 605
Content Words ......................................................................505 Content Words ..................................................................... 609
Week 4 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................507 Week 4 ELD Vocabulary ..................................................................... 611
Content Words ......................................................................513 Content Words ...................................................................... 617
Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................515 Week 5 ELD Vocabulary .....................................................................619
Content Words ......................................................................521 Content Words ......................................................................625
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 compliment
Unit 1 Week 1 Dreaming of a Garden

Word 2 disappointment
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 compliment
Unit 1 Week 1 Dreaming of a Garden

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Suppose you saw these two girls at a party.
1. One word in the selection is compliment. Say Tell your partner a compliment you would
it with me: compliment. To compliment means give them. Listen to the compliment your
“to give praise or make admiring remarks partner would give the girls. (I like your
to someone.” When you wear nice clothes, dresses. You look beautiful! You two are
someone may compliment you, or tell you so cute!)
how nice you look. 5. Now think of something you like about your
2. En español, to compliment quiere decir “dar partner. It could be your partner’s clothes,
a una persona reconocimiento o expresar hairstyle, or the way your partner helps
admiración por algo, hacerle un cumplido a others. Give your partner a compliment. Then
alguien.“ Cuando te vistes muy bien, alguien your partner will give you a compliment.
te podría hacer un cumplido, o decirte lo bien Remember to say “thank you” after you hear
que te ves. the compliment from your partner.
3. (Point to the girls) These girls are all dressed 6. Now let’s say compliment together three more
up in special party dresses. People will times: compliment, compliment, compliment.
compliment the girls because they look
so pretty.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 disappointment


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think of how the children in the picture
1. Another word in the selection is feel, or think of a time when you felt
disappointment. Say it with me: disappointment about something. Show us
disappointment. Disappointment means “a what you looked like. Explain how you felt.
feeling of sadness because something didn’t We’ll imitate your actions.
work out the way you hoped.” You might feel 5. The opposite of disappointment is
disappointment if you had invited a friend satisfaction. Imagine that the children in the
over and at the last minute she could not. photo caught a lot of fish. Or, think of a time
2. En español, disappointment quiere decir that you felt satisfaction about something.
“sentimiento de tristeza porque no ocurrió Show us how you look when you feel
algo como lo esperabas, decepción.“ Tal vez satisfaction. We’ll imitate your actions.
sientas decepción si el amigo que invitaste a 6. Now let’s say disappointment together three
tu casa no pudo ir al último momento. more times: disappointment, disappointment,
3. Let’s look at a picture that demonstrates the disappointment.
word disappointment. The children are feeling
disappointment because they haven’t caught
any fish.

410
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Max Power/Corbis. (b) © Ant Strack/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 riot
Unit 1 Week 1 Dreaming of a Garden

Word 4 streetcar
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 riot
Unit 1 Week 1 Dreaming of a Garden

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about why
1. Another word in the selection is riot. Say it people might get involved in a riot. Tell about
with me: riot. A riot is a disturbance caused by a famous riot from history if you know of one.
disorderly, often violent crowds of people. If a (Examples include civil rights marches, riots
riot takes place, police often barricade, or seal after ball games, and riots in foreign countries
off the streets to keep people from hurting about living conditions.)
themselves or others, or from damaging 5. Suppose you are part of a group of peaceful
buildings. protesters. You want to do your part to make
2. En español, riot quire dear “el disturbio sure the peaceful meeting doesn’t turn into a
ocasionado por una muchedumbre riot. Tell you partner what you would do and
desordenada y a veces violenta.” Si ocurre un say to the members of your group.
disturbio, la policía cierra las vías para impedir 6. Now let’s say riot together three more times:
que las personas se lastimen, lastimen a otros riot, riot, riot.
o dañen edificios.
3. These people have gathered to protest. Some
people got very angry and the peaceful
protest turned into a riot. The police are trying
to keep the people away from the buildings.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 streetcar


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you are on a streetcar. Answer
1. Another word in the selection is streetcar. Say these questions to describe your ride to your
it with me: streetcar. A streetcar is a vehicle partner: How does the ride feel? Is it smooth
that is like a bus. People ride on the streetcar or bumpy? Is your seat soft or hard? What
instead of driving their own cars. A streetcar sounds do you hear on the streetcar? Where
runs on metal rails that are built into the road, are you going on the streetcar? What do you
similar to train tracks. see when you look out the window? Tell your
partner anything else you want to about your
2. En español, streetcar quiere decir “un
streetcar ride.
transporte parecido a un bus que las personas
pueden montar en vez de manejar sus carros, 5. In crowded cities, many people use public
un tranvía.” Los tranvías corren sobre rieles de transportation like streetcars instead of their
metal que han sido colocados en el pavimento own cars. Talk with your partner. Tell your
de las calles. partner why it’s a good idea to use a streetcar
instead of driving your own car in the city.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word streetcar. This streetcar runs on the 6. Now let’s say streetcar together three more
rails that are in the street. times: streetcar, streetcar, streetcar.

412
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Joanne O’Brien/Photofusion Picture Library/Alamy Images. (b) © Neil Beer/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 1 Week 1 Protesting New Taxes
harbor, sugar, stamp,
goods, merchant, quartering

harbor sugar stamp

goods merchant quartering

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
413
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Barry Gregg/Corbis. (tr) © Randy Faris/Corbis.
(bl) © John A. Rizzo/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Ken Cavanagh/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Richard Ransier/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 brilliant
Unit 1 Week 2 Elephants in Africa

Word 2 herd
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 brilliant
Unit 1 Week 2 Elephants in Africa

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. You know about some people who have had
1. One word in the selection is brilliant. Say it brilliant ideas: Thomas Edison invented the
with me: brilliant. Brilliant means “very smart, electric lightbulb, Alexander Graham Bell
with more skill or talent than most people.” made the first working telephone, and Tim
Someone who is brilliant has many excellent Berners-Lee invented the World Wide Web.
ideas and also knows how to get things done. Talk with your partner about one of these
brilliant ideas or another brilliant idea that
2. En español, brilliant quiere decir “muy
you know about. Tell how this brilliant idea
inteligente, con más talento o destreza que la
has made your life better.
mayoría de personas; brillante.” Una persona
brillante tiene excelentes ideas y sabe cómo 6. What brilliant ideas do you have? Perhaps you
llevarlas a cabo. thought of an easy and quick way to get your
chores done at home. Or maybe you found
3. Brilliant in English and brillante in Spanish are
a better way to study. Describe your brilliant
cognates. They sound almost the same and
idea to your partner. Use the sentence frame:
mean the same thing in both languages.
My brilliant idea is .
4. This student can use math and science to form
7. Now let’s say brilliant together three more
a brilliant idea that will solve the problem on
times: brilliant, brilliant, brilliant.
the board.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 herd


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s have a group of six students move like
1. Another word in the selection is herd. Say a herd of elephants. The elephants are quiet
it with me: herd. A herd is a large group so they don’t attract predators. Let’s walk in
of animals of the same breed that live and the same direction, at the same speed, and
move together. The herd stays together for keep together. Great job! Now let’s have
protection from other animals. another group of six students move like a herd
of buffalo. (Repeat in groups of six until all
2. En español, herd quiere decir “un grupo de
students have moved in a herd.)
animales del mismo tipo que se reproducen
y mueven juntos, un rebaño.” El rebaño se 5. Most times people don’t move in herds.
mantiene junto para protegerse de otros Instead, they move as individuals. Let’s
animales. have six students show us how to move as
individuals. Start walking across the room at
3. This large herd of elephants is moving across
the same time. Now go in separate directions.
the grassland together. A lion or other
(Repeat in groups of six until all students have
predator would have a hard time attacking
moved as individuals.)
a herd like this.
6. Now let’s say herd together three more times:
herd, herd, herd.

416
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © moodboard/Corbis. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pounded
Unit 1 Week 2 Elephants in Africa

Word 4 rejected
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pounded
Unit 1 Week 2 Elephants in Africa

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s use our legs like drums and pound on
1. Another word in the selection is pounded. them with our hands. We’ll have to be quiet,
Say it with me: pounded. To pound means so we can’t pound too heavily. Open your
“to beat or hit something heavily and many hand and pat your leg with your palm. Try to
times.” When something pounds it beats with get a rhythm going.
heavy repeated blows. You can pound a drum 5. Next, let’s pretend you built something.
and your heart can pound in your chest. Let’s show how you pounded a nail into a
2. En español, to pound quiere decir “golpear board with a hammer. Use one hand like the
fuerte y repetidamente.“ Puedes golpear hammer. Pretend to hold the nail in your other
un tambor para tocarlo. Cuando tu corazón hand. Pound the nail into the board with the
golpea, se le dice “latir“ en español. hammer. Great! You pounded all of the nails
into the boards.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word pounded. (Point to the hands 6. Now let’s say pounded together three more
and drums in the photo.) These people are times: pounded, pounded, pounded.
pounding on their drums now. They pounded
on them earlier, too. They hit the drums over
and over with the flat palms of their hands to
make a rhythm. Their friends enjoyed listening
to them as they pounded on the drums.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 rejected


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is rejected. Say the word rejected. (Point to the boy in the
it with me: rejected. Rejected means “refused photo.) This boy’s mother wants him to eat his
to accept something.” One person may have vegetables, but he doesn’t want to eat them.
rejected another person’s idea because he He has rejected the carrot. He put his hand
or she didn’t like it. Perhaps you were at the over his mouth and refused to eat the carrot.
grocery store and someone offered you a 4. Think of a time when you rejected something.
sample of cheese. You didn’t want to try the It could be an idea or a food. Show what you
cheese, so you said “No, thanks.” You rejected did when you rejected this. Perhaps you put
their offer. your hand over your mouth like the boy in the
2. En español, to reject quiere decir ”no aceptar picture, or maybe you shook your head “no.”
algo, rechazar.” Una persona podría rechazar We’ll imitate your actions. Of course, keep in
la idea de otra si no le gusta. Tal vez hayas mind that vegetables are very healthful. If the
ido al supermercado y alguien te ofreció una boy tried them, he’d like them.
prueba de queso. Como no querías comerla, le 5. The opposite of rejected is accepted. Show
dijiste “No, gracias.” Rechazaste la prueba que us what the boy would do if he accepted the
te ofrecieron. offer of the carrot from his mother. Smile,
open your mouth, or take the fork and put
the carrot in your mouth.
6. Now let’s say rejected together three more
times: rejected, rejected, rejected.

418
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixoi Ltd/Alamy Images. (b) © Image Source/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 suggested
Unit 1 Week 2 Elephants in Africa
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 suggested
Unit 1 Week 2 Elephants in Africa

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Suppose you are the saleswoman in this
1. Another word in the selection is suggested. picture. Tell your partner what you suggested
Say it with me: suggested. To suggest to the bride and her friend.
means “to offer someone a choice, or to 6. Now describe a situation or a problem to
recommend.” If you suggested something to your partner. Ask your partner for suggestions.
your friend, you gave your friend some ideas Then tell us what your partner suggested.
about what to do. You did not order your Use this sentence frame: He/She suggested
friend to do what you said; you just suggested because .
some ways to do something. 7. Now let’s say suggested together three more
2. En español, to suggest quiere decir ”ofrecer times: suggested, suggested.
o recomendar una opción a alguien, sugerir.”
Si le sugeriste algo a tu amiga, le diste ideas
a tu amiga sobre qué hacer. No la mandaste
a hacer lo que le dijiste. Simplemente le
sugeriste maneras de hacer algo.
3. To suggest in English and sugerir in Spanish
are cognates. They sound the almost same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word suggested. (Point to the saleswoman)
The woman on the right is looking for a
wedding dress and her friend came with her.
The saleswoman suggested this beautiful
white dress.

420
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Andersen Ross/Digital Vision/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words American Revolution, commander,
Unit 1 Week 2 Americans of the
Revolution slavery, nation, colonies

American Revolution commander slavery

nation colonies

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: comandante, nación, colonias.
421
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Harvey Lloyd/Taxi/Getty Images. (tc) © Library of Congress/Historicus, Inc. (tr) © Library of Congress Prints & Photographs Division, [LC-USZC4-2526].
(bl) © MAPS.com/Corbi. (br) © North Wind Picture Archives/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 immigrants
Unit 1 Week 3 Ellis Island

Word 2 infirmary
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 immigrants
Unit 1 Week 3 Ellis Island

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. This photograph shows immigrants from
1. One word in the selection is immigrants. Say it Europe at Ellis Island in New York Harbor
with me: immigrants. Immigrants are people in the early 1900s.
who leave their home country and move to a 5. Many immigrants who came to the United
new country. They settle or stay in the new States through Ellis Island became famous.
country. The United States has immigrants Bob Hope was an actor. Knute Rockne was an
from many countries, including Mexico, Japan, athlete. Tell your partner about an immigrant.
and Romania. Explain where the person came from and what
2. En español, immigrants quiere decir “las the person does now in the United States.
personas que dejan su país natal para vivir 6. Why do you think people become immigrants?
en otro, inmigrantes.” En Estados Unidos Talk about it with a partner. Use the sentence
viven inmigrantes de muchos países, como de frame: People become immigrants because
México, Japón y Romania. .
3. Immigrants in English and inmigrantes in 7. Now let’s say immigrants together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: immigrants, immigrants, immigrants.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 infirmary


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about the things and
1. Another word in the selection is infirmary. Say people you would find in an infirmary. Name
it with me: infirmary. An infirmary is a place as many things as you can and explain how
for the basic care and treatment of people they are used.
who are sick or injured. Schools, factories, and 5. There’s an infirmary in our school. When you
other businesses often have infirmaries. feel sick or if you have to take medicine you
2. En español, infirmary quiere decir “el lugar go to the infirmary. Talk with your partner
al que van personas para recibir tratamiento about a time that you or someone you know
básico por una lesión o enfermedad, went to the infirmary. Explain what happened
enfermería.” Los colegios, las fábricas y otros when you went to the infirmary. Tell who
negocios muchas veces tienen enfermerías. treated you and how you felt before and after
you visited the infirmary.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word infirmary. (Point to each area of 6. Now let’s say infirmary together three more
the photo.) This is an infirmary for a large times: infirmary, infirmary, infirmary.
business. The doctors’ and nurses’ station is
in the middle. The treatment rooms are all
around the outside. Each room has a bed and
medical equipment. When people who work
in the business feel sick, they come to this
infirmary. The doctors and nurses examine
them and then figure out how to help them
get better.

424
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Library of Congress/Historicus, Inc.. (b) © Ablestock/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 inspector
Unit 1 Week 3 Ellis Island

Word 4 related
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 inspector
Unit 1 Week 3 Ellis Island

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. These two men are inspectors at Ellis Island.
1. Another word in the selection is inspector. Say They inspect the immigrants to make sure
it with me: inspector. An inspector is a person they are healthy.
who examines things to make sure they have 5. Let’s pretend you are an inspector in a factory
the right quality or have followed the laws. An that makes crayons. Take out your crayons
inspector might also examine people to make and look at them carefully. Check to see
sure they are healthy or are following the laws. if there are any lumps or bumps or broken
2. En español, inspector quiere decir “la persona crayons. Draw a line on paper with each
que examina cosas para asegurarse de que crayon to make sure the color looks right.
sean de la calidad adecuada o que han 6. Think of another place that an inspector
seguido las reglas o leyes; inspector.” Un would work. Show us what the inspector
inspector podría también examinar a personas would do. Explain why the inspector’s job is
para asegurarse de que estén saludables y que important.
estén respetando las leyes. 7. Now let’s say inspector together three more
3. Inspector in English and inspector in Spanish times: inspector, inspector, inspector.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 related


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is related. Say the word related. (Point to each family
it with me: related. Related means “belonging member in the photo.) These people are a
to the same family.” You can be related by family. They are all related to each other.
birth, by marriage, or through adoption. When The man and woman on the left side of the
people are related by birth, they often look photograph are related by marriage. The
alike. younger woman sitting next to them is their
daughter; they are related to her by birth. The
2. En español, related quiere decir “que
man sitting next to her is her husband. He is
pertenece a la misma familia, ser pariente
related to her and to her parents by marriage.
de alguien.” Puedes ser pariente de alguien
Their baby is related to his parents and to his
de nacimiento o por adopción. Cuando las
grandparents by birth.
personas son parientes de nacimiento, muchas
veces se parecen. 4. I’ll point to two people in the photograph.
You tell your partner how they are related.
(Point to various combinations of people in
the photograph.)
5. Think about your own family. Explain to your
partner how you are related to different
people in your family.
6. Now let’s say related together three more
times: related, related, related.

426
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bettmann/Corbis. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 restoration
Unit 1 Week 3 Ellis Island

Word 6 symbol
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 restoration
Unit 1 Week 3 Ellis Island

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Why would someone want to do a restoration
1. Another word in the selection is restoration. on a house? Talk about the reasons with your
Say it with me: restoration. Restoration means partner. Then share your ideas with another
“bringing a run-down building back to the group.
good condition that it used to have.” People 6. With your partner, draw a before and after
who do restoration on old buildings fix them picture showing a restoration of a house,
up so they look like new again. a car, a bike, or a boat. On your drawing,
2. En español, restoration quiere decir complete these sentence frames:
“el proceso de arreglar un edificio a la Before the restoration, the looked
buena condicón en la que se encontraba .
antes, restauración.” Las personas que hacen After the restoration, the looks .
restauración a edificios viejos los arreglan para 7. Now let’s say restoration together three more
que parezcan nuevos. times: restoration, restoration, restoration.
3. Restoration in English and restauración in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. These people are doing a restoration on this
old house. The lady is painting it. The man is
fixing the window.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 symbol


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. Imagine that you are an immigrant to the
1. Another word in the selection is symbol. Say United States. You’re on a ship in New York
it with me: symbol. A symbol is something Harbor and you see the Statue of Liberty for
that stands for or represents something else. the first time. Tell your partner why the statue
The American flag is a symbol of our country. is a symbol of freedom for you.
When we look at it, we think about all the 6. You see symbols all around you. Numerals are
things that our country means to us. symbols for amounts of things. Letters are
2. En español, symbol quiere decir “una cosa que symbols for the sounds we make. Work with
representa a otra, un símbolo.” La bandera your partner to think of as many symbols as
americana es el símbolo de nuestro país. you can. Share your list with another group.
Cuando la vemos, pensamos en las cosas que 7. Now let’s say symbol together three more
nuestro país representa para nosotros. times: symbol, symbol, symbol.
3. Symbol in English and símbolo in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. (Point to the Statue of Liberty.) The Statue
of Liberty is a symbol of the freedom that we
have in our country. When immigrants came
to Ellis Island, the Statue of Liberty was one
of the first things they saw.

428
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixland/Corbis. (b) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words delegates, House of Representatives,
Unit 1 Week 3 Planning a New
Government Senate, legislature, government

House of
delegates Representatives
Senate

legislature government

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: delegados, senado, legislatura, gobierno.
429
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Stan Honda/AFP/Getty Images. (tc) © Ron Edmonds/AP Images. (tr) © Pool/Getty Images.
(bl) © Eric Feferberg/AFP/Getty Images. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bribe
Unit 1 Week 4 The Family Farm

Word 2 chase
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bribe
Unit 1 Week 4 The Family Farm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about reasons
1. One word in the selection is bribe. Say it with that someone might try to bribe someone
me: bribe. To bribe means “to give someone else. Then share your ideas with another
money or another gift in return for a favor.” A group.
bribe is usually not legal or honest. If a person 5. Suppose you find out that a friend of yours
does not want to follow the rules or a law, he is planning to bribe someone so that he or
or she might try to bribe someone in authority she can get a special favor. Tell your partner
to get special treatment. This is not fair to what you would say to your friend to convince
others. him or her not to bribe someone. Offer your
2. En español, to bribe quiere decir “darle dinero friend some honest things to do instead.
o un regalo a otra persona a cambio de un Use the sentence frames: You should not
favor, sobornar.” Un soborno no es legal ni bribe someone because . Instead of
honesto. Si una persona no quiere respetar bribing, you could .
las leyes, podría intentar sobornar a alguien 6. Now let’s say bribe together three more times:
de autoridad que tiene el poder para darle bribe, bribe, bribe.
tratamiento especial. Esto no es justo para los
demás.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word bribe. (Point to the woman.) This
woman is using a piece of food to bribe her
dog. She is teaching the dog a trick. If the dog
does the trick, it gets the food. The dog wants
the food, so the bribe works.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 chase


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is chase. Say it the word chase. (Point to the fox in the
with me: chase. To chase means “to go after photo.) This fox can chase the rabbit in the
someone or something to try and catch it.” snow. The fox is hungry. The rabbit is running
When I throw a ball, my dog always chases away and is often fast enough to get away.
it. He runs after the ball and tries to catch it. 4. Think about a time when you chased after
Then he brings it back so he can chase it again someone or something. Maybe you chased
when I throw it. after a soccer ball, or your little brother, or
2. En español, to chase quiere decir “ir detrás your skateboard when it rolled down a hill.
de alguien y tratar de cogerlo, perseguir.” Tell your partner about what you chased and
Cuando lanzo una pelota, mi perro siempre why you chased it. Did you catch it? Tell why
corre detrás de ella e intenta agarrarla. Luego or why not.
me la devuelve para que la vuelva a tirar y la 5. Talk with your partner about the reasons one
pueda volver a perseguir. person or animal might chase another. Use
the sentence frame: A might chase a
because .
6. Now let’s say chase together three more
times: chase, chase, chase.

432
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Image Source/PunchStock. (b) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 daydream
Unit 1 Week 4 The Family Farm

Word 4 furious
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 daydream
Unit 1 Week 4 The Family Farm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all daydream for a few minutes. Sit at
1. Another word in the selection is daydream. your desk in a relaxed way. Let your eyes
Say it with me: daydream. When you wander around the room instead of focusing
daydream you have pleasant thoughts that on the board or on your book. Think about
are like dreams, but you are awake at the a fun place you’d like to go, or a fun activity
time. You do not pay attention to things you’d like to do. Share your thoughts with
around you. If you daydream in class while your partner.
your teacher is talking, you might miss 5. Now let’s do the opposite of daydreaming,
important instruction. and focus our attention on work. (Write a
2. En español, to daydream quiere decir “soñar few sentences on the board.) Sit up straight
despierto.” Cuando sueñas despierto tienes and look at the board. Read these sentences
pensamientos agradables pero estás despierto. aloud with me. Keep your thoughts on the
No le prestas atención a las cosas que te sentences. What is different about the way
rodean. Si sueñas despierto en clase mientras your body and your brain feel when you
tu profesor habla, podrías perderte de una daydream and when you pay attention?
instrucción importante. 6. Now let’s say daydream together three more
3. (Point to the girl in the photo.) This girl is times: daydream, daydream, daydream.
daydreaming. She’s in school and she should
be paying attention to her lessons. Instead,
she is thinking about playing with her new
doll. She doesn’t hear what the teacher tells
her to do.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 furious


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is furious. Say the word furious. (Point to the girl in the
it with me: furious. Furious means “extremely photo.) This girl is furious. The girl could
angry.” When someone feels furious, he or not control her temper, so she is yelling and
she is very upset about something. The person screaming.
may lose his or her temper, scream or throw 5. Talk to your partner. Discuss some reasons
things. People who know how to control their that someone might get furious. Then share
tempers may feel furious, but they won’t take your ideas with another group.
their anger out on others. 6. Everyone feels angry or upset sometimes, but
2. En español, furious quiere decir “de muy mal it’s not a good idea to get furious. If you get
humor, enojado, furioso.” Alguien furioso a furious, you might hurt yourself or someone
veces lo demuestra gritando o tirando cosas. else. Talk with your partner about things
Las personas que saben controlar su mal genio you can do and say to express your feelings
pueden llegar a sentirse furiosas, pero no lo without getting furious.
demostrarán de esa manera a otros. 7. Now let’s say furious together three more
3. Furious in English and furioso in Spanish are times: furious, furious, furious.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.

434
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Darren Greenwood/Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images. (b) © Jim Naughten/Stone/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 overwhelmed
Unit 1 Week 4 The Family Farm

Word 6 sorrow
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 overwhelmed
Unit 1 Week 4 The Family Farm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and describe a time when
1. Another word in the selection is overwhelmed. you or someone you know felt overwhelmed.
Say it with me: overwhelmed. If you are Talk about what caused the person to feel
overwhelmed you are overpowered with an overwhelmed and what the person did to
emotion, like sadness or happiness. If you feel change that feeling.
like you have too much to do, you could feel 5. We all feel overwhelmed sometimes. Talk
overwhelmed with work. You would feel like with your partner about things you can do or
you didn’t know where to start. think that will help you get over the feeling of
2. En español, overwhelmed quiere decir being overwhelmed. Use the sentence frame:
“abrumado de emoción.” Si tienes mucho que When I feel overwhelmed I .
hacer, podrías sentirte abrumado por el estrés 6. Now let’s say overwhelmed together three
de tanto trabajo. Quizás sientas que no sabes more times: overwhelmed, overwhelmed,
ni dónde empezar. overwhelmed.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word overwhelmed. (Point to the stack
of folders in the photo.) This college student
has to read the whole stack of reports. He’s
feeling overwhelmed. The reading will take a
long time and he doesn’t think he’ll be able
to get it all done before his next class. Just
looking at the big stack gives him a headache.
He doesn’t know what to do first.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 sorrow


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about how people might look and act
1. Another word in the selection is sorrow. Say when they feel sorrow. Think about how
it with me: sorrow. Sorrow is a feeling of sorrow feels, too. Let’s act it out. With your
sadness. A loss, like the death of a pet, or partner, describe how sorrow might feel like
some kind of unfortunate event can cause a and what can be done to feel better. (Talk to
feeling of sorrow. A feeling of sorrow might others, get help.)
make you want to cry or not do very much. 5. The opposite of sorrow is joy. Show us how
2. En español, sorrow quiere decir “una tristeza you look and act when you are full of joy.
muy fuerte, una pena.” Una pérdida, como Think about how joy feels, too.
la muerte de una mascota o algun evento 6. Now let’s say sorrow together three more
desafortunado te puede causar pena. La pena times: sorrow, sorrow, sorrow.
puede hacerte llorar o dejar de querer hacer
cosas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word sorrow. (Point to the girl.) You can
see the sorrow in this girl’s eyes and on her
face. Her pet dog has died and she misses him.
She’s very unhappy right now.

436
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Jack Hollingsworth/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Clare Charleson/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words ocean, evaporation, condensation,
Unit 1 Week 4 Changing States of Water
precipitation, hail, ice

ocean evaporation condensation

precipitation hail ice

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate actions where
appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent work
time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: océano, evaporación, condensación, precipitación.
437
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (tc) © Janis Christie/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © Andrew Lambert Photography/Photo Researchers, Inc..
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Eric Nguyen/Photo Researchers, Inc. (br) © Crady von Pawlak/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 banned
Unit 1 Week 5 The American Revolution Begins!

Word 2 disperse
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 banned
Unit 1 Week 5 The American Revolution Begins!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Work with your partner to make a list of
1. One word in the selection is banned. Say it things that are banned. Explain where they
with me: banned. If something is banned it is are banned and why they are banned. Use
not allowed to be used or done. It’s forbidden. the sentence frame: are banned in
Smoking is banned in many restaurants, because . Then share your
hotels, and public buildings. People are not ideas with another group.
allowed to smoke there because it’s against 5. If something is not banned, then it is allowed
the law or the rules of the business. or permitted. The use of cell phones is
2. En español, to ban quiere decir “no permitir, permitted in airports. Smoking is permitted in
prohibir.” Fumar ha sido prohibido en muchos most outdoor areas. Talk with your partner.
restaurantes, hoteles y edificios públicos. Las Use your list of things that are banned.
personas no pueden fumar en esos lugar pues Talk about where and why these things are
va en contra de la ley o a las normas de esos permitted. Add other things to your list, too.
lugares. 6. Now let’s say banned together three more
3. (Point to the sign in the photo.) The red sign times: banned, banned, banned.
with a circle through it shows that the item
inside the circle is banned. It shows that the
use of cell phones is banned. It’s against the
law to talk on cell phones in here.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 disperse


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like when you disperse
1. Another word in the selection is disperse. Say after you get off the school bus. Everyone
it with me: disperse. To disperse means “to form a line. Now pretend to get off the school
move or go in different directions.” Students bus and disperse. Go to different areas of the
disperse when they get off the school bus. room, like you are going to your homes. You
Each student goes in the direction of his or her see that we are not all in the same place now.
home. They scatter or separate. We have dispersed.
2. En español, to disperse quiere decir “moverse 6. Let’s make some pieces of paper disperse.
o ir en direcciones diferentes, dispersar.” Los Tear a small piece of paper into even smaller
estudiantes se dispersan apenas se bajan del bits. Put them in a pile on your desk. Blow
bus escolar. Cada estudiante va en dirección gently on them and watch them disperse.
de su casa. Se esparcen o separan. They’re spread over your desk. Collect them
and put them back in a pile. Now they are not
3. To disperse in English and dispersar in Spanish
dispersed; they are together.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say disperse together three more
times: disperse, disperse, disperse.
4. (Point to the flower in the photo.) When the
girl blows on the weed, the seeds disperse.
They fly into the wind in different directions.

440
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © ICHIRO/Digital Vision/Alamy Images. (b) © Henrik Weis/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 distracted
Unit 1 Week 5 The American Revolution Begins!

Word 4 oppressed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 distracted
Unit 1 Week 5 The American Revolution Begins!

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Get in groups of three and act out the scene in
1. Another word in the selection is distracted. the photograph. One person should take the
Say it with me: distracted. Distracted means role of the father and the other two should
“having your attention taken away from take the roles of the children. Switch roles so
what you are doing or thinking.” You can be that each of you plays the role of the father
distracted from your schoolwork when others when he is distracted.
around you are talking. 6. When you are not distracted, you are focused
2. En español, distracted quiere decir “con la or attentive. Stay in your same groups and
atención en otra cosa, no en lo que está act out the same scene again. This time, the
haciendo; distraído.” Puedes ser distraído de children should sit quietly and read so their
tus tareas cuando las personas alrededor tuyo father is not distracted, and they are also not
están hablando. distracted.
3. Distracted in English and distraído in Spanish 7. Now let’s say distracted together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: distracted, distracted, distracted.
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. (Point to the man) This man is trying to
talk on the phone for his work. He’s being
distracted by his children. They are playing
and making noise in his office. He can’t
concentrate on his call.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 oppressed


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner. Describe how the
1. Another word in the selection is oppressed. people felt during the time of the Stamp
Say it with me: oppressed. To be oppressed Act. Explain why they felt this way. Use the
means “to be governed harshly.” People who sentence frame: The people felt oppressed
are oppressed by their government can’t act because .
freely. They may be afraid to say things that 5. If you are not oppressed, then you are free.
are against the government. They are afraid Think about the story again. Explain to your
of being punished by the government. partner why the people wanted to be free.
2. En español, oppressed quiere decir “privado Tell how their freedom was different from
por su gobierno de libertades, oprimido.” Las being oppressed.
personas oprimidas por su gobierno no actuán 6. Now let’s say oppressed together three more
libremente y les asusta criticar al gobierno. times: oppressed, oppressed, oppressed.
Temen ser castigados por el gobierno.
3. (Point to the stamp in the photo.) This is the
official stamp of the Stamp Act of 1776. It
made many people feel oppressed because
they had not voted for the tax and could not
change the act. They were being forced to do
something they did not want to do.

442
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © JupiterImages/BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Library of Congress/Historicus, Inc..
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 territories
Unit 1 Week 5 The American Revolution Begins!

Word 6 warn
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 territories
Unit 1 Week 5 The American Revolution Begins!

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Describe the photograph of the Yukon
1. Another word in the selection is territories. Territory to your partner. Explain why you
Say it with me: territories. Territories are large might like to visit the Yukon Territory.
areas or regions of land that are owned or 6. With your partner, decide on a territory you
controlled by a government. The western would like to claim as your own. Your territory
area of the United States was made up of could be a part of the classroom, the school,
territories before it was divided into states. your neighborhood, or the playground. Draw a
2. En español, territories quiere decir “áreas map that defines the borders of your territory.
grandes o regiones de la tierra que son Then complete this sentence on your drawing:
controladas por un gobierno, territorios.” El Our territory is .
área occidental de los Estados Unidos estaba 7. Now let’s say territories together three more
compuesta de territorios antes de que fuese times: territories, territories, territories.
dividida por estados.
3. Territories in English and territorios in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word territories. (Point to the photo.) This
is the Yukon Territory. It’s a large area of land
governed by Canada.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 warn


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for a mountain
1. Another word in the selection is warn. Say it lion to warn other animals to stay away. Let’s
with me: warn. To warn means “to give notice get down low to the ground and get our legs
to in advance.” Dark clouds in the sky warn ready to pounce. Let’s focus our eyes on our
that a storm is coming. A fire alarm warns that prey. Let’s snarl menacingly.
there is a fire nearby. 5. Humans use words and gestures to warn
2. En español, to warn quiere decir “dar others of danger. Think of a time when you
notificación a alguien por adelantado, might need to warn someone of a fire, a
advertir.” Las nubes negras advierten que una storm, or another dangerous situation. Show
tormenta se aproxima. La sirena advierte que us what you would do and say to warn them.
hay un incendio cerca. We’ll tell you how effective your warning
would be.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word warn. (Point to the mountain lion in 6. Now let’s say warn together three more times:
the photo.) This mountain lion uses its body to warn, warn, warn.
warn other animals to keep away. Its ears and
tail are down. Its legs are in position to jump
and attack. It is snarling.

444
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Cliff LeSergent/Alamy Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words assembly, parliament,
Unit 1 Week 5 Self-Government
governor, pillory, candidate

assembly parliament governor

pillory candidate

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: asamblea, parlamento, gobernador, candidato.
445
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Eau Claire Leader-Telegram, Steve Kinderman/AP Images. (tc) © Tim Graham/Getty Images. (tr) © Ken James/Corbis.
(bl) © Rob Howard/Corbis. (br) © Sharon Farmer/Kerry-Edwards 2004, Inc./JohnKerry.com.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 admitted
Unit 2 Week 1 California: From 1840 to 1850

Word 2 conflict
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 admitted
Unit 2 Week 1 California: From 1840 to 1850

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend that you are the person who wants
1. One word in the selection is admitted. Say it to be admitted to the movie theater and
with me: admitted. Admitted means “let in.” your partner is the clerk. Give your money
If you are admitted to the school building, to the clerk. The clerk will give you a ticket.
you are allowed to go in. People can be Then pretend to walk into the theater. Next,
admitted to homes, businesses, hospitals, and switch roles so your partner can pretend to be
other places. admitted to the movie theater.
2. En español, to admit quiere decir “dejar 6. You don’t always have to pay money to be
entrar, admitir.” Si eres admitido a un edificio, admitted to a place. You can be admitted to
te han dejado entrar. Personas pueden ser your friend’s house when he opens the front
admitidas a casas, negocios, hospitales y door and lets you in. You can be admitted to
otros lugares. a group if the members say you can join them.
Work with a partner and pretend you are
3. To admit in English and admitir in Spanish are
being admitted to a building or to a group.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
Your partner will admit you. Then switch roles
mean the same thing in both languages.
so your partner can be admitted to the place
4. (Point to the ticket.) This ticket says “Admit or to the group.
One.” The person who is buying the ticket
7. Now let’s say admitted together three more
wants to be admitted to the movie theater.
times: admitted, admitted, admitted.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 conflict


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the boys in the photo.) These boys
1. Another word in the selection is conflict. Say it are having a conflict. They both want to use
with me: conflict. Conflict means “a struggle the basketball court to practice, but they
or disagreement between people.” You might don’t want to share. They give each other
have a mild conflict with family members if angry looks.
you disagree on which TV show to watch. A 5. Let’s pretend you are the boys’ coach. Help
war is a major, or very serious conflict. them settle their conflict peacefully. Tell your
2. En español, conflict quiere decir “una lucha o partner what you would say to the boys.
un desacuerdo con otras personas, conflicto.” 6. Think of a conflict you have had or that you
Podrías tener un pequeño conflicto con otros know about. Describe the problem and how
miembros de tu familia si no todos se quieren you solved the conflict. If you were not able
ver el mismo programa. Una guerra es un to solve it, talk with your partner about things
conflicto muy serio. you might be able to do now to solve it.
3. Conflict in English and conflicto in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say conflict together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: conflict, conflict, conflict.
mean the same thing in both languages.

448
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Doug Menuez/Digital Vision/Alamy Images. (b) © Redlink/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 declined
Unit 2 Week 1 California: From 1840 to 1850

Word 4 explore
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 declined
Unit 2 Week 1 California: From 1840 to 1850

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s show what happens when a population
1. One word in the selection is declined. Say it declines. Everyone stand up in a group. If I
with me: declined. Declined means “gone point to you, sit down. (Point to students,
down, or become fewer or less.” Many animals one at a time, until only one student is left.)
are endangered because their populations The size of the group declines every time
have declined, or gone down. one student sits down. Now there’s only one
student left.
2. En español, to decline quiere decir “bajar en
cantidad o tamaño, volverse más pequeño 5. The opposite of declined is increased. Let’s
en tamaño o número, disminuir.” Muchos demonstrate how a population can increase.
animales están en vías de extinción porque Stand up and join the group as I point to
sus poblaciones han disminuido. you. (Point to students one at a time until all
are standing in the group again.) The size of
3. (Point to the ocelot.) In the 1800s, ocelots lived
the group increases each time someone joins
in southern states. As more people moved
it. When we take care of our endangered
in and cleared the brush and forests, the
animals, the size of their population increases,
population of the ocelots declined. They died
too.
or moved to other areas.
6. Now let’s say declined together three more
times: declined, declined, declined.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 explore


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the students in the photo.) These
1. Another word in the selection is explore. Say it students are on a field trip to explore the
with me: explore. To explore means “to go to beach. They’re looking carefully at the rocks.
a place to find out what it is like.” You explore When they get back to class, they’ll write
a place that you don’t know much about. reports about it.
You look around at the plants, animals, and 5. Let’s explore the beach with the students in
buildings. You might talk to the people. the photo. Pretend you are at the beach. Look
2. En español, to explore quiere decir “ir a un closely at the rocks. See what kinds of small
lugar a investigar o ver cómo es, explorar.” animals and plants live on them. Listen for
Exploras lugares que no conoces bien. sounds from the ocean. Now explore the sand
Observas las plantas, los animales, los and put your feet in the water.
edificios. Tal vez hables con las personas 6. Think of another place you would like to
que viven allí. explore. Tell us where you are and what you
3. To explore in English and explorar in Spanish do when you explore this place. We’ll explore
are cognates. They sound almost the same it along with you.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say explore together three more
times: explore, explore, explore.

450
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tom Smylie/U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service. (b) © Anne Ackermann/Digital Vision/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 revolt
Unit 2 Week 1 California: From 1840 to 1850
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 revolt
Unit 2 Week 1 California: From 1840 to 1850

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and role-play the girl
1. One word in the selection is revolt. Say it with and her mother. If you take the role of the
me: revolt. Revolt means “a movement of girl, tell your mother why you are revolting. If
people going against authority.” When people you take the role of the mother, explain why
hold a revolt, they say they don’t want to you want your daughter to follow the rules.
follow the rules. Groups of people may revolt Then switch roles. Use the following sentence
against an unfair government. frames:
2. En español, revolt quiere decir “un I want to revolt because .
movimiento de personas que van en contra de You should not revolt because .
una autoridad, revuelta.” Cuando las personas 6. Tell your partner about another person or
comienzan una revuelta, dicen que no group that had a revolt. This could be from
quieren seguir las reglas. Grupos de personas history, a TV show or movie, or something
podrían hacer una revuelta si cosideran que su you read in a book. Explain why the person or
gobierno es injusto. group revolted and what happened because
3. Revolt in English and revuelta in Spanish are of it. Then share your information with
cognates. They sound almost the same and another group.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say revolt together three more
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: revolt, revolt, revolt.
the word revolt. (Point to the girl in the
photo.) This teenage girl is revolting against
her parents. She is refusing to do what her
mother asks her to do. She sits with her arms
crossed and won’t look at or talk to her
mother. She’s angry, and so is her mother.

452
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Misty Bedwell/Design Pics Inc./Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 1 The French
troops, Native American, treaty,
and Indian War
proclamation, protection

troops Native American treaty

proclamation protection

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate actions
where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: tropas, tratado, proclamación, protección.
453
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Les Stone/Sygma/Corbis. (tc) © Bobbi Lane/Stone/Getty Images. (tr) © MM Productions/Corbis/Jupiterimages.
(bl) © Library of Congress, Rare Book and Special Collections Division, Continental Congress & Constitutional Convention Broadsides Collection Cont Cong no. 240. (br) © SuperStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 capture
Unit 2 Week 2 Animal Watchers

Word 2 observations
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 capture
Unit 2 Week 2 Animal Watchers

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend we are with the girl in the
1. One word in the selection is capture. Say it photograph. Let’s capture a butterfly or
with me: capture. To capture means “to catch another insect. Let’s carefully put the insect in
and to keep in a secure place.” If a scientist a jar and put the lid on tight. We won’t hurt
captures an animal to study it, the scientist the insect. Now let’s look at the insect.
puts the animal in a safe cage or a lab room. 5. Now it’s time to release the insect. Let’s take
2. En español, to capture quiere decir “coger the lid off the jar and let the insect go free
algo y guardarlo en un lugar seguro, apresar, again. Let’s tell why we let the captured
capturar.” Si el científico captura a un animal insect go.
para estudiarlo, lo pone en una jaula segura o 6. Now let’s say capture together three more
un cuarto de laboratorio. times: capture, capture, capture.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word capture. (Point to the butterfly in
the photo.) The girl captured the butterfly
so she could study it. The girl will record the
butterfly’s color and size and what it does.
Then she’ll release it or let it go.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 observations


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is observations. the word observations. (Point to the biologist
Say it with me: observations. When you make in the photo.) This biologist is making
observations you look carefully at something. observations of the mouse in the lab. He
Scientists make observations when they do studies the mouse carefully and takes notes
experiments. They study things very carefully about what he sees. Later he’ll share his
and then think about them. observations with other biologists.
2. En español observations se dice 5. Pretend you and your partner are biologists in
“observaciones.” Haces observaciones cuando the lab in the photograph. Make observations
miras algo detallada y cuidadosamente. Los about the mouse. Tell each other what you
científicos hacen observaciones cuando hacen see and what you think it means.
experimentos. Estudian cosas atentamente y 6. Work with the same partner again. Make
luego piensan en ellas. observations about things in the classroom
3. Observations in English and observaciones and outside the window. See how many
in Spanish are cognates. They sound almost different things you notice. Share your
the same and mean the same thing in both observations with another group.
languages. 7. Now let’s say observations together three
more times: observations, observations,
observations.

456
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Fancy/Veer. (b) © Wolfgang Flamisch/zefa/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 nurse
Unit 2 Week 2 Animal Watchers

Word 4 patience
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 nurse
Unit 2 Week 2 Animal Watchers

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and think of all the
1. One word in the selection is nurse. Say it mammals you know that nurse their young.
with me: nurse. When a mother nurses, she You can start with humans and dogs. Share
feeds her own milk to her baby or babies. your ideas with another group. Use the
Mammals nurse their young. The babies drink sentence frame: nurse their young.
the mother’s milk and they grow strong and 5. Now talk with your partner about animals
healthy. that don’t nurse their young. For example,
2. En español, to nurse quiere decir “dar de reptiles like snakes and birds like eagles don’t
comer a un bebé, amamantar.” Los mamíferos nurse their young. Use the sentence frame:
amamantan a sus crías. Los bebés toman la don’t nurse their young.
leche de su madre para crecer. 6. Now let’s say nurse together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates nurse, nurse, nurse.
the word nurse. (Point to the mother dog
in the photo.) The mother dog nurses her
puppies. The puppies drink their mother’s
milk. The milk gives them strength and
energy. When they are older they will stop
nursing and start to eat solid foods.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 patience


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is patience. the word patience. (Point to the man in the
Say it with me: patience. Patience means photo.) This man is trying to get a photo of
“the ability to wait calmly.” When you have a turtle that lives in this water. He must have
patience, you are tolerant. You don’t get patience because the turtles are afraid of him.
upset and lose your temper when waiting. You They are shy around humans and don’t like to
are able to wait calmly for another person or be seen.
for something you want. 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to have patience.
2. En español, patience quiere decir “la abilidad Pretend you are waiting for someone to make
de esperar con calma, paciencia.” Si tienes your dinner. Sit still and talk to the person.
paciencia, eres tolerante. No te enojas si Look interested in what they are doing. Ask
tienes que esperar. Puedes esperar con calma polite questions. Don’t ask how much longer
a otra persona o por algo que quieres. it will take or when dinner will be ready.
3. Patience in English and paciencia in Spanish 6. The opposite of patience is impatience.
are cognates. They sound almost the same Show impatience while someone is cooking
and mean the same thing in both languages. your dinner. Move around in your seat. Look
distracted. Ask when your dinner will be
ready. Now think about which behavior is
better, patience or impatience. Remember to
have patience at home and in school.
7. Now let’s say patience together three more
times: patience, patience, patience.

458
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Alan Carey/Corbis. (b) © Martin Siepmann/imagebroker/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 variety
Unit 2 Week 2 Animal Watchers

Word 6 diverse
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 variety
Unit 2 Week 2 Animal Watchers

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and name a variety of ice
1. One word in the selection is variety. Say it cream flavors that you like. Then share your
with me: variety. Variety means “a collection ideas with another group.
of different things.” Your mother might plant 6. Work with your partner again and name a
a variety of flowers in her garden. There are variety of animals that live in one place, such
several different kinds, such as daisies, roses, as forest animals or desert animals. Then share
and tulips. your ideas with another group.
2. En español, variety quiere decir “una colección 7. Now let’s say variety together three more
de cosas diferentes, variedad.” Tal vez tu times: variety, variety, variety.
madre plante una variedad de flores en su
jardín. Podría plantar diferentes tipos, como
margaritas, rosas y tulipanes.
3. Variety in English and variedad in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word variety. (Point to the birds in the
photo.) A variety of birds live in this lake,
ducks, gulls, and other water birds.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 diverse


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is diverse. Say the word diverse. (Point to the animals in
it with me: diverse. Diverse means “different, the photo.) This wild animal park has a
or assorted.” The students in our class have diverse groups of animals—giraffes, ostriches,
diverse interests. Some of you like to play antelope, zebras, and other animals.
sports, others play musical instruments, and 5. Work with your partner. Think about a
others like to write stories. habitat, such as a rainforest or a desert. Name
2. En español, diverse quiere decir “diferentes o the diverse animals that live there. Share your
variado, diverso.” Los estudiantes en nuestra ideas with another group.
clase tienen diversos intereses. A algunos 6. Work with your same partner. Talk about all
de ustedes les gusta jugar deportes, otros of the diverse things that the two of you like
tocan instrumentos y a otros les gusta escribir to do. Then ask another group to join you and
cuentos. talk about all of their diverse interests, too.
3. Diverse in English and diverso in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say diverse together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: diverse, diverse, diverse.
mean the same thing in both languages.

460
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Doug Wechsler/VIREO, The Academy of Natural Sciences. (b) © blickwinkel/Igelmund/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 2 Week 2 The Louisiana Purchase
expedition, equipment,
guide, source, trail, purchase

expedition equipment guide

source trail purchase

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: expedición, equipo, guía.
461
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Frank Herholdt/Stone/Getty Images. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Ron Chapple Stock/Corbis.
(bl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (bm) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (br) © Bananastock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 circle
Unit 2 Week 3 Cowgirl Alice Greenough

Word 2 flickered
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 circle
Unit 2 Week 3 Cowgirl Alice Greenough

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is circle. Say it with the word circle. The coach and his team have
me: circle. To circle means “to move in a circled to have a team meeting. The coach is
round or circular shape around something.” talking to the soccer players about the game
Sometimes your teacher tells you to circle the they are going to play tomorrow. They circle
correct answer on your workbook page. You so they can all see each other and hear each
draw a ring or a circle around the answer. other talk.
2. En español, to circle quiere decir “moverse o 5. Let’s get into groups of five and play a game.
crear un círculo alrededor de algo, circular.” One person in each group should get in the
A veces tu profesor te pide que circules la middle. The other four students should join
respuesta correcta en tu página de respuestas. hands and circle the person in the middle.
Tu pintas un círculo alrededor de tu respuesta. Take turns so that everyone has a chance to
be in the middle.
3. To circle in English and circular in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 6. Let’s circle some letters. Write the alphabet
mean the same thing in both languages. on your paper. Now circle the letter B. Circle
the letter Z. (Name several more letters for
students to circle.)
7. Now let’s say circle together three more times:
circle, circle, circle.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 flickered


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think that you went outside last night and
1. Another word in the selection is flickered. looked at the stars. Tell your partner what
Say it with me: flickered. To flicker means “to they looked like when they flickered. Use the
shine with an unsteady light.” A candle flame sentence frame: When the stars flickered,
flickers as it burns. The light is not steady they .
like the light of a lightbulb. Instead, the light 5. Candles and other things flicker, too. Talk
waves a bit and sometimes it looks like it with your partner and make a list of things
might go out. that flicker. Explain what they look like and
2. En español, to flicker quiere decir “brillar con why they flicker. Then share your ideas with
una luz irregular o intermitente, parpadear.” another group.
La llama de una vela parpadea. La luz no es 6. Now let’s say flickered together three more
estable como la de un bombillo. La luz de la times: flickered, flickered, flickered.
vela se mueve un poco y a veces parece que se
va a apagar.
3. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word flickered. (Point to the stars in the
photo.) When you look at the stars, they seem
to flicker. They look like they twinkle or don’t
shine steadily.

464
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/Alamy Images. (b) © Robert Llewellyn/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 influenced
Unit 2 Week 3 Cowgirl Alice Greenough

Word 4 perform
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 influenced
Unit 2 Week 3 Cowgirl Alice Greenough

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is influenced. Say the word influenced. The father in the photo
it with me: influenced. Influenced means likes baseball, so he has influenced his son by
“affected or changed someone or something.” teaching him to play baseball.
When someone influences your life, they 5. Talk with your partner about the things the
teach you things and help shape who you father might have said that influenced his son
are. Teachers, coaches, and parents influence to play baseball. Then share your ideas with
children and help them grow up well. another group.
2. En español, to influence quiere decir 6. Tell your partner about a person who
“afectar o causar que alguien o algo cambie, influenced you. Explain what the person did
influenciar.” Si alguien influencia tu vida, te and how that helped you. Use the sentence
enseña cosas y te ayuda a formar la persona frame: influenced me when .
que eres. Los profesores, los entrenadores y los 7. Now let’s say influenced together three more
padres de familia influencian a los niños y los times: influenced, influenced, influenced.
ayudan a prosperar.
3. To influence in English and influenciar in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 perform


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is perform. the word perform. The rider in the photo can
Say it with me: perform. To perform means perform tricks on horseback. The crowd likes
“to do something or to finish a task.” When to watch him perform.
a worker performs a job, he or she does the 4. Let’s all show what it’s like to perform. Think
work. An actress performs or takes a role in a of something you can do, such as sing, dance,
movie. A musician performs when he plays his juggle, or recite a poem. Perform for us for a
instrument for a concert. few minutes.
2. En español, to perform se dice “llevar a cabo” 5. A person performs for an audience. The
cuando se trata de una tarea o trabajo; people in the audience should be quiet and
“actuar” cuando se trata de un papel en el polite and pay attention to the performer.
teatro; o “interpretar” cuando se trata de Let’s be a good audience as each member of
música. Cuando un trabajador lleva a cabo our class performs.
un proyecto, lo termina. Una actriz actúa 6. Now let’s say perform together three more
o desarrolla un papel en una película. Un times: perform, perform, perform.
músico interpreta una pieza cuando toca su
instrumento en un concierto.

466
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (b) © Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 ranch
Unit 2 Week 3 Cowgirl Alice Greenough

Word 6 rural
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 ranch
Unit 2 Week 3 Cowgirl Alice Greenough

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and describe the picture
1. One word in the selection is ranch. Say it with of the ranch. Use the sentence frame:
me: ranch. A ranch is a kind of farm. Usually I see on the ranch.
only one kind of animal is raised on a ranch. 6. Play a game of questions and answers about
There are many horse, sheep, and cattle ranches with your partner. Answer each
ranches in the southwestern United States. question with yes or no. Use the sentence
2. En español, ranch se dice “rancho.” Es un tipo frames:
de granja donde normalmente se cría sólo Does a ranch have ?
un tipo de animal. Hay muchos ranchos de Can you on a ranch?
caballos, ovejas y vacas en el suroeste de los
Estados Unidos. 7. Now let’s say ranch together three more
times: ranch, ranch, ranch.
3. Ranch in English and rancho in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word ranch. (Point to the ranch in the
photo.) This is a cattle ranch. The ranch
includes many fields for the cattle to graze on.
The fields go all the way to the mountains in
the background.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 rural


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is rural. Say the word rural. (Point to the photo.) This farm
it with me: rural. A rural area is out in the is in a rural area. There’s a lot of land for crops
country. In a rural area, there is a lot of open but only one house and a barn. There are only
land. There aren’t many houses, businesses, or a few roads in this rural area.
other buildings. Farms and ranches are in rural 5. Look at the photograph of the rural area. Tell
areas. your partner something that you see in a rural
2. En español, rural quiere decir “que es del area and also something you don’t see. Use
campo, no de la ciudad; rural.” En un área the sentence frame:
rural, hay mucho terreno abierto. No hay A rural area has , but it doesn’t have
muchas casas, negocios ni otros edificios. Los .
ranchos y las granjas se encuentran en áreas 6. Pretend that you are visiting relatives who
rurales. live in a rural area. Call your partner on your
3. Rural in English and rural in Spanish are imaginary cell phone and describe the rural
cognates. They sound almost the same and area. Tell your partner what the place looks
mean the same thing in both languages. like and what you do there.
7. Now let’s say rural together three more times:
rural, rural, rural.

468
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Robert Glusic/Alamy Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words plantation, sugar cane, pineapple,
Unit 2 Week 3 The United
States Expands missionary, resource, Inuit

plantation sugar cane pineapple

missionary resource Inuit

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: plantación, misionera, recurso.
469
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Steve Vidler/SuperStock. (tc) © Burke/Triolo/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Ingram Publishing (Superstock Limited)/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Corbis/Sygma/Corbis. (bm) © David Frazier/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (br) © Michael T. Sedam/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 admired
Unit 2 Week 4 The Story of Johnny Appleseed

Word 2 fetched
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 admired
Unit 2 Week 4 The Story of Johnny Appleseed

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is admired. Say it the word admired. The boy and girl tell their
with me: admired. Admired means “thought friend how much they admired the way he
well of someone or approved of them.” When played the game.
you admire someone, you like or respect what 5. Pretend you watched the basketball game
that person does or says. You might admire with the boy and girl in the photograph. Tell
someone in your community who helps the basketball player why you admired his
people. You might admire an older student for efforts in the game. Use the sentence frame,
the way he or she works and behaves. I admired you because .
2. En español, to admire quiere decir “pensar 6. Think of someone that you have admired. Tell
bien de alguien y tenerle alta estima, admirar.” your partner who this person is and why you
Cuando admiras a alguien, te gusta o respetas admired them. Use the sentence frame,
lo que esa persona dice y hace. Tal vez
admires a alguien en tu comunidad que ayude I admired because .
a otros. Tal vez admires a un estudiante mayor 7. Now let’s say admired together three more
por la forma en la que trabaja o se comporta. times: admired, admired, admired.
3. To admire in English and admirar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 fetched


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is fetched. the word fetched. (Point to the dog in the
Say it with me: fetched. Fetched means photo.) The dog’s owner threw this ball. The
“went after something and brought it back.” dog ran after it and brought it back to his
Many dogs like to fetch balls or sticks that owner. The dog fetched the ball.
someone throws for them. If your mom needs 4. Let’s pretend we are the dog in the
something from another room, she may ask photograph and fetch the ball. Raise your
you to fetch it for her. You go and get it and hand if you want a turn. I’ll say, “Fetch” and
bring it to her. pretend to throw a ball. You go after it and
2. En español, to fetch quiere decir “buscar y bring it back to me.
regresar, alcanzar.” A muchos perros les gusta 5. Work with a partner. Say to your partner,
alcanzar pelotas o palos que alguien les tira. “Please fetch the (crayons, backpack, etc.).”
Si tu madre necesita algo de otro cuarto, tal Your partner will fetch the item for you. Do
vez te pida que se lo alcances. Tu vas al otro this several times.
cuarto y se lo traes. 6. Now let’s say fetched together three more
times: fetched, fetched, fetched.

472
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Polka Dot Images/PunchStock. (b) © DLILLC/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 hollow
Unit 2 Week 4 The Story of Johnny Appleseed

Word 4 invented
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 hollow
Unit 2 Week 4 The Story of Johnny Appleseed

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. The bird in the photograph is using the hollow
1. One word in the selection is hollow. Say it tree for a home. Talk with your partner about
with me: hollow. Something that is hollow other animals that might live in a tree like
has an empty space inside it. A rotted out log this. Use the sentence frame:
is hollow. Some candies are hollow. There’s A lives in a hollow tree.
nothing inside the candy but air. 5. Work with your partner to make a list of other
2. En español, hollow quiere decir “hueco, things that are hollow like the hollow tree in
con un espacio o vacío adentro.” Un tronco the photograph. Use the sentence frame:
podrido es hueco. Algunos dulces son huecos. A is hollow.
No tienen más adentro que aire. Share your ideas with another group.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say hollow together three more
the word hollow. (Point to the hollow space in times: hollow, hollow, hollow.
the tree.) This tree is hollow inside. It’s a great
place for this bird to live. The bird is safe and
warm inside the hollow tree.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 invented


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend you are the storyteller in the
1. Another word in the selection is invented. Say photograph. Invent a story and tell it to your
it with me: invented. Invented means “made partner. Listen to your partner’s story.
up or created.” Some people are storytellers. 6. Imagine that you have invented a useful item
They invent or make up stories and tell them like a light bulb or a telephone. Describe your
to others. Other people invent useful things, item to your partner. Tell what it is and what
like the light bulb or the telephone. is does. Explain how your item makes life
2. En español, to invent quiere decir “hacer por better for people. Use the sentence frame:
primera vez, crear.” Algunas personas les I invented .
gusta contar historias. Ellos inventan historias 7. Now let’s say invented together three more
y se las cuentan a otros. A otras personas les times: invented, invented, invented.
gusta inventar cosas útiles, como el bombillo
o el teléfono.
3. To invent in English and inventar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same think in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word invented. The man in the photo is
a storyteller. He invented a story to tell to
his family.

474
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (b) © image100/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 precious
Unit 2 Week 4 The Story of Johnny Appleseed

Word 6 separates
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 precious
Unit 2 Week 4 The Story of Johnny Appleseed

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is precious. Say it the word precious. The crown is made of gold,
with me: precious. Precious means, “having which is a precious metal, and many precious
great value.” Things that are precious do not jewels. The gold and jewels are precious
have to be expensive. Friendship is precious because they are expensive and there is a
to many people. Johnny Appleseed thought limited amount of each one.
that his appleseeds were precious. They were 5. Turn to your partner and talk about things
valuable to him because they would grow into that are precious to you. Explain why these
apple trees. things are precious. Then share your ideas
2. En español, precious quiere decir “de gran with another group. Use the sentence frame:
valor, precioso.” Las cosas preciosas no tienen is precious to me because
que ser costosas. La amistad es preciosa para .
muchas personas. Johnny Appleseed pensaba 6. Think of one of the precious items you
que sus semillas de manzanas eran preciosas. described to your partner. Tell your partner
A él le parecían valiosas, pues crecerían a ser how you take care of this precious item.
manzaneros. 7. Now let’s say precious together three more
3. Precious in English and precioso in Spanish are times: precious, precious, precious.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 separates


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the laundry.) Before Dad does the
1. Another word in the selection is separates. laundry, he separates white clothes and
Say it with me: separates. Separates means bedding, light colors, and bright colors.
“divides or puts things in different groups or 5. Let’s all show what it’s like to separate items.
categories.” In some communities, you have (Distribute blocks or other small items.) Work
to separate recyclable items from the rest of with a partner and separate these items into
your trash. You put all of the recyclables in different categories. Then explain to us why
one bin and the trash in another bin. you separated them in that way.
2. En español, to separate quiere decir “dividir 6. Let’s see how many different ways we can
o poner cosas en diferentes grupos, separar.” separate ourselves. First, let’s separate by hair
En algunas comunidades hay que separar los color. Then let’s separate by our age, then our
artículos que pueden ser reciclados del resto height, and then by our favorite kind of pizza.
de la basura. Pones los reciclables en una There are many ways to separate our group.
caneca y la basura en otra. Now let’s all get back together.
3. To separate in English and separar in Spanish 7. Now let’s say separates together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: separates, separates, separates.
and mean the same thing in both languages.

476
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Getty Images. (b) © Howard Shooter/Dorling Kindersley RF/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words transportation, population, immigrant,
Unit 2 Week 4 Moving West
stagecoach, steam engine, locomotive

transportation population immigrant

stagecoach steam engine locomotive

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate actions
where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: transporte, población, inmigrante, locomotora.
477
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (tc) © Frederic Cirou/PhotoAlto Agency RF Collections/Getty Images. (tr) © Alex Wong/Getty Images.
(bl) © Andre Jenny/Alamy Images. (bm) © SuperStock. (br) © PHB/isifa Image Service s.r.o./Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 improve
Unit 2 Week 5 African Americans Win the Vote

Word 2 justice
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 improve
Unit 2 Week 5 African Americans Win the Vote

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Role-play that you are peacefully protesting
1. One word in the selection is improve. Say something in your community that you
it with me: improve. To improve means “to want to improve. Your partner will ask you
get or make better.” The aim of the Save questions about your protest and you will
the Whales campaign is to improve whales’ answer them. Then switch roles. Use these
environment so they do not become extinct. sentence frames:
2. En español, to improve quiere decir “cambiar What do you want to improve?
algo para el bien, perfeccionar algo, mejorar.” I want to improve .
El objetivo de la campaña para salvar a las How will you improve ?
ballenas es mejorar las condiciones de su How will our lives be better if you improve
ambiente para prevenir su extinción. ?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 5. Think of a situation that you would like to
the word improve. (Point to the girl in the improve. Tell your partner what you could to
bed.) This girl was sick, so she went to the do improve it. Use the sentence frame:
hospital. The doctors worked hard to improve I would like to improve by
her health. She is feeling much better. Soon .
she will be able to go home. 6. Now let’s say improve together three more
times: improve, improve, improve.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 justice


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Work with your partner. Suppose that you are
1. Another word in the selection is justice. Say it marching with the people in the photograph.
with me: justice. Justice means “fair treatment Your partner is a newspaper reporter who
and honesty.” The people who worked for asks you why you are marching. Explain your
civil rights wanted justice, or to be treated answer about justice to your partner. Then
fairly and without prejudice. switch roles.
2. En español, justice quiere decir “tratamiento 6. Share your ideas about justice with your
imparcial, recto y honrado; justicia.” Las partner. Talk about what justice means to you
personas que trabajaron para conseguir and why it is important. Then share your ideas
derechos civiles querían justicia, o ser tratados with another group.
como les corresponde: de la misma manera 7. Now let’s say justice together three more
que otros, sin parcialidad ni prejuicios. times: justice, justice, justice.
3. Justice in English and justicia in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. The people in the photo are involved in a civil
rights march. These people believe in equal
treatment and justice for all.

480
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dynamic Graphics/Jupiterimages. (b) © National Archives and Records Administration/Historicus, Inc.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 race
Unit 2 Week 5 African Americans Win the Vote

Word 4 segregation
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 race
Unit 1 Week 5 African Americans Win the Vote

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is race. Say it with the word race. (Point to the students in the
me: race. A race is a group of people who all photo.) These students belong to several
have the same physical characteristics such different races. Of course, all of the students
as skin color, hair color and texture, facial are members of the human race.
features, and body type. The names of some 5. Sometimes you will be asked to identify your
races are Latino, Asian, Native American, race for school or business purposes. Tell your
African American, and Caucasian. partner how you identify your race. You might
2. En español, race quiere decir “un grupo say Asian, African American, Hispanic, Anglo,
de personas que comparten características Native American, or mixed. Or, you may use
físicas como el color de su piel, textura del another term.
pelo, rasgos faciales y su físico; raza.” Las 6. Even though each race has different physical
razas incluyen latinos, asiáticos, indígenas features, we are all part of the human race.
americanos, afroamericanos y caucásicos. Tell your partner one way that all races are
3. Race in English and raza in Spanish are the same. Then share your ideas with another
cognates. They sound almost the same and group.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say race together three more times:
race, race, race.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 segregation


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. We will do an activity so you can see what
1. Another word in the selection is segregation. segregation might be like. I will give half
Say it with me: segregation. Segregation of you a piece of red paper and the other
means “the process of keeping groups half of you a piece of blue paper. (Distribute
separate.” pieces of red or blue paper.) If you have blue
paper, stand on the left side of the room.
2. En español, segregation quiere decir “el
The students with red papers can sit down at
proceso de mantener grupos separados,
desks.
segregación.”
6. The opposite of segregation is integration.
3. Segregation in English and segregación in
People in the Civil Rights era worked for
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
integration. Keep your red and blue papers,
the same and mean the same thing in both
but now sit anywhere you want. We’ll all do
languages.
the same work and receive the same supplies.
4. This restaurant practiced the segregation How do you feel now?
of its customers. Different races even used
7. Now let’s say segregation together three more
different doors.
times: segregation, segregation, segregation.

482
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis/PunchStock. (b) © Library of Congress/Historicus, Inc.
ELD Content Words Continental Army, spy, hoarding,
Unit 2 Week 5 Life during the
American Revolution profiteering, inflation, shortage

Continental Army spy hoarding

profiteering inflation shortage

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: espía, inflación.
483
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © The Granger Collection, New York. (tc) © Mel Curtis/Photodisc/PunchStock. (tr) © Dianna Sarto/Corbis.
(bl) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Shannon Fagan/The Image Bank/Getty Images. (br) © Joe Skipper/Reuters/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 alarm
Unit 3 Week 1 Brer Rabbit’s Ride

Word 2 approaches
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 alarm
Unit 3 Week 1 Brer Rabbit’s Ride

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is alarm. Say it with the word alarm. (Point to the police car.) The
me: alarm. Alarm means “fear or fright” or “a police use their lights and sirens to raise an
call to action.” You might stop in alarm if you alarm when they are hurrying to action. When
see a snarling dog. Firefighters jump to action people hear the sirens and see the lights, they
when they get an alarm. know that something dangerous or illegal has
happened.
2. En español, alarm quiere decir “temor o susto,
o un llamado a actuar; alarma.” La alarma 5. Work with a partner. How would you show
de ver un perro ladrando te haría parar. your alarm if you were camping and you
Los bomberos corren a socorrer a alguien o thought you heard a coyote in the middle of
contener un incendio cuando reciben una the night? What would you look like? What
alarma. would you do?
3. Alarm in English and alarma in Spanish are 6. Work with your partner again and think of
cognates. They sound almost the same and another time you might be alarmed. Show us
mean the same thing in both languages. what you look like and what you do. Then
show how you look and act when you are
calm and relaxed again.
7. Now let’s say alarm together three more
times: alarm, alarm, alarm.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 approaches


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s show what you do when you approach
1. Another word in the selection is approaches. an object like the soccer ball in the
Say it with me: approaches. Approaches photograph. Tell us what the object is, and if
means “moves closer to someone or to it is staying still or if it is moving. Show us how
something.” When your friend approaches you move your arms and legs and where you
you, she comes toward you. She probably focus your eyes.
smiles and waves as she gets closer. 5. Now show us what you do when you
2. En español, to approach quiere decir “moverse approach a friend. Do you call your friend’s
más cerca a una persona o cosa, acercarse.” name? Do you wave and run up to your friend,
Cuando tu amiga se te acerca, se mueve hacia or do you walk up quietly? Let’s see what you
ti. Tal vez te salude y sonría en lo que se do.
aproxima. 6. Now let’s say approaches together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: approaches, approaches, approaches.
the word approaches. (Point to the soccer
players in the photo.) Each girl approaches the
soccer ball. They look right at the ball as they
move toward it.

486
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Allen/Brand X Pictures/Jupiterimages. (b) © Siri Stafford/Riser/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 raging
Unit 3 Week 1 Brer Rabbit’s Ride

Word 4 swollen
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 raging
Unit 3 Week 1 Brer Rabbit’s Ride

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and describe the raging
1. One word in the selection is raging. Say it with river in the photograph or another raging
me: raging. Raging means “strong, powerful, river that you have seen. Tell how it looks and
violent.” A raging blizzard is a snowstorm with sounds. Explain how you feel as you watch the
strong winds and a lot of snow. You do not raging river.
want to be outside during a raging blizzard. 5. The opposite of raging is calm. Talk to your
2. En español, raging quiere decir “fuerte y partner. Compare a raging river with a calm
violento, fiero.” Una ventisca fiera es una one. Use the sentence frame:
tormenta de nieve con vientos muy fuertes y A raging river , but a calm river
mucha nieve. No querrás estar afuera durante .
una ventisca fiera. 6. Now let’s say raging together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: raging, raging, raging.
the word raging. (Point to the river in the
photo.) This is a raging river. Look at how the
fast-moving water churns over the rocks. The
force of the raging water is strong enough to
turn over a boat. The kayaker needs training
and skill to guide his boat safely.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 swollen


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Role-play that you and your partner are news
1. Another word in the selection is swollen. Say it reporters. You are in a helicopter that is flying
with me: swollen. When something is swollen, above the swollen river. Describe the river to
it is larger and fuller than usual. Your eyes get your listeners. Tell what it looks like now and
swollen if you have been crying. They look how it looks when it is not swollen.
puffy. 5. Other things like your eyes can get swollen,
2. En español, swollen quiere decir “más grande too. Talk with your partner about how a dry
y voluminoso de lo normal, hinchado.” Tus sponge can get swollen. Explain how it looks
ojos se hinchan si has estado llorando. Se ven before and after it gets swollen with water.
llenos e inflamados. 6. Now let’s say swollen together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: swollen, swollen, swollen.
the word swollen. (Point to the river in the
photo.) There has been a lot of rain in this
area and now the river is swollen. There’s too
much water in the river and it has overflowed
onto the land.

488
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Corbis. (b) © Photograph courtesy of C. S. Melcher, U.S. Geological Survey.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 1 The Photosynthesis and
leaves, roots, water,
Respiration Cycle
cell wall, mitochondria

leaves roots water

M itochondria
DNA
N uclear
m em brane
N ucleolus

C ell N ucleus
w all Vacuole

R ibosom e

C hloroplast C ellm em brane

cell wall mitochondria

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: mitocondria.
489
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Charles Smith/Corbis. (tc) © Burke/Triolo/Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Comstock Images/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
(bl) © Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. (br) © ISM/Phototake.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 banish
Unit 3 Week 2 Flowers in Winter

Word 2 exhausted
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 banish
Unit 3 Week 2 Flowers in Winter

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and talk about reasons
1. One word in the selection is banish. Say it someone might want to banish a person or
with me: banish. To banish means “to send an animal. (Possible responses: The animal
someone away to another place, or to put destroyed property. The person hurt or
a thought out of your mind.” A club might insulted someone.)
banish a member who is misbehaving. They 5. Choose one of the reasons to banish someone
will tell that person to leave and not return. that you and your partner just thought of.
2. En español, to banish quiere decir “mandar Tell your partner what you would say to the
a una persona lejos a otro lugar o echar de person or to the animal. Use the sentence
tu mente, desterrar.” Un club podría deterrar frame,
a un miembro que no se comporta bien. Le I am going to banish you because .
dirían a la persona que se fuera y no regresara. 6. Now let’s say banish together three more
3. Now let’s look a picture that demonstrates times: banish, banish, banish.
the word banish. A woman points to send, or
banish, her misbehaving dog to the doghouse.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 exhausted


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what you look like when you are
1. Another word in the selection is exhausted. exhausted. Walk slowly around the room. Now
Say it with me: exhausted. Exhausted sit down. Look tired. Close your eyes part way
means “very tired or weak.” You might feel and let your shoulders droop. Sit down, put
exhausted if you played basketball or swam your head on your desk, and take a rest.
laps for an hour. When you are exhausted, you 5. The opposite of exhausted is energetic. Show
want to rest. us what you look like when you are energetic.
2. En español, exhausted quiere decir “muy Jog in place at your desk. Smile and look
cansado o débil, agotado.” Tal vez te sientas wide awake. When do you feel better, when
agotado si juegas baloncesto o nadas por una you are exhausted or when you are energetic?
hora. Cuando estás agotado quieres descansar. 6. Now let’s say exhausted together three more
3. (Point to the woman in the photo.) This times: exhausted, exhausted, exhausted.
woman is exhausted. She just worked out on
all of the machines at the gym. She’s tired and
does not have any energy left. Now she wants
to go home and rest.

492
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Suk-Heui Park/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (b) © Hans Neleman/zefa/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 genuine
Unit 3 Week 2 Flowers in Winter

Word 4 pledge
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 genuine
Unit 3 Week 2 Flowers in Winter

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is genuine. Say the word genuine. (Point to the boy in the
it with me: genuine. Genuine means “real, photo.) The boy is showing genuine love
sincere, or honest.” When something is for his mother. She is not feeling well, so he
genuine, it is the real thing. It is not false brings her breakfast in bed. She appreciates
or an imitation. The princess’s crown was his genuine show of concern for her.
adorned with genuine diamonds. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about ways that
2. En español, genuine quiere decir “real, sincero you show genuine love and kindness for your
u honesto; genuino.” Cuando algo es genuino, family and friends. Explain how you feel when
es la cosa original. No es falso, ni es una you do this.
imitación. La corona de la princesa estaba 6. Objects like jewels can also be either genuine
adornada con diamantes genuinos. or imitation. There are genuine diamonds and
3. Genuine in English and genuino in Spanish are imitation diamonds. You might buy genuine,
cognates. They sound almost the same and name-brand athletic shoes instead of shoes
mean the same thing in both languages. that are an imitation of the name brand. Talk
with your partner about other things that are
genuine and how you know they are genuine
and not imitation.
7. Now let’s say genuine together three more
times: genuine, genuine, genuine.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 pledge


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s say the Pledge of Allegiance like the
1. Another word in the selection is pledge. Say students in the photograph. Help your partner
it with me: pledge. A pledge is a promise. to remember all of the words.
The sisters in the story make a pledge, or a 5. Talk with your partner about other times that
promise, to get rid of Katherine. you might make a pledge. Explain what you
2. En español, pledge quiere decir “una promesa, would say or do and why you are saying or
un compromiso.” Las hermanas en la historia doing this. Use the sentence frame,
hicieron un compromiso de librarse de I will make a pledge to because .
Katherine. 6. Now let’s say pledge together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: pledge, pledge, pledge.
the word pledge. (Point to the children in the
photo.) These children are saying the Pledge
of Allegiance. The Pledge of Allegiance is a
promise to be loyal to the United States of
America.

494
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Roy McMahon/Corbis. (b) © Jill Braaten/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 prefer
Unit 3 Week 2 Flowers in Winter

Word 6 prepare
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 prefer
Unit 3 Week 2 Flowers in Winter

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend that you are the clerk in an ice cream
1. One word in the selection is prefer. Say it with store and your partner is the customer. Ask
me: prefer. To prefer means “to like one thing your partner, “Which flavor of ice cream do
more than other things.” If you prefer to read you prefer?” Your partner will answer, I prefer
biographies, then you like to read them more .
than you like to read fiction or other types of Then switch roles.
nonfiction. 6. Talk with your partner about other things that
2. En español, to prefer quiere decir “escoger o you prefer. Ask your partner a question like
gustar una cosa más que otras, preferir.” Si this one: “Do you prefer orange juice or apple
prefieres leer biografías, te gusta leer biografías juice?” When it’s your turn to answer, say,
más que cualquier otro tipo de literatura. I prefer because .
3. To prefer in English and preferir in Spanish are Ask questions about foods, hobbies, or sports.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say prefer together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: prefer, prefer, prefer.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word prefer. (Point to the boys in the
photo.) These boys prefer healthy vegetables
and fruit for lunch over greasy or unhealthy
foods.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 prepare


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s all show how you prepare to go out in
1. Another word in the selection is prepare. Say the snow. Put on a sweater and warm jeans.
it with me: prepare. To prepare means “to Next put on a jacket and snowpants. Then put
get ready.” When you prepare for a test, you on your boots, gloves, hat, and scarf. Now you
study, sharpen your pencils, and then you get are all prepared to go out in the snow. Have
a good night’s sleep. fun!
2. En español, to prepare quiere decir “alistarse, 6. Show us how you prepare to do something
prepararse.” Cuando te preparas para un else. You can show us how you prepare for a
examen, estudias, le sacas la punta a tus test, how you prepare a meal for your family,
lápices y descansas bien la noche anterior. or something else. We’ll watch how you
prepare for this.
3. To prepare in English and preparar in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say prepare together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: prepare, prepare, prepare.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word prepare. (Point to the women in the
photo.) These women prepare to go skiing.
They put on their warm coats, hats, goggles,
and ski boots. They are ready to go out and
have fun in the snow.

496
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David Ashley/Corbis. (b) © Radius Images/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 2 Exploring
frontier, explorer, treasure,
the Americas
passage, route, voyage

frontier explorer treasure

passage route voyage

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: frontera, explorador, tesoro, ruta.
497
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Medioimages/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © StockTrek/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © IS020/Image Source Pink/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Kathy Collins/Corbis. (bm) © Jack Hollingsworth/Corbis. (br) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 noble
Unit 3 Week 3 The Trickster Rabbit

Word 2 roar
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 noble
Unit 3 Week 3 The Trickster Rabbit

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and talk about someone
1. One word in the selection is noble. Say it with you know who has done a noble deed. Explain
me: noble. Someone who is noble believes what the person did and how it helped other
in doing great things to help others. A noble people. Tell how the people who were helped
person is honest and good. A noble person thanked their noble helper.
follows rules and shows good behavior. 6. Tell your partner about a noble deed you
2. En español, noble quiere decir “que hace cosas would like to do sometime in the future.
buenas por otros, que es bueno y honesto; Explain why you want to do this. Then share
noble.” Una persona noble sigue las reglas y your ideas with another group.
muestra buen comportamiento. 7. Now let’s say noble together three more times:
3. Noble in English and noble in Spanish are noble, noble, noble.
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word noble. (Point to the soldiers in the
photo.) These soldiers are doing a noble deed.
They are helping people who have lost their
homes because of a terrible hurricane. The
soldiers rescue people who are trapped.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 roar


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Role-play you are a lion and roar at your
1. Another word in the selection is roar. Say partner. Your partner should describe the
it with me: roar. To roar is to make a loud sound and tell how it makes him or her feel
sound. Lions, tigers, and other animals roar to when you roar. Then switch roles.
scare their enemies. A person might roar with 5. Talk with your partner about reasons a person
laughter or anger. might roar, either with laugher or with anger.
2. En español, to roar quiere decir “producir un Show your partner how it sounds to roar with
sonido fuerte y retumbante como el de los laughter or with anger. Your partner will
leones, rujir.” Los leones, los tigres y otros describe what you look like when you roar.
animales rujen para asustar a sus enemigos. 6. Now let’s say roar together three more times:
Una persona podría rujir de risa o de furia. roar, roar, roar.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word roar. (Point to the lion in the photo.)
This lion is roaring. He sounds mean and
angry. The animals that are nearby hear the
lion roar and they run away.

500
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Elva Dorn/Alamy Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pounce
Unit 3 Week 3 The Trickster Rabbit

Word 4 reflection
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 pounce
Unit 3 Week 3 The Trickster Rabbit

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s see what it’s like to be a bobcat and
1. One word in the selection is pounce. Say pounce on our prey. Get down on your hands
it with me: pounce. To pounce means “to and knees and be very quiet. Now jump up
move quickly and to jump on someone or and move forward quickly. If you missed your
something.” When an animal pounces on its prey, then pounce again.
prey, it attacks it. 5. A person could pounce on an idea. Suppose
2. En español, to pounce quiere decir “moverse you are talking to your friend and your friend
rápidamente y lanzarse sobre algo o alguien, shares an idea for a way to earn money to
abalanzarse.” Cuando un animal se abalanza buy uniforms for the basketball team. You
sobre su presa, la ataca. think it’s such a great idea that you pounce
on it. You hardly wait until she finishes talking
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
before you agree. Get with your partner now
the word pounce. (Point to the bobcat in the
and show us how you would pounce on your
photo.) This bobcat is pouncing on its prey.
partner’s idea.
See how it jumped quickly from one rock, flies
through the air, and leaps onto another rock. 6. Now let’s say pounce together three more
If it misses its prey this time, it will pounce times: pounce, pounce, pounce.
again.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 reflection


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. (Have students use small mirrors.) Look at your
1. Another word in the selection is reflection. Say reflection in the mirror. Move and watch what
it with me: reflection. A reflection is an image happens to your reflection.
that can be seen in a mirror, a lake, or in some 6. Work with a partner. Pretend one of you is
other smooth surface. When I looked at the looking in a mirror and the other one is the
toaster, I saw a funny reflection of my face. reflection. Make a few movements such as
2. En español, reflection quiere decir “una raising your arm. The student who is the
imagen que puede ser vista en un espejo, un reflection has to perform each movement in
lago o cualquier otra superficie lisa, reflejo.” the opposite way. Now switch roles.
Cuando miré la tostadora, vi un reflejo 7. Now let’s say reflection together three more
gracioso de mi cara. times: reflection, reflection, reflection.
3. Reflection in English and reflejo in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word reflection. (Point to the reflection
in the mirror.) The ladies are looking at their
reflections in the mirror to make sure they are
appplying their makeup correctly.

502
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Alan Carey/Alamy Images. (b) © Thinkstock/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 trick
Unit 3 Week 3 The Trickster Rabbit

Word 6 vain
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 trick
Unit 3 Week 3 The Trickster Rabbit

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Here’s a fun and safe trick. Do this with me.
1. One word in the selection is trick. Say it with Put a small object like a coin or a bean in
me: trick. A trick is a joke or a prank. Usually one hand. Put your hands behind your back
a trick is harmless. The person who plays a and move the coin around. Keep both hands
trick on someone else does it for fun. It’s not closed tight the same way and show them in
a good idea to play a trick unless you are sure front of you. Have someone guess which hand
the person will think it’s funny. the object is in.
2. En español, trick quiere decir “una broma 5. Peek-a-boo is a fun trick you can play with a
o trampa.” Normalmente las bromas son baby. Play it now with a partner. One partner
inofensivas. La persona que hace la broma take the role of the baby. The other partner
lo hace por diversión. No es una buena idea should stand in front of the baby, cover his or
hacer una broma a menos de que estés seguro her eyes, then uncover them and say, “Peek-
de que a la persona a la quien se la vas a hacer a-boo.” Babies laugh when you do this trick
le parecerá graciosa también. to them.
3. (Point to the shoelaces in the photo.) Another 6. Now let’s say trick together three more times:
child tied this boy’s shoelaces together while trick, trick, trick.
he was sleeping. When he wakes up, he may
not notice his shoelaces and he may try to
walk. He may fall down because of the trick
played on him.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 vain


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like to act vain. Check
1. Another word in the selection is vain. Say it your hair or your clothes in a mirror. Ask your
with me: vain. Vain means “overly proud or friends if you look okay. Fuss with your hair
conceited.” People who are vain think a lot or your clothes. Make comments about how
about the way they look. They might check expensive or good looking your own clothes
their appearance in mirrors several times a are. Brag about things you have done.
day. They may spend a lot of time dressing 5. It’s much more polite to act humble or
and taking care of their hair and makeup. modest. Let’s show what it’s like to do that.
2. En español, vain quiere decir “excesivamente Compliment your friends on the way they
orgulloso o presumido, vanidoso.” Las look. Ask about things they have done. Don’t
personas vanidosas piensan mucho sobre fuss with your own clothes or your hair. Would
cómo lucen o se ven. Tal vez se miren en el you rather be with someone who acts vain or
espejo muchas veces al día o se demoren someone who acts humble?
mucho vistiéndose y arreglándose. 6. Now let’s say vain together three more times:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates vain, vain, vain.
the word vain. (Point to the man in the
photo.) This man is acting vain. He’s so
worried about the way he looks that he’s
checking his tie in the mirror of the car.

504
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creasource/Corbis. (b) © Flint/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 3 A Varied Land
property, council, ancestor,
compromise, longhouse, clan

property council ancestor

compromise longhouse clan

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate
actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: propiedad, ancestro, compromiso, clan.
505
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Larry Dale Gordon/The Image Bank/Getty Images. (tc) © Ramin Talaie/Corbis. (tr) © BlueMoon Stock/PunchStock.
(bl) © Michael Newman/PhotoEdit. (bm) © Marilyn Angel Wynn/Nativestock Pictures. (br) © Kraig Scarbinsky/Riser/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 avenge
Unit 3 Week 4 The Story of Isis

Word 2 flee
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 avenge
Unit 3 Week 4 The Story of Isis

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. (Point to the swimmer in the photo.) This
1. One word in the selection is avenge. Say swimmer has avenged himself against his
it with me: avenge. To avenge means “to swimming rival. The last time they raced, his
seek revenge or try to harm someone as rival won the race. The man worked very hard
a punishment.” If someone hurts you or and this time when they raced, he won the
damages your things, you might want to race.
avenge yourself. However, you would not do 4. Turn to your partner and talk about reasons
so, because that would be wrong. why a person might want to avenge him or
2. En español, to avenge quiere decir “vengarse herself, or why a group would want to avenge
o intentar lastimar a alguien por algun daño itself. Discuss the harm that could result and
o lesión que causó, vengar.” Si alguien te why it is wrong.
lastima o daña tus cosas, tal vez quieras 5. Pretend that your partner wants to avenge
vengarte, pero no lo harías pues la venganza him or herself for a wrong that someone
es mala. had done. Try to convince your partner to
settle your differences peacefully instead of
fighting. Then switch roles.
6. Now let’s say avenge together three more
times: avenge, avenge, avenge.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 flee


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s have five volunteers show what they
1. Another word in the selection is flee. Say it would do if they had to flee from a tornado.
with me: flee. To flee means “to run away See how they move quickly. They didn’t stop
from someone or something.” When you flee to gather their things. Instead, they got away
you go off in a hurry. People in an area might as fast as they could.
flee if they know a fire, a hurricane, or a 5. Now let’s see what it’s like when you have
tornado is coming their way. time to leave a place calmly. Show us what
2. En español, to flee quiere decir “alejarse you would do if you have advance warning
apresuradamente de algo o de alguien, huir.” that a storm is coming. You still have to leave,
Las personas en un área huirían si supieran but you can take some time to pack things
que hay un incendio, un huracán o un tornado and make sure your house is safe. Do you feel
en camino hacia ellas. better when you have to flee or when you can
take your time?
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word flee. (Point to the bird in the photo.) 6. Now let’s say flee together three more times:
The bird flees from the cage when someone flee, flee, flee.
leaves the door ajar. The bird wants to escape
the cage.

508
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (b) © Angelo Cavalli/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 generous
Unit 3 Week 4 The Story of Isis

Word 4 mourning
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 generous
Unit 3 Week 4 The Story of Isis

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. These people are generous because they paid
1. One word in the selection is generous. for the food, cooked it, and are giving their
Say it with me: generous. Generous means time to serve the homeless people.
“acting without expecting to benefit or gain 5. Turn to your partner and talk about a time
anything.” You might be generous with your that someone was generous to you or to
time and help others. You could be generous someone you know. Explain what they did
with your money and give some to people and how their actions made you or the other
who are less fortunate. person feel.
2. En español, generous quiere decir “que 6. Work with your partner to think of ways that
actúa sin interés propio, sin buscar beneficio you can be generous to your friends, family,
personal; generoso.” Tal vez seas generoso and in your community. Use the sentence
con tu tiempo y ayudes a otros. Tal vez seas frame: I can be generous by . Share
generoso con tu dinero y lo des a otros menos your ideas with another group.
afortunados.
7. Now let’s say generous together three more
3. Generous in English and generoso in Spanish times: generous, generous, generous.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 mourning


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is mourning. the word mourning. (Point to the man in the
Say it with me: mourning. Mourning means photo.) This man is mourning because his
“expressing grief or sadness over someone’s mother died. He brings flowers to put on her
death.” If a friend or family member dies, the grave. He cries because he is sad and he misses
people who are still alive are mourning. They her. He’s wearing black to show others that he
are very sad and might cry because they miss is mourning.
the person. Many people wear black clothing 4. Let’s show what the man in the photo looks
to show that they are mourning. like when he is in mourning. Cover your face
2. En español, mourning quiere decir with your hands. Let your shoulders slump
“expresando tirsteza por la pérdida de alguien forward. Think about something sad.
o algo, estar de luto.” Si un amigo o miembro 5. Now show how you would help and comfort
de la familia muere, las personas que lo a friend who is mourning. You might say kind
sobreviven estarán de luto. Estarán tristes y words, or hug the person, or just stand quietly
tal vez llorarán porque extrañan a la persona. nearby. Your friend will appreciate your
Muchas personas se visten de negro para kindness.
mostrar que están de luto.
6. Now let’s say mourning together three more
times: mourning, mourning, mourning.

510
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © SW Productions/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Ursula Klawitter/zefa/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 roamed
Unit 3 Week 4 The Story of Isis

Word 6 scheme
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 roamed
Unit 3 Week 4 The Story of Isis

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is roamed. Say it the word roamed. (Point to the camels in the
with me: roamed. Roamed means “traveled photo.) This caravan has roamed through the
or wandered over a large space.” Animals desert for several weeks, looking for a place to
often roam over many miles of land looking stay that is close to water. They may have to
for food. Our ancestors roamed over the land roam for a while longer.
looking for new places to live. 4. Let’s make a caravan and act out roaming
2. En español, to roam quiere decir “recorrer o through the desert. We won’t go in a straight
pasear por un espacio enorme, vagar.” Los path. Instead we’ll wander here and there.
animales muchas veces tienen que vagar We’ll keep moving for a long time.
por muchas millas para encontrar comida. 5. Now let’s show what it looks like to stop
Nuestros ancestros vagaron la Tierra en busca roaming and settle down in one place. Let’s
de nuevos lugares para vivir. unpack the tents and set them up. Let’s put
all of our supplies in our tents and give the
camels some water. Now let’s relax. We’re
glad we don’t have to roam any more.
6. Now let’s say roamed together three more
times: roamed, roamed, roamed.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 scheme


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the chart in the photo.) This man
1. Another word in the selection is scheme. Say is directing a play. He has made a scheme to
it with me: scheme. A scheme is a secret plan show where he wants the actors to stand and
to do something. Often a scheme is dishonest, move for one scene in the play.
or it may cause harm to someone. Other times 5. Pretend you and your partner are evil
a scheme is honest and helpful, like a diagram characters in a story. Plan a scheme against
or a chart. A coach might make a scheme to one of the good characters. But don’t be
show his players where to stand on the field. too mean or nasty! Describe your scheme to
2. En español, scheme quiere decir “una another group.
representación con dibujos o gráficos de 6. Now pretend you and your partner are
un plan o algo que se quiere explicar; un planning a surprise birthday party for another
esquema.” Un entrenador podría usar un friend. Plan a scheme to invite the guests, get
esquema para mostrarle a sus jugadores sus the food, decorate the room, and get your
posiciones en la cancha. Cuando scheme se friend to the party—all without letting your
refiere a un plan para hacer algo malo, se dice friend find out. This kind of scheme is fun
“confabulación” en español. to make.
3. Scheme in English and esquema in Spanish 7. Now let’s say scheme together three more
are cognates. They sound the same and mean times: scheme, scheme, scheme.
almost the same thing in both languages.

512
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Pixfolio/Alamy Images. (b) © Beathan/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 4 Conflicts in the Colonies
capture, enemy, fort,
messenger, disease, weapons

capture enemy fort

messenger disease weapons

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph. Incorporate
actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognate: capturar, enemigo, fuerte, mensajero.
513
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Fancy/Veer. (tc) © PhotoAlto/PunchStock. (tr) © WorldFoto/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Bill Aron/PhotoEdit. (br) © Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cove
Unit 3 Week 5 Secret Messages

Word 2 encrypted
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cove
Unit 3 Week 5 Secret Messages

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Role-play that you are on vacation and you
1. One word in the selection is cove. Say it with are staying at a beach resort near this cove.
me: cove. A cove is a small, semicircular body Call your partner on your imaginary cell phone
of water that reaches into the shore. A cove and describe the cove. Describe the way the
usually has high cliffs around it. beach, water, and cliffs look. Talk about the
things you like to do at the cove.
2. En español, cove se dice “ensenada.” Es
una parte de la orilla que entra al mar. Una 5. Play a game with your partner and describe
ensenada normalmente es rodeada por una things that you would or would not see or do
costa acantilada. at a cove. Use the sentence frames:
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates I see at a cove. / I don’t see
the word cove. (Point to the cove in the at a cove.
photo.) You can see the semicircular shape of I can at a cove. / I can’t
the cove. The waves in the cove are gentle, so at a cove.
it’s easy and fun to swim in the water. People 6. Now let’s say cove together three more times:
like to spend time at this beautiful, peaceful cove, cove, cove.
cove.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 encrypted


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Work with your partner to write a short,
1. Another word in the selection is encrypted. encrypted message. Plan your code first and
Say it with me: encrypted. When a message make sure it works. Use a simple code, like
is encrypted, it’s changed into a secret code. having each letter of the alphabet represented
Only the people who know the code will be by a different number.
able to decode the message. The spy sent 5. Now let’s trade encrypted messages and try to
an encrypted message so only the people solve them. After you solve it, read it to us and
that knew his code could understand the tell us how you cracked the code. Begin with
confidential message. this sentence frame: The encrypted message is
2. En español, encrypted quiere decir “escrito en .
un código secreto, cifrado.” Sólo las personas 6. Now let’s say encrypted together three more
que conocen el código pueden descifrar el times: encrypted, encrypted, encrypted.
mensaje. El espía mandó un mensaje cifrado
de tal manera que sólo las personas que
conocieran su código pudieran entender el
mensaje confidencial.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word encrypted. (Point to the computer
code in the photo.) This pattern of zeroes and
ones is a kind of encrypted code. There’s a
secret message in here. Someone who knows
the code can figure out the pattern and read
the message. In times of war and other times
that secrecy is needed, people use encrypted
messages like this one.

516
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Goodshoot/Fotosearch Stock Photography. (b) © Nick Koudis/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 genius
Unit 3 Week 5 Secret Messages

Word 4 network
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 genius
Unit 3 Week 5 Secret Messages

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Turn to your partner and make a list of
1. One word in the selection is genius. Say it questions you would like to ask Albert Einstein
with me: genius. A genius is a person who is or another genius. You could ask what their
extremely intelligent and talented. A genius life is like, where they get ideas, or who
has ideas and abilities that most people don’t influenced them. Share your questions with
have. A genius can have a talent in only one another group.
area, like music, or in many areas. 6. Tell your partner about someone that you
2. En español, genius quiere decir “una persona think is a genius. This could be a famous
extremadamente inteligente, un genio.” Un person who is alive now, a person from
genio tiene ideas y abilidades que la mayoría history, or someone you know. Use the
de personas no tienen. Un genio puede ser sentence frame:
talentoso en un área como la música o en I think that is a genius because
muchas áreas. .
3. Genius in English and genio in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say genius together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: genius, genius, genius.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word genius. (Point to the photo.)
Albert Einstein was a genius. He made many
discoveries in science, especially about time
and space. Scientists today still use his ideas
and theories.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 network


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. (Use a ball of yarn for this activity.) Let’s make
1. Another word in the selection is network. Say our own network. Everyone stand up in a
it with me: network. A network is a series of circle. I’ll give one end of this ball of yarn to
interconnections between things or people. the first person. That person will pass the
Today people are connected by the Internet, yarn to someone else, and so on. You don’t
which is a type of network. have to pass to the person next to you, but
be sure to hold onto the yarn. You did a great
2. En español, network quiere decir “una serie
job making our network. Now you can see
de interconexiones entre cosas o personas,
how we are all connected.
red.” Hoy en día las personas se mantienen
conectadas a través de internet, un tipo de 5. (Use the computer with Internet access.)
red. Earlier we said that the Internet is a kind of
network. You can’t see it working, but you
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
know that the messages you send go out into
the word network. (Point to the circles and
cyberspace and to another person. Watch me
spokes in the photo.) These circles and spokes
send a message over the Internet. Now I’ll
make a network. If you start at one end, you’ll
choose a few students to send messages.
see that each piece connects to at least one
other piece. 6. Now let’s say network together three more
times: network, network, network.

518
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Bettmann/Corbis. (b) © Charles Smith/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 receiver
Unit 3 Week 5 Secret Messages

Word 6 signal
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 receiver
Unit 3 Week 5 Secret Messages

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Work with your partner to be the sender and
1. One word in the selection is receiver. Say it receiver of messages. Role play you have a cell
with me: receiver. A receiver is a person who phone and call each other. When you talk you
gets or receives a message. A sender creates are the sender of the message or information.
the message and sends it out. The receiver When you listen you are the receiver of the
gets the message and figures out what to do message. Send and receive several messages.
with it, or how to answer it. 5. Suppose that you could be the receiver of any
2. En español, receiver quiere decir “la persona message you like. Tell your partner what that
que recibe un mensaje, receptor.” El emisor message would be. Use the sentence frame:
crea el mensaje y lo envía. El receptor recibe I would like to be the receiver of a message
el mesaje y decide qué hacer con él o cómo that says, “ .”
contestarlo. 6. Now let’s say receiver together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: receiver, receiver, receiver.
the word receiver. (Point to the girl with the
phone in the photo.) This girl is the receiver
of a text message from her friend. The sender
is wishing her a happy birthday. The girl is
happy that she is the receiver of this message.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 signal


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. You use signals all the time. When you wave
1. Another word in the selection is signal. Say at friends, it’s a signal that you see them and
it with me: signal. A signal is a sign or a want them to come closer. When the coach
motion that warns, gives directions, or gives blows a whistle, it’s a signal to stop and listen.
information. When your school bus stops, the Show us a signal that you use. We’ll do what
driver puts on the flashing lights. The lights your signal tells us to do.
are a signal to other drivers to stop and wait 5. Now draw a picture of a signal like a stop sign
until the children are safely across the street. or a traffic light. Hold it up and we’ll do what
2. En español, signal quiere decir “un signo o the signal tells us to do.
gesto que advierte, da direcciones o provee 6. Now let’s say signal together three more
información; una señal.” Cuando tu bus times: signal, signal, signal.
escolar para, el conductor prende sus luces
intermitentes. Las luces son una señal para
los otros conductores. Les indica que paren y
esperen a que todos los niños hayan cruzado
la calle.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word signal. (Point to the hand signal in
the photo.) The lighted signal of the raised
hand tells people not to cross a street.

520
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Rolf Bruderer/Blend Images/Getty Images. (b) © Design Pics/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 3 Week 5 The War Begins
patriot, convention, battlefield,
victory, war, supplies

patriot convention battlefield

victory war supplies

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: patriota, convención, victoria.
521
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Comstock Images/PunchStock. (tc) © McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Bob Krist/Corbis.
(bl) © PhotoLink/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Bettmann/Corbis. (br) © Rick Brady/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 discoveries
Unit 4 Week 1 Science at the North and South Poles

Word 2 isolated
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 discoveries
Unit 4 Week 1 Science at the North and South Poles

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is discoveries. Say the word discoveries. (Point to the students
it with me: discoveries. Discoveries are new in the photo.) These students are studying
things that people learn or find. People make the constellations in the night sky. They
discoveries by accident or by observing or take notes about what they see. Later
studying something. Over the years, scientists they’ll talk to their science teacher. They are
have made many discoveries about the land hoping to make some discoveries about the
and the animals at the North and South Poles. constellations or the planets.
2. En español, discoveries quiere decir “las cosas 4. Turn to your partner and talk about some
nuevas que una persona aprende o encuentra, discoveries you know about. Tell who made
descubrimientos.” Las personas hacen the discoveries, where they were, and why the
descubrimientos por accidente, observación discoveries were important.
y estudio. Los científicos han hecho muchos 5. Tell your partner about some discoveries you
descubrimientos sobre el terreno y los would like to make. The discoveries could be
animales en el Polo Norte y el Polo Sur con in science, medicine, or in another subject. Use
los años. the sentence frame:
I would like to make discoveries about
because .
6. Now let’s say discoveries together three more
times: discoveries, discoveries, discoveries.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 isolated


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend you are a scientist living and
1. Another word in the selection is isolated. Say working in this isolated place. You’re going to
it with me: isolated. Isolated means “alone or send an e-mail back home to your family and
separate.” A person who is isolated does not tell them about the isolated place. Tell your
have friends or other people around. He or she partner what you would say in your email.
is completely alone. Make sure to use the word isolated in your
description.
2. En español, isolated quiere decir “solo o
separado de otros, aislado.” Una persona 5. Would you want to go to an isolated place
aislada no tiene amigos u otras personas like this one? Explain your reasons why or
alrededor. Está completamente sola. why not to your partner. Then listen to your
partner’s reasons.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word isolated. (Point to the building in the 6. Now let’s say isolated together three more
photo.) This research station is isolated in the times: isolated, isolated, isolated.
mountains. It’s the only building around for
many miles. The people in the building are
isolated from other people. They only have
the people in the building to talk to. They
probably feel lonely sometimes because they
are so isolated from other people and places.

524
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Randy Faris/Corbis. (b) © Image Plan/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 remains
Unit 4 Week 1 Science at the North and South Poles

Word 4 research
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 remains
Unit 4 Week 1 Science at the North and South Poles

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is remains. Say it the word remains. (Point to the fossils
with me: remains. The remains of something in the photo.) These fossils are the remains
are the parts that are left over. An empty of animals that lived thousands of years ago.
seashell is the remains of the animal that used This is all that is left of the animals. Scientists
to live inside the shell. Pieces of rotting wood will study these remains to learn more about
might be the remains of a tree that died or is the animals.
decaying. 4. Pretend you are a scientist and you have
2. En español, remains quiere decir “lo que discovered these remains. Tell your partner
queda de algo, los restos.” Una concha vacía what you see. Explain how you will study to
son los restos del animal que antes vivía en learn more about the animals that left the
ella. Pedazos de madera podridos podrían ser remains.
los restos de un árbol que se ha muerto. 5. You have seen pictures of other fossil remains.
Tell your partner what the remains look like.
Explain what you learned from them. Use the
word remains in your description.
6. Now let’s say remains together three more
times: remains, remains, remains.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 research


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s go into the lab and do some research
1. Another word in the selection is research. with the scientist in the photograph. Let’s put
Say it with me: research. Research means on our masks, caps, and gloves. Let’s put our
“investigation or a careful study of specimen on the table. Now let’s look through
something.” When scientists conduct research, the microscope, move the controls, and get a
they study an item so they can find out more good look. Later on we’ll discuss our research
about it. Then they draw conclusions and with other scientists.
form ideas about the item. 5. You can also do research by reading about
2. En español, research quiere decir “estudio a a topic. Take a few minutes to think about
fondo de algo, investigación.” Cuando los a research topic. What do you want to learn
científicos llevan a cabo una investigación, about? Be ready to tell us what you would like
estudian un artículo para aprender más de to research.
él. Luego sacan conclusiones y forman ideas 6. Now let’s say research together three more
sobre el artículo. times: research, research, research.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word research. (Point to the scientist
in the photo.) This scientist is conducting
research in her lab. She hopes that her
research will help her and other scientists
cure diseases.

526
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Dr. Parvinder Sethi/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Reed Kaestner/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 surrounds
Unit 4 Week 1 Science at the North and South Poles
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 surrounds
Unit 4 Week 1 Science at the North and South Poles

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Put your red crayon on your desk. Now
1. One word in the selection is surrounds. Say it surround your red crayon with other crayons.
with me: surrounds. To surround means “to Where is your red crayon? (in the middle)
circle something.” If there’s one tree in the Where are the other crayons? (all around the
middle of your yard, then the grass surrounds red one)
the tree. The grass is all around the tree. 5. If a player on a team wins a game, the fans
2. En español, to surround quiere decir “recorrer and other players might surround him or her.
en círculo algo, rodear.” Si hay un árbol en la Show us what this looks like. Work with a
mitad de un jardín, el pasto lo rodea. El pasto group. Take turns being in the middle and
está alrededor del árbol. surrounding the winner.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say surrounds together three more
the word surrounds. (Point to the iceberg in times: surrounds, surrounds, surrounds.
the photo.) What do you see all around the
iceberg? That’s right, you see the ocean. The
ocean surrounds the iceberg.

528
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 1 William Penn Founds a Colony
jury, trial, freedom,
worship, prosperity

jury trial freedom

worship prosperity

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: jurado, prosperidad.
529
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © John Neubauer/PhotoEdit. (tc) © rubberball/Getty Images. (tr) © Bob Daemmrich Photography.
(bl) © Tim Page/Corbis. (br) © Jim Gipe/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 assemble
Unit 4 Week 2 Going to Mars

Word 2 barren
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 assemble
Unit 4 Week 2 Going to Mars

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. (Use small blocks for this activity.) Let’s
1. One word in the selection is assemble. Say it assemble these blocks and make a tower. First
with me: assemble. To assemble means “to put let’s put a layer of blocks on the bottom. Then
together.” When you assemble a model car, we’ll put more blocks on top until we have
you line up the parts and then you put them assembled a tower.
together in the correct order. When you are 5. When something has already been assembled,
finished, you have a completed model car. you can take it apart, piece by piece. Let’s
2. En español, to assemble quiere decir “reunir take apart the tower we just made. We’ll start
personas o montar una cosa.” Cuando montas at the top and take off the blocks. Now we
el modelo de un carro, organizas sus partes can assemble the blocks again into a different
y las juntas en el orden adecuado. Cuando shape.
terminas, tienes un carro completo. 6. Now let’s say assemble together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: assemble, assemble, assemble.
the word assemble. (Point to the woman in the
photo.) This woman is assembling the parts for
the inside of a calculator. See how the parts
are lined up in stacks for each calculator. She
puts the parts together in order. She is good at
assembling the calculators.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 barren


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend that you and your partner are
1. Another word in the selection is barren. Say it astronauts and have landed on Mars. Describe
with me: barren. Barren means “without trees the barren landscape to people back on Earth.
or plants.” A barren area has dirt or sand, but Explain what you see. Also tell people what
no trees, flowers, bushes, or grasses. Many you don’t see in the barren landscape.
parts of the desert are barren. The ice fields in 5. Play a game with your partner. Describe a
Antarctica are barren. A farmer’s field full of place. Your partner will say: “This is a barren
crops is not barren. place,” or “This is not a barren place.”
2. En español, barren quiere decir “un terreno Here’s an example:
que no tinen ni puede tener plantas, estéril.” Partner 1: I’m in a flower garden.
Un terreno estéril tiene tierra pero no tiene Partner 2: This is not a barren place.
ni flores ni arbustos ni pastos. Los campos 6. Now let’s say barren together three more
helados de Antártica son estériles. En cambio times: barren, barren, barren.
los terrenos de un granjero que están llenos de
frutos no son estériles.
3. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word barren. (Point to the landscape
in the photo.) This is a photograph of the
Martian landscape. See how barren it is.
Nothing can grow here. There aren’t any trees
or plants. All you see are rocks and dirt.

532
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © PhotoLink/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 identical
Unit 4 Week 2 Going to Mars

Word 4 launched
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 identical
Unit 4 Week 2 Going to Mars

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is identical. Say the word identical. (Point to the houses in the
it with me: identical. When two things are photo.) These houses are identical. They are
identical, they are exactly the same. Identical all the same color. They are exactly the same
twins look so much alike that it is hard to size. They all have windows and doors in the
tell them apart. If you and your friend buy same place. Even the plants match!
identical T-shirts, you buy shirts that match. 5. Let’s all stand up. I’m going to make a
2. En español, identical quiere decir movement. You look at me and then make an
“exactamente igual, idéntico.” Los gemelos identical movement. Try to move exactly as I
son idénticos. Se parecen tanto que es difícil did. (Make several movements such as raising
identificarlos. Si tu amiga y tú compran an arm, clapping twice, or jumping three times.)
la misma camiseta, compraron camisetas 6. Now work with a partner. See if you can draw
idénticas. identical pictures. Show us your pictures when
3. Identical in English and idéntico in Spanish are you are finished.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say identical together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: identical, identical, identical.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 launched


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Imagine that you are visiting the Kennedy
1. Another word in the selection is launched. Say Space Center and you have just watched a
it with me: launched. Launched means “sent rocket being launched. Tell your partner what
a rocket or spacecraft into space.” NASA has you saw and heard. Explain how you felt when
launched many rockets and space shuttles. you saw the rocket being launched.
Many of these are launched from the Kennedy 5. Have you ever launched a paper space ship or
Space Center in Florida. a model rocket, or watched a television show
2. En español, to launch quiere decir “impulsar about a rocket being launched? Tell your
un cohete o nave espacial al espacio, lanzar.” partner what you did or what you saw. Use
La NASA ha lanzado muchos cohetes y naves the word launched in your description.
espaciales. Muchos han sido lanzados desde el 6. Now let’s say launched together three more
Centro Espacial Kennedy en la Florida. times: launched, launched, launched.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word launched. (Point to the rocket in the
photo.) NASA launched Apollo 11 on July 16,
1969 from the Kennedy Space Center in Florida.
When the countdown clock reached zero, the
rocket blasted off, or launched. The powerful
engines lifted the rocket into space. People
for many miles around heard the loud roar of
the engines. They felt the ground shake. They
saw the smoke from the rocket fuel as the
rocket left the launch pad.

534
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (b) © Milivoj Jugin/DIOMEDIA/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 navigate
Unit 4 Week 2 Going to Mars

Word 6 spacecraft
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 navigate
Unit 4 Week 2 Going to Mars

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Work with a partner. Pretend you are out on a
1. One word in the selection is navigate. Say it hike. Use a map or a GPS to navigate your way
with me: navigate. To navigate means “to find along the trail through the woods. Give each
your way on, in, or across.” When you go to other directions. Stop several times to look at
an unfamiliar place, someone has to navigate your map, or to check the information on your
so you find your way. You might use a map to GPS.
help you navigate. 6. Now pretend that you and your partner are
2. En español, to navigate quiere decir astronauts on a space mission. Take turns
“encontrar tu camino, navegar.” Cuando vas piloting and navigating your spacecraft. When
a un lugar desconocido, alguien tiene que it’s your turn to navigate, use the computers
navegar para que encuentren su camino. Tal on your ship to navigate. Also talk to the
vez usen un mapa para navegar. mission control specialists at the space center
on Earth. They’ll help you navigate.
3. Navigate in English and navegar in Spanish are
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say navigate together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: navigate, navigate, navigate.
4. (Point to the boy and girl in the photo.) This
girl and boy are on a hike. They are using a
GPS (global positioning system) to help them
navigate.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 6 spacecraft


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 6 image on the opposite side. 4. Play a game with your partner. Ask and
1. Another word in the selection is spacecraft. answer questions about the spacecraft you see
Say it with me: spacecraft. A spacecraft is in the photograph. Use questions like these:
a vehicle that is made especially for use Does the spacecraft have windows?
in space. The Space Shuttle is one kind of Is the spacecraft in outer space?
spacecraft. It carries astronauts to and from 5. Would you like to fly in a spacecraft? Tell your
the International Space Station. answer to your partner. Explain your reasons
2. En español, spacecraft quiere decir “un if you would not like to fly in a spacecraft.
vehículo diseñado especialmente para If you would like to fly in a spacecraft, tell
ser usado en el espacio; nave espacial.” where you would like to go. Make sure to use
El Transbordador Espacial es un tipo de the word spacecraft in your answer.
nave espacial. Lleva de ida y vuelta los a 6. Now let’s say spacecraft together three more
astronautas de la Tierra a la Estación Espacial times: spacecraft, spacecraft, spacecraft.
Internacional.
3. (Point to the spacecraft in the photo.) The
short name for this spacecraft is LDEF. You can
see the robotic arm from the Space Shuttle
at the top of LDEF. Scientists studied the
experiments that were on board.

536
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © image100/Alamy Images. (b) © Corbis.
ELD Content Words star, astronomical unit, core, radiation
Unit 4 Week 2 The Sun
layer, convection layer, photosphere

star astronomical unit core

radiation layer convection layer photosphere

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: unidad astronómica, fotosfera.
537
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Corbis. (tc) © InterNetwork Media/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © M. Kulyk/Photo Researchers, Inc.
(bl) © Christian Darkin/Photo Researchers, Inc. (bm) © Christian Darkin/Photo Researchers, Inc. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 collapsed
Unit 4 Week 3 Earthquake

Word 2 destroy
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 collapsed
Unit 4 Week 3 Earthquake

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. (Use a few wooden or plastic blocks for this
1. One word in the selection is collapsed. Say it activity.) I’m going to show you what happens
with me: collapsed. Collapsed means “fell down when an earthquake causes a building to
suddenly or unexpectedly.” Buildings can collapse collapse. Then you will describe it to your
if they are made incorrectly or if an earthquake partner. (Stack up several blocks.) Pretend that
shakes them. When a building collapses, it breaks these blocks are a building. Tell your partner
apart and the pieces fall to the ground. what the building looks like. Now look what
happens when I shake the desk the way an
2. En español, to collapse quiere decir “caerse de
earthquake would shake the building. Tell
repente o inesperadamente, derrumbarse.”
your partner what happened to the blocks.
Los edificios se pueden derrumbar si fueron
Use the word collapsed in your description.
construidos mal o si sufren un terremoto
fuerte. Cuando un edificio se derrumba, se 5. Work with your partner to explain how
parte y los pedazos caen al suelo. the building in the photograph collapsed.
Tell what the building looked like before it
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
collapsed, what made it collapse, and what it
the word collapsed. (Point to the building in
looks like now. Explain what will happen next
the photo.) This building collapsed after an
with the ruins of the building.
earthquake struck. The earthquake shook the
foundation of the building so that the pillars 6. Now let’s say collapsed together three more
that supported the building crumbled. times: collapsed, collapsed, collapsed.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 destroy


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk to your partner. Describe what the
1. Another word in the selection is destroy. Say it highway in the photograph looked like before
with me: destroy. To destroy means “to ruin or the earthquake destroyed it. Then tell what
to wipe out.” When a building is destroyed, it it looked like and what happened to it after
falls apart. It can’t be used again or rebuilt. the earthquake destroyed it. Use the following
sentence frames:
2. En español, to destroy quiere decir “arruinar,
Before the earthquake destroyed the highway,
dañar o destruir.” Cuando un edificio es
.
destruido, se cae por completo. No puede
After the earthquake destroyed the highway,
volver a ser usado o arreglado.
.
3. To destroy in English and destruir in Spanish
6. Talk with your partner about other things that
are cognates. They sound almost the same
earthquakes and other natural disasters can
and mean the same thing in both languages.
destroy. Use the sentence frames,
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates An earthquake can destroy .
the word destroy. (Point to the destroyed A hurricane can destroy .
highway in the photo.) An earthquake A volcano can destroy .
destroyed this highway. You can see how the A flood can destroy .
road broke apart and crumbled into small
7. Now let’s say destroy together three more
pieces. The highway can’t be used any more.
times: destroy, destroy, destroy.
It will have to be completely rebuilt.

540
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photograph by M. Celebi, courtesy of U.S. Geological Survey. (b) © National Geophysical Data Center/NOAA Photo Library.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 eruption
Unit 4 Week 3 Earthquake

Word 4 predict
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 eruption
Unit 4 Week 3 Earthquake

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner what you would see, hear,
1. One word in the selection is eruption. Say it with feel, and smell during the eruption of a
me: eruption. An eruption is a strong and violent volcano. Use the following sentence frame:
explosion. An eruption occurs when a volcano During an eruption, I would (see, hear, feel,
releases or spits out steam, lava, and ash. smell) .
2. En español, eruption quiere decir “una Then share your descriptions with another
explosión fuerte y violenta, una erupción.” group.
Una erupción ocurre cuando un volcán 6. Work with your partner to make a list of
despide vapor, lava y cenizas. words that you think of when you hear the
3. Eruption in English and erupción in Spanish word eruption. You might include the words
are cognates. They sound almost the same loud, scary, and dangerous. Share your list
and mean the same thing in both languages. with the class.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 7. Now let’s say eruption together three more
the word eruption. (Point to the volcano in times: eruption, eruption, eruption.
the photo.) This photo was taken during the
eruption of the volcano. See the exploding
steam and gases. Thick, dark smoke and ash
spit from the crater.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 predict


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is predict. Say the word predict. (Point to the scientists in the
it with me: predict. To predict means “to say photo.) Scientists study this volcano so they
what might happen in the future.” When can predict when an eruption might occur.
you predict an event, you think about things They look for visible signs at the site.
that happened in the past and things that are 5. Listen to this report about a volcano from a
happening in the present. Then you predict scientist: There was a strong earthquake under
what might happen in the future. the volcano. A crack opened in the top of the
2. En español, to predict quiere decir “decir lo volcano and some steam started to come out.
que ocurrirá en el futuro, predecir.” Cuando With your partner, predict what will happen.
predices un evento, primero averiguas lo que 6. Give your partner some clues about an event.
ha pasado antes y lo que está pasando en Ask your partner to predict what might
el momento. Luego predices lo que pasará happen next. Here’s an example: Today is your
después. birthday. Your grandmother comes to visit
3. To predict in English and predecir in Spanish you. She stands in front of you with her hands
are cognates. They sound almost the same behind her back. What do you predict will
and mean the same thing in both languages. happen next?
7. Now let’s say predict together three more
times: predict, predict, predict.

542
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © U.S. Geological Survey. (b) © U.S. Geological Survey.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 3 Trade and Travel
island, map, journey,
compass, sailors, navigation

island map journey

compass sailors navigation

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: isla, mapa, navegación.
543
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Bob Krist/Corbis. (tc) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit. (tr) © Reuters/Corbis.
(bl) © Steve Cole/Photodisc/Getty Images. (bm) © Bob Daemmrich/PhotoEdit. (br) © James Marshall/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 catastrophe
Unit 4 Week 4 The Prize

Word 2 nerd
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 catastrophe
Unit 4 Week 4 The Prize

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is catastrophe. Say the word catastrophe. (Point to the fire in the
it with me: catastrophe. A catastrophe is a photo.) This forest fire is a catastrophe. The
great and sudden disaster or accident. Usually, fire has burned many acres of forest and has
people are injured or die during a catastrophe. probably destroyed several houses.
Volcanoes, earthquakes, floods, and fires are 5. Talk to your partner and describe catastrophes
catastrophes. you have read or heard about. Tell why
2. En español, catastrophe quiere decir “un each one is a catastrophe. Explain how the
gran y repentino desastre o accidente, una catastrophe started and where it happened.
catástrofe.” Normalmente algunas personas 6. Describe a situation to your partner. Your
son lastimadas o mueren durante una partner will decide whether it is a catastrophe
catástrofe. Las erupciones de volcanes, los and explain the reason. Here’s an example:
terremotos y los incendios son catástrofes. Partner 1: You have fun at a birthday party.
3. Catastrophe in English and catástrofe in Partner 2: This is not a catastrophe because
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost nothing is destroyed and no one is hurt.
the same and mean the same thing in both 7. Now let’s say catastrophe together three more
languages. times: catastrophe, catastrophe, catastrophe.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 nerd


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. I’m going to ask you a question and give
1. Another word in the selection is nerd. Say you two answer choices. Tell your partner
it with me: nerd. The word nerd is used to the answer choice that you think is correct.
describe a person who is smart in science, Explain your reasons to your partner.
math, and technology but not as good at Would a nerd rather hang out at the mall with
social skills. People who are considered nerds a group or build a model rocket alone? (build a
like to spend a lot of time studying. It’s not model rocket alone)
polite to call someone a nerd. Would a nerd prefer to read a science book
alone or watch a silly movie with some friends?
2. En español, nerd quiere decir “una persona
(read a science book alone)
inteligente para las ciencias, matemáticas y
tecnología, pero no buena para socializar con 5. Someone who is considered a nerd knows a
otros; un nerdo.” Las personas consideradas lot about math and science, and maybe a lot
nerdas pasan mucho tiempo estudiando. Es de about history and geography, too. Talk with
mala educación llamar a alguien un nerdo. your partner and make a list of questions you
would ask a nerd. Then see if either of you
3. (Point to the man in the photo.) Some people
can answer any of the questions.
might call this man a nerd. He is very good
6. Now let’s say nerd together three more times:
at math. He understands the complicated
nerd, nerd, nerd.
equations on the board behind him.

546
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Frans Lanting/Corbis. (b) © LWA-Dann Tardif/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 programmed
Unit 4 Week 4 The Prize

Word 4 tease
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 programmed
Unit 4 Week 4 The Prize

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is programmed. Say the word programmed. (Point to the men in
it with me: programmed. When you program the photo.) These men are programming their
a computer, you use the keyboard to write a computers to solve difficult math problems.
special code. The code tells the computer how The men put in special codes to tell the
to do a job. My parents programmed their computers what to do. The computers will
computer to respond to voice commands. work and solve the problems.
2. En español, to program quiere decir “diseñar 5. You might have programmed a computer,
un código que le diga a un computador qué or you might know someone else who has
hacer, programar.” Mis padres progamaron programmed a computer. Tell your partner
nuestro computador para que responda a what you or the other person did. Explain why
órdenes orales. you did it. Describe any tools you used.
3. To program in English and programar in 6. Pretend that you need help with your
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost computer and your partner is a programmer.
the same and mean the same thing in both Ask your partner to program your computer
languages. to do a specific task. Use the sentence frame:
Would you please program my computer so
I can ? Then switch roles.
7. Now let’s say programmed together three
more times: programmed, programmed,
programmed.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 tease


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Suppose that you are the boy who is being
1. Another word in the selection is tease. Say teased, and your partner is the boy who is
it with me: tease. To tease means “to annoy teasing you. Tell your partner what you would
or irritate someone on purpose.” When you say to get the boy to stop teasing you. Use the
tease someone, you play tricks on him or her word tease in your conversation.
or make fun of them. It’s not kind to tease 5. Talk with your partner about polite and kind
someone. ways you should treat your friends instead of
2. En español, tease quiere decir “molestar teasing them. Share your ideas with another
a alguien a propósito, fastidiar.” Cuando group. Use the following sentence frame:
fastidias a alguien, le haces bromas o te burlas You should not tease someone. Instead, you
de él. No es amable fastidiar a alguien. should .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say tease together three more times:
the word tease. (Point to the boy with the tease, tease, tease.
pencil in the photo.) This boy is teasing the
boy in front of him. The boy in front is trying
to read. He does not like it when the other
boy teases him. He will ask the boy to stop
teasing him.

548
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © © Geoff Manasse/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © BananaStock/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 4 Week 4 The Solar System
solar system, telescope, Moon,
satellite, asteroid, comet

solar system telescope Moon

satellite asteroid comet

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent work time,
have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: sistema solar, telescopio, satélite, asteroide, cometa.
549
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © StockTrek/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Don Hammond/Design Pics/Corbis. (bm) © NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory (NASA-JPL)/NASA Image Exchange. (br) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cycle
Unit 4 Week 5 Yosemite National Park

Word 2 exposed
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cycle
Unit 4 Week 5 Yosemite National Park

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. I’m going to tell you the parts of some cycles.
1. One word in the selection is cycle. Say it with Listen once and then repeat the parts of the
me: cycle. A cycle is a series of events that cycle to your partner. The seasons are spring,
happen the same way over and over. The four summer, autumn, and winter. The months of
seasons are a cycle. They occur in the same the year are January, February, March, April,
order over and over again. May, June, July, August, September, October,
November, and December.
2. En español, cycle quiere decir “una serie de
eventos que ocurren de la misma manera una 6. Work with your partner to describe other
y otra vez, ciclo.” Las cuatro estaciones son un cycles that you both know about. Tell the
ciclo. Ocurren en el mismo orden una y otra vez. parts of the cycle. Use the sentence frames:
3. Cycle in English and ciclo in Spanish are The are a cycle because .
cognates. They sound almost the same and The parts of the cycle are .
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say cycle together three more times:
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates cycle, cycle, cycle.
the word cycle. (Point to the snow in the
photo.) This is Yosemite National Park in the
winter. The winter is one part of the cycle of
seasons in the park. During this part of the
cycle, there’s a lot of snow.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 exposed


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s all show what it’s like for a mountain to
1. Another word in the selection is exposed. be exposed to the weather. Pretend your face
Say it with me: exposed. Exposed means is the mountain. Turn your face to the window
“uncovered, or out in the open.” When and feel the sun. Now wave your hands in
something in nature is exposed, it’s not front of your face to act like the wind. Do you
protected from the wind, rain, snow, or sleet. feel the heat and wind on your exposed face?
If there is only one tree in your yard, that tree 5. Now let’s show what it’s like for a mountain
is exposed to the weather. to be protected. Turn towards the sunny
2. En español, exposed quiere decir “al window again, but this time, put your hands
descubierto, expuesto.” Cuando algo en la in front of your face. Your face should not feel
naturaleza está expuesto, no está protegido as warm as it did when it was exposed. Now
del viento, la lluvia, la nieve ni el granizo. ask a partner to wave his or her hands while
Si hay un solo árbol en nuestro patio, está you cover your face. Do the same thing for
expuesto al clima. your partner. Does your face feel better when
it is exposed or when it is protected?
3. (Point to the mountain in the photo.) Half
Dome is a tall mountain in Yosemite National 6. Now let’s say exposed together three more
Park. The rock faces on the mountain are times: exposed, exposed, exposed.
exposed, or left open, to the sun, wind, snow,
and rain.

552
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © MedioImages/Corbis. (b) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 gradually
Unit 4 Week 5 Yosemite National Park

Word 4 reservoir
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 gradually
Unit 4 Week 5 Yosemite National Park

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is gradually. Say it the word gradually. (Point to the waterfall in
with me: gradually. When something happens the photo.) The constant force of the water
gradually, it takes place slowly. You are pounding on the rock is gradually wearing
growing up gradually. You started as a baby, away the rock underneath the waterfall. The
grew a lot, and will continue to grow little by wearing down is a slow process that takes
little. hundreds of years.
2. En español, gradually quiere decir 5. When you do something gradually, you do it
“lentamente, despacio, gradualmente.” slowly. Sit on the floor beside your desk. Now
Ustedes están creciendo gradualmente. get up gradually. First, slowly kneel on both
Empezaron como bebés, crecieron mucho y knees. Now get up on one knee. Slowly stand
seguirán creciendo poco a poco. up. Now slowly sit down in your chair again.
3. Gradually in English and gradualmente in 6. Show us how something else happens
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost gradually. You might show how a flower
the same and mean the same thing in both grows and blooms, or how a popcorn kernel
languages. pops. We’ll watch first and then imitate your
actions.
7. Now let’s say gradually together three more
times: gradually, gradually, gradually.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 reservoir


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are a tourist visiting this reservoir.
1. Another word in the selection is reservoir. Say Describe the reservoir to your partner. Use the
it with me: reservoir. A reservoir is a tank or a sentence frames:
lake that is used to store water. When people The reservoir is .
need water, they take it from the reservoir. The reservoir has .
The water you use at home probably comes 5. People use reservoirs for fun and recreation,
from a reservoir. as well as for storing water. Tell your partner
2. En español, reservoir quiere decir “un tanque some things you can do at a reservoir. Use the
o lago que se usa para guardar agua, una following sentence frame:
reserva.” Cuando las personas necesitan agua, You can at a reservoir.
la toman de la reserva. El agua que llega a tu 6. Now let’s say reservoir together three more
casa probablemente viene de una reserva. times: reservoir, reservoir, reservoir.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word reservoir. (Point to the reservoir in
the photo.) This reservoir is man-made. People
built a dam on a river so it created a lake,
which is the reservoir. Water runs into the
reservoir when snow melts on the mountains
and when it rains. When communities need
water, they take it from the reservoir.

554
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Mervyn Rees/Alamy Images. (b) © David Cheshire/LOOP IMAGES/Loop Images/Corbis.
ELD Content Words digestion, nutrients, teeth,
Unit 4 Week 5 The Digestive System
esophagus, stomach, small intestine

digestion nutrients teeth

esophagus stomach small intestine

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: digestión, esófago, estómago. 555
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Nucleus Medical Art/Visuals Unlimited. (tc) © Stockbyte/Getty Images. (tr) © Jupiterimages/Comstock Images/Alamy Images.
(bl) © Nucleus Medical Art/Visuals Unlimited. (bm) © Scott Bodell/Photodisc/Getty Images. (br) © Dorling Kindersley/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cure
Unit 5 Week 1 Science Finds Cures

Word 2 organisms
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 cure
Unit 5 Week 1 Science Finds Cures

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is cure. Say it with the word cure. (Point to the mother and
me: cure. To cure means “to bring back to daughter in the photo.) This woman is at
health.” Medicines can cure many diseases. the pharmacy with her daughter to get
When people who are sick take medicines, the some medicine. Her daughter is sick and the
medicines cure them, or make them healthy medicine will cure her.
again. 5. Pretend that you are a doctor and your
2. En español, to cure quiere decir “restaurar partner is your patient. If you are the patient,
la salud de alguien, curar.” Las medicinas tell the doctor how you feel. If you are the
pueden curar muchas enfermedades. Cuando doctor, tell the patient how you will cure him
los enfermos toman medicina, se recuperan. or her.
3. To cure in English and curar in Spanish are 6. You have probably had a cold or the flu or
cognates. They sound almost the same and another illness. Tell your partner what you did
mean the same thing in both languages. to cure the illness. Use the following sentence
frame:
I to cure .
7. Now let’s say cure together three more times:
cure, cure, cure.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 organisms


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Pretend that you and your partner are
1. Another word in the selection is organisms. scientists and you are looking in the
Say it with me: organisms. Organisms are microscope at these organisms. Tell your
living things. Large things such as plants and partner what they look like and what they are
animals are organisms. Small bacteria that you doing.
can’t see are also organisms. 6. Play a game with your partner. Name an
2. En español, organisms quiere decir “seres item and have your partner say whether it
vivientes, organismos.” Seres vivientes grandes is an organism. Then switch roles. Here’s an
como las plantas y animales son organismos. example:
Bacteria tan pequeña que es casi invisible Partner 1: a dog
también son organismos. Partner 2: A dog is an organism.
3. Organisms in English and organismos in Spanish Partner 1: a table
are cognates. They sound almost the same and Partner 2: A table is not an organism.
mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say organisms together three more
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: organisms, organisms, organisms.
the word organisms. (Point to the bacteria in the
photo.) These bacteria are such tiny organisms
that you need a microscope to see them. Each
blue speck in this photograph is one organism.
Bacteria like these cause many diseases.

558
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Frederico Gil/McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) © Steven P. Lynch/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 prevent
Unit 5 Week 1 Science Finds Cures

Word 4 outbreak
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 prevent
Unit 5 Week 1 Science Finds Cures

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is prevent. Say the word prevent. (Point to the woman in the
it with me: prevent. To prevent means “to photo.) This woman is washing her hands tp
keep from happening.” Being vaccinated prevent the growth of germs on her hands.
can prevent you from getting a disease like The germs will cause diseases. Doctors say that
the chicken pox. The medicine will stop the if you wash your hands after you blow your
disease before it can start. nose or handle raw food, you can prevent
many diseases.
2. En español, to prevent quiere decir “impedir
que algo ocurra, prevenir.” Vacunarse 5. Let’s practice washing our hands like the
previene que uno contraiga ciertas woman in the picture. Remember to wash
enfermedades como la varicela. La medicina your hands several times a day. You will help
para la enfermedad antes de que empiece. prevent the spread of germs when you do this.
3. To prevent in English and prevenir in Spanish 6. Now work with a partner. Put several books
are cognates. They sound almost the same on your desk. Figure out a way to line them
and mean the same thing in both languages. up yet prevent them from falling off the desk.
Show us how you did this.
7. Now let’s say prevent together three more
times: prevent, prevent, prevent.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 outbreak


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about a time that there
1. Another word in the selection is outbreak. Say was an outbreak of colds, the flu, or another
it with me: outbreak. An outbreak is a sudden illness in your classroom. Explain how the
beginning of an illness that affects many outbreak started and tell what you did during
people quickly. If one student in your class the outbreak.
gets the flu, and then a few more students get 5. Suppose that you heard about an
the flu, there is an outbreak of the flu. outbreak of the flu at your school. Talk with
2. En español, outbreak quiere decir “el your partner about ways that you could
comienzo repentino de una enfermedad prevent getting sick, as well as ways to keep
que afecta a muchas personas rápidamente, the outbreak from getting worse. Share your
brote.” Hay un brote de resfriado en la clase si ideas with another group. Make sure to use
un estudiante contrae un resfriado y otros son the word outbreak in your discussion.
contagiados. 6. Now let’s say outbreak together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: outbreak, outbreak, outbreak.
the word outbreak. (Point to the boy in the
photo.) There is an outbreak of flu in this
boy’s classroom. He is staying home from
school until he feels better. The other sick
children are staying home, too. Since they
are not at school, they will help prevent the
outbreak from getting worse.

560
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Keith Brofsky/Getty Images. (b) © Stockdisc/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 strains
Unit 5 Week 1 Science Finds Cures
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 strains
Unit 5 Week 1 Science Finds Cures

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and describe each of
1. One word in the selection is strains. Say it with the different strains of corn you see in the
me: strains. A strain is one type of member of photograph. Tell how each strain looks
a group of animals or plants. Each strain has similar. Use the sentence frame:
features that are similar to those of the other These strains are the same because .
strains. 5. Now talk with your partner about the ways
2. En español, strains quiere decir “un tipo de that these strains of corn look different. Use
animal o planta, una variedad.” Cada variedad the following sentence frame:
tiene características similares a todas las otras These strains are different because .
variedades de un grupo.
6. Now let’s say strains together three more
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: strains, strains, strains.
the word strains. (Point to each strain of corn
in the photo.) Each ear of corn belongs to
a different strain. The strains are all similar
because they all have separate kernels. Yet the
sizes and shapes and colors on each ear are
different for the different strains.

562
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words particles, property, mixture,
Unit 5 Week 1 Mixtures and
Microscopes
suspension, microscope, electrons

particles property mixture

N ucleus
Protons
N eutrons (no charge)
Electrons

suspension microscope electrons

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent work time, have
children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: partículas, propiedad, suspensión, microscopio, electrones.
563
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tc) © Leslie Garland Picture Library/McGraw-Hill Companies. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Leonard Lessin/Peter Arnold, Inc.. (bm) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (br) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 absorbs
Unit 5 Week 2 Food Webs

Word 2 adapted
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 absorbs
Unit 5 Week 2 Food Webs

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. (Use a sponge and a dish of water for this
1. One word in the selection is absorbs. Say it activity or have students visualize.) Watch
with me: absorbs. Absorbs means “takes in while I show you how this sponge absorbs
or soaks up liquids.” When it rains, the water water. Describe the process to your partner.
does not stay on top of the ground. The First, tell your partner how a dry sponge looks
ground absorbs the water. and feels. Now tell your partner how the
sponge looks and feels as it absorbs water.
2. En español, to absorb quiere decir “recoger
Tell your partner how the sponge looks and
líquidos, absorber.” Cuando llueve, el agua no
feels after it has absorbed the water.
se queda en la superficie del suelo. La tierra
absorbe el agua. 6. Talk with your partner about other things that
absorb water or nutrients. Tell how they do it.
3. To absorb in English and absorber in Spanish
Use the following sentence frame:
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. A absorbs through .
Here’s an example: We absorb the rays of the
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
sun through our skin.
the word absorbs. (Point to the tree roots in
the photo.) Most trees and other plants absorb 7. Now let’s say absorbs together three more
water and nutrients through their roots. This times: absorbs, absorbs, absorbs.
tree’s roots reach deep into the ground. The
roots absorb or drink up water and nutrients.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 adapted


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the hummingbird in the photo.)
1. Another word in the selection is adapted. Many generations ago, hummingbirds had
Say it with me: adapted. Adapted means shorter beaks. Because they drink the nectar
“changed.” Over many years, animals have inside these flowers, they needed long beaks.
adapted so they can live in certain climates or Over time, the hummingbirds’ beaks adapted
eat certain foods. Camels have adapted to the and grew longer.
desert climate. They can go for days without 5. I’m going to ask you a question and give you
drinking water. two answer choices. Tell your partner the
2. En español, to adapt quiere decir “que correct answer, and explain your choice.
cambia con condiciones nuevas o diferentes, Which animal’s neck has adapted so it can eat
adaptarse.” Con el paso del tiempo, los leaves from tall trees: a giraffe or a squirrel?
animales se han adaptado a ciertos climas o a Which animal’s feet have adapted so it can
comer ciertos alimentos. Los camellos se han walk on snow and ice: a dog or a polar bear?
adaptado a la vida del desierto. Pueden pasar
días sin tomar agua. 6. Talk with your partner. Name an animal and tell
how it has adapted to its environment. Then
3. To adapt in English and adaptarse in Spanish share your information with another group.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say adapted together three more
times: adapted, adapted, adapted.

566
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Imageshop - zefa visual media uk ltd/Alamy Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 defenses
Unit 5 Week 2 Food Webs

Word 4 unique
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 defenses
Unit 5 Week 2 Food Webs

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. I’m going to give you two choices for animals
1. One word in the selection is defenses. Say it that use their defenses. Tell your partner
with me: defenses. Defenses are things that which animal uses each defense and explain
protect something from harm or injury. Many how the animal uses it.
animals have claws, hard shells, or spikes that Which animal uses antlers for defense, a
they use as defenses against predators. moose or a lion? (A moose uses antlers to
2. En español, defenses quiere decir “lo que defend its territory.)
protege a algo o alguien de peligro o lesión, Which animal uses its shell for defense, a bird
defensas.” Muchos animales tienen garras, or a lobster? (A lobster uses a hard shell to
caparazones duras o espinas que usan como defend itself against other sea creatures.)
defensas de depredadores. 6. Talk with your partner. Name an animal and
3. Defenses in English and defensas in Spanish describe its defenses. Use the word defenses in
are cognates. They sound almost the same your descriptions.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say defenses together three more
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates times: defenses, defenses, defenses.
the word defenses. (Point to the turtle in the
photo.) The turtle’s hard shell is its defense
against predators. When the turtle pulls in its
head and legs, other animals cannot hurt it.
The hard shell protects the turtle.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 unique


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is unique. Say the word unique. (Point to the tiger in the
it with me: unique. Unique means “one of photo.) Every tiger’s stripes are unique, or
a kind, or different from all others.” Each special, to that tiger. People who work closely
snowflake is unique. No other snowflake will with tigers become familiar with each tiger’s
have the same shape. unique pattern and can tell different tigers
apart.
2. En español, unique quiere decir “solo de su
tipo, diferente a las demás cosas; único.” Cada 5. Let’s all draw tigers and give each tiger a
copo de nieve es único. Su misma forma no la unique pattern of stripes. We’ll compare our
tendrá ningún otro copo. drawings and discuss how each tiger is unique.
3. Unique in English and único in Spanish are 6. Now draw something else that is unique. This
cognates. They sound almost the same and could be a real animal with unique markings.
mean the same thing in both languages. Or you could create an imaginary car, animal,
or plant. Show us your drawing. Explain why it
is unique.
7. Now let’s say unique together three more
times: unique, unique, unique.

568
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stockdisc/PunchStock. (b) © Digital Vision/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words organs, heart, lungs, blood vessels,
Unit 5 Week 2 The Respiratory
and Circulatory respiratory system, circulatory system
Systems

organs heart lungs

superiorvena cava
(from body) pulm onary artery
(to lungs)
pulm onary vein
(from lungs) ventricles
(low ercham bers)
atria
(uppercham bers) heart
inferior aorta
vena cava

blood vessels respiratory circulatory


system system

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent work
time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: órganos, sistema respiratorio, sistema circulatorio.
569
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Nucleus Medical Art, Inc./Getty Images. (tc) © Don Farrall/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tr) © MedicalRF.com/Visuals Unlimited.
(bl) © 3D4Medical.com/Getty Images. (bm) © Halli Verrinder/Dorling Kindersley Ltd. Picture Library. (br) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 exist
Unit 5 Week 3 The Elements

Word 2 eclipse
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 exist
Unit 5 Week 3 The Elements

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is exist. Say it the word exist. (Point to the astronaut in the
with me: exist. Exist means “to be real and photo.) This photograph shows what it might
alive.” When something exists, it continues to look like if an astronaut from Earth landed on
live. Animals, people, and plants all exist on Mars. The astronaut is conducting research to
Earth. They are all living things. find out if life exists on Mars. She’ll examine
the soil and the rocks carefully. She’ll take
2. En español, to exist quiere decir “ser real y
some samples back to Earth to study. Someday
estar vivo.” Cuando algo existe, vive. Los
soon, astronauts might really be able to land
animales, las personas y la plantas existen en
on Mars and do research like this.
la Tierra. Todos son seres vivientes.
5. Look at the photograph again. Talk with
3. To exist in English and existir in Spanish are
your partner and answer this question: Does
cognates. They sound almost the same and
life exist on Mars? Try to use some facts
mean the same thing in both languages.
to support your opinion. Then share your
opinions with another group.
6. Things that don’t exist in real life are
imaginary. Play a game with your partner.
Name something that exists or is imaginary.
Your partner will say, “It exists” or “It’s
imaginary.” Here’s an example: a dog (It
exists.)/a dog with wings (It’s imaginary.)
7. Now let’s say exist together three more times:
exist, exist, exist.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 eclipse


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is eclipse. Say it the word eclipse. (Point to the eclipse in the
with me: eclipse. A solar eclipse occurs when photo.) This is a solar eclipse. The Moon is
the Moon moves between the Earth and the passing between Earth and the Sun. It looks
Sun. People on Earth can’t see the Sun. A lunar like the Moon is completely covering
eclipse occurs when the Sun, Earth, and the the Sun.
Moon are all in a line with Earth in the middle. 5. Let’s get in groups of three and show what
2. En español, eclipse se dice “eclipse.” Un happens during a solar eclipse. Choose your
eclipse solar ocurre cuando la luna se coloca roles as the Sun, the Moon, and Earth. The
entre la Tierra y el sol. Los que vivimos en la Sun and Earth should stand in a line. Now the
Tierra no podemos ver el sol. Un eclipse lunar Moon should walk between them.
ocurre cuando el sol, la Tierra y la luna se 6. Now let’s get in groups of three and show
encuentran en fila. what happens during a lunar eclipse. Earth
3. Eclipse in English and eclipse in Spanish are should stand between the Sun and the Moon.
cognates. They sound almost the same and 7. Now let’s say eclipse together three more
mean the same thing in both languages. times: eclipse, eclipse, eclipse.

572
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (b) © StockTrek/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 gland
Unit 5 Week 3 The Elements

Word 4 ingredients
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 gland
Unit 5 Week 3 The Elements

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Role-play the scene in the photograph with
1. One word in the selection is gland. Say it with your partner. If you take the role of the
me: gland. A gland is a type of organ in your patient, say things like: “Doctor, my throat
body that keeps the substances it needs in it hurts. Are my glands swollen?”
and expels the ones you don’t. If you take the role of the doctor, say things
2. En español, gland quiere decir “un tipo like: “Yes, your glands are swollen. I’ll give
de órgano en el cuerpo que produce las you some medicine that will cure your illness.”
sustancias que necesita y expulsa las que no, Add more sentences to your discussion. Then
glándula.” perform your role-play for another group.
3. Gland in English and glándula in Spanish are 6. I’m going to ask you a question about glands
cognates. They sound almost the same and and give you a choice of two answers. Tell
mean the same thing in both languages. your partner the answer that you think is
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates correct and explain why you think so. What
the word gland. (Point to the patient in the makes saliva in your mouth, the pituitary
photo.) This patient has a sore throat. The gland or the salivary glands? (salivary glands)
doctor feels the glands in the woman’s throat. 7. Now let’s say gland together three more
She tells her patient that she has swollen times: gland, gland, gland.
glands. The doctor can feel them because they
are bigger than usual. She’ll give her patient
some medicine and tell her to go home and rest.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 ingredients


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is ingredients. the word ingredients. (Point to each
Say it with me: ingredients. Ingredients are ingredient in the photo as you describe it.)
the parts of something. The ingredients in a Long ago, people believed that all matter
peanut butter and jelly sandwich are peanut was made up of four ingredients. These
butter, jelly, and bread. ingredients were earth, water, fire, and air.
2. En español, ingredients quiere decir 5. Look at the photograph again. Tell your
“las partes que combinadas hacen otra partner each of the ingredients that people
cosa, ingredientes.” Los ingredientes de thought matter was made of.
un sándwich de mantequilla de maní y 6. Think of your favorite dessert. Tell your
mermelada son mantequilla de maní, partner all the ingredients that go into your
mermelada y pan. favorite dessert.
3. Ingredients in English and ingredients in 7. Now let’s say ingredients together three more
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost times: ingredients, ingredients, ingredients.
the same and mean the same thing in both
languages.

574
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Creatas/PunchStock. (b) © National Geographic/PunchStock.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 3 Chemical Reactions
atom, element, aluminum,
product, molecule, mass

atom element aluminum

product molecule mass

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent work time,
have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: átomo, elemento, aluminio, producto, molécula, masa.
575
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Don Farrall/Photodisc/Getty Images. (tc) © Hemera Technologies/PhotoObjects.net/Jupiterimages. (tr) © Kari Marttila/Alamy Images.
(bl) © McGraw-Hill Companies. (bm) © Terry Wild Studio/McGraw-Hill Companies. (br) © Andrew Lambert Photography/Photo Researchers, Inc.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 burrow
Unit 5 Week 4 Science in the Sky

Word 2 currents
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 burrow
Unit 5 Week 4 Science in the Sky

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Animals that live in or close to the ground
1. One word in the selection is burrow. Say it burrow. These animals are small and have
with me: burrow. To burrow means “to dig a sharp claws that help them burrow. I’m going
hole or a tunnel.” When an animal burrows, it to name some pairs of animals. Decide which
digs a hole or a tunnel in the ground to live in. animal in each pair burrows, and then tell
The living space is also called a burrow. When your partner. Explain your choice.
people burrow, they dig holes in the garden or a squirrel or a whale
in other areas of empty land. Usually they are a lion or an ant
looking for something. a groundhog or an eagle
2. En español, to burrow quiere decir “abrir un 5. People burrow into the ground when they use
hueco en la tierra, cavar.” Los animales cavan a shovel or another tool to dig holes. Tell your
huecos o túneles en la tierra para vivir. Cuando partner some reasons a person might burrow
las personas cavamos, abrimos huecos en into the ground. Use the sentence frame:
terrenos abiertos, normalmente en busca de algo. A person might burrow with to .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say burrow together three more
the word burrow. (Point to the dog in times: burrow, burrow, burrow.
the photo.) This dog is using its paws to
burrow into the ground. It’s trying to dig up
something from the sand.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 currents


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Let’s pretend we are the balloons that the
1. Another word in the selection is currents. Say scientists just launched. We’ll float on the air
it with me: currents. A current is the flow of currents. Let’s move slowly around the room in
air or water in one direction. If you stand in one direction. The currents are getting stronger,
the wind, you’ll notice that your hair blows so we must move faster. Now the currents are
in one direction. The current of the wind is getting weaker, so we can move more slowly.
blowing your hair. 6. Now let’s pretend to swim in a body of water
2. En español, currents quiere decir “paso de that has a current, such as an ocean, a lake,
aire o agua en una dirección, corriente.” Si or a river. When we swim with the current, we
te paras afuera, notarás que el viento sopla move quickly and easily. The flow of the water
tu cabello en una dirección. La corriente de carries us along. It’s hard to swim against the
viento mueve tu cabello. current because we are going in the opposite
direction from the current. We won’t get far
3. Currents in English and corrientes in Spanish
and the effort will make us tired.
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say currents together three more
times: currents, currents, currents.
4. (Point to the balloon in the photo.) The
scientists are going to launch this balloon into
the air. The balloon has instruments attached
to track and study air currents while the
balloon is in the air.

578
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Steve Cole/Digital Vision/Getty Image. (b) © Cindy Yamanaka/National Geographic Image Collection.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 drift
Unit 5 Week 4 Science in the Sky

Word 4 record
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 drift
Unit 5 Week 4 Science in the Sky

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Let’s pretend that we are the hot air balloons
1. One word in the selection is drift. Say it with in the photograph. Let’s drift along in the sky.
me: drift. To drift means, “to be carried along We’ll follow the air currents and move slowly
by the current or the flow.” A balloon or a kite around the room. Notice that as we drift, we
might drift in the air. A boat can drift in the move away from the place where we started
water if the sailors decide not to steer the boat. out.
2. En español, to drift quiere decir “ser movido por 5. Now let’s pretend we are swimming again.
la corriente o el flujo de algo, ir a la deriva.” Si We can drift on floats in the water. We move
sueltas tu cometa o globo, irá a la deriva, o a slowly with the current, just like we did when
donde el viento los mueva. Un barco puede ir a we drifted in the air. If you were drifting in a
la deriva si los marineros deciden no gobernarlo. boat in a body of water, you would see that
you are moving away from the place where
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
you started. Let’s wave to our friends on the
the word drift. (Point to the balloons in the
shore.
photo.) These hot air balloons drift in the
air. The air currents are moving them. The 6. Now let’s say drift together three more times:
balloons aren’t using engines to move. drift, drift, drift.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 record


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner everything you would write
1. Another word in the selection is record. Say down if you decided to record all of your
it with me: record. To record means “to write activities for one day. Explain some reasons
down information or take notes on something you might want to record your activities.
so it can be seen later.” When a scientist Share your information with another group.
records information, she writes it down. Later, 5. People record information for many reasons.
she can study or share the information. Some people record all of the money
2. En español, to record quiere decir “escribir they spend each day. Some people record
o apuntar información para que pueda ser everything they eat each day. Tell your
estudiada después.” Cuando los científicos partner about some things you already record,
apuntan información, la escriben. Luego or things you would like to record. Use the
podrán estudiar o compartir la información. following sentence frames:
3. (Point to the graph in the photo.) A machine I like to record because .
called a sensor recorded information about I would like to record because .
the amount of rainfall from 1933 until 2003. 6. Now let’s say record together three more
Because the sensors were able to record the times: record, record, record.
information, scientists learned a lot about the
rainfall patterns.

580
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Michael T. Sedam/Corbis. (b) © Ashley Cooper/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 4 The States of Matter
matter, solid, liquid,
gas, shape, volume

matter solid liquid

gas shape volume

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: materia, sólido, líquido, gas, volumen.
581
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (tc) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (tr) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
(bl) © Eiichi Onodera/Dex Image/Getty Images. (bm) © Sara Danielsson/StockFood Creative/Getty Images. (br) © Ken Karp/McGraw-Hill Companies.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 destroyed
Unit 5 Week 5 A Powerful Storm

Word 2 funnel
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 destroyed
Unit 5 Week 5 A Powerful Storm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner what you think the buildings
1. One word in the selection is destroyed. Say it in the photograph looked like before they
with me: destroyed. Destroyed means “ruined, were destroyed. Describe the tornado that
or broken down into small pieces.” A building destroyed them. Then tell what the buildings
that has been destroyed is no longer standing looked like after they had been destroyed.
and is beyond repair. 6. Tell your partner about something else that
2. En español, to destroy quiere decir “arruinar, has been destroyed by a storm, an earthquake,
partir en muchos pedazos, destruir.” Un edificio or an accident. Describe what that thing
que ha sido destruido no sigue en pie y no looked like before it was destroyed, what
puede ser reparado con las mismas piezas. happened to it, and what it looked like
afterward.
3. To destroy in English and destruir in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say destroyed together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: destroyed, destroyed, destroyed.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word destroyed. (Point to the destroyed
buildings in the photo.) A violent tornado
destroyed these buildings. They are in such small
pieces now you can’t tell what they used to be.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 funnel


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend that you are driving in your car and
1. Another word in the selection is funnel. Say you see this funnel cloud in the distance. You
it with me: funnel. A funnel is a tool that is call the radio station on your cell phone to
shaped like a cone. The opening at one end of describe the cloud to the weather forecaster.
a funnel is large. The opening at the other end Tell your partner what you would say.
is small. The cloud from a tornado is shaped 5. It’s dangerous to get too close to a funnel
like a funnel, so we call it a funnel cloud. cloud. Tell your partner what you would do
2. En español, funnel quiere decir “una if you knew that a funnel cloud was coming
herramienta en forma de cono, un embudo.” near your street. Then tell your partner what
Tiene una apertura grande y otra pequeña. you would not do. Use the following sentence
La nube de un tornado tiene la forma de un frames:
embudo, por eso se le dice una nube embudo. If a funnel cloud were coming, I would
3. (Point to the funnel cloud in the photo.) This .
funnel cloud looks like a funnel you might If a funnel cloud were coming, I would not
use in the kitchen. You see the wide end in .
the thundercloud and the narrow end near 6. Now let’s say funnel together three more
the ground. A funnel cloud spins quickly and times: funnel, funnel, funnel.
destroys things in its path. A tornado is one
type of funnel cloud.

584
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © D Falconer/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (b) © Warren Faidley/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 prepared
Unit 5 Week 5 A Powerful Storm

Word 4 shelter
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 prepared
Unit 5 Week 5 A Powerful Storm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Tell your partner about a time that you
1. One word in the selection is prepared. Say it were prepared to do something or to go
with me: prepared. Prepared means “ready to somewhere. Explain what you did to get
do something.” If you are prepared for a test, prepared. Tell how being prepared helped you
you have studied. You are confident, and you enjoy yourself more.
are ready to take the test. 6. Suppose you had to get prepared for a storm.
2. En español, prepared quiere decir “listo para Tell your partner what you would do. Explain
algo, preparado.” Si estás preparado para where you would go and what you would
un examen, has estudiado. Estás seguro y te take with you. Use the sentence frame:
sientes listo para tomarlo. To get prepared or a storm, I would .
3. Prepared in English and preparado in Spanish 7. Now let’s say prepared together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: prepared, prepared, prepared.
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word prepared. (Point to the girls in
the photo.) These girls are prepared to go
out in the rain. They are wearing raincoats
and carrying an umbrella. Because they are
prepared, they won’t get all wet.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 shelter


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. A shelter gives people the basic things they
1. Another word in the selection is shelter. Say need, but not a lot of extra things. Talk with
it with me: shelter. A shelter is a building that your partner about things a shelter does and
protects people from storms or danger. School does not have. For example, a shelter has cots,
buildings, churches, and sports centers are but a shelter doesn’t have fancy beds. Use the
often used as shelters. following sentence frame:
2. En español, shelter quiere decir “un edificio A shelter has , but a shelter doesn’t
que protege a gente de desastres naturales o have .
peligro, refugio.” Algunas escuelas, iglesias y 5. Suppose that you have to go to a shelter. Your
centros deportivos son usados como refugios. parents tell you to pack a few things you will
need. Tell your partner what you would and
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
would not take. Explain your reasons. Use the
the word shelter. (Point to the people in the
following sentence frames:
photo.) This family had to leave their home
when a big storm came to their area. They are I would take to the shelter because
staying at a local high school where it is safe, .
warm, and dry until it’s safe to go back to I would not take to the shelter
their home. The high school is a shelter from because .
the storm. 6. Now let’s say shelter together three more
times: shelter, shelter, shelter.

586
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit. (b) © St. Joseph News-Press, Ival Lawhon Jr./AP Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 typical
Unit 5 Week 5 A Powerful Storm
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 typical
Unit 5 Week 5 A Powerful Storm

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk with your partner about things that
1. One word in the selection is typical. Say it are typical and not typical during a blizzard,
with me: typical. Something that is typical is tornado, earthquake, hurricane, or flood.
usual or normal. Cereal, milk, and juice make For example: A lot of snow is typical during
up a typical breakfast. Many people eat these a blizzard, but warm temperatures are not
foods for breakfast. It’s not typical to eat typical. Use the following sentence frame:
pizza for breakfast. is typical during a , but
2. En español, typical quiere decir “usual, normal; is not typical.
típico.” Cereal, leche y jugo componen un Share your sentences with another group.
desayuno típico. Muchas personas desayunan 6. Tell your partner what you do on a typical
así. Un pedazo de pizza no es un desayuno day. Then share what you do on a day that
típico. is not typical. Use the following sentence
3. Typical in English and típico in Spanish are frames:
cognates. They sound almost the same and On a typical day, I .
mean the same thing in both languages. On a day that is not typical, I might
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates instead.
the word typical. (Point to the storm clouds 7. Now let’s say typical together three more
in the photo.) Dark storm clouds like these times: typical, typical, typical.
are typical, or usual, when a thunderstorm is
forming. When you see the clouds, you can tell
that it may start raining and thundering soon.

588
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © George Impey/Alamy Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 5 Week 5 Air Masses and Fronts
atmosphere, air mass, front,
forecast, meteorologist

atmosphere air mass front

forecast meteorologist

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these five words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: atmósfera, masa de aire, frente, meteorólogo.
589
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Thinkstock/Jupiterimages. (tc) © image100/Corbis. (tr) © Stocktrek/age fotostock.
(bl) © Stockbyte/PunchStock. (br) © Dennis MacDonald/Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 brainstorm
Unit 6 Week 1 Nadia’s Project

Word 2 interrupt
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 brainstorm
Unit 6 Week 1 Nadia’s Project

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend you are the girl in the photograph.
1. One word in the selection is brainstorm. Say it You have to do a school project on one of
with me: brainstorm. To brainstorm means “to your favorite animals. Brainstorm about which
think of new ideas.” When you brainstorm, you animal you could write about. Then share your
think of as many creative ideas as you can. ideas with your partner. Did you come up with
any of the same animals?
2. En español, brainstorm quiere decir “pensar
en nuevas ideas, hacer una lluvia de ideas.” 5. Now choose a color and brainstorm a list
Cuando haces una lluvia de ideas, piensas en of things that come in that color with your
el mayor número de ideas creativas que puedas. partner. I’ll time you for five minutes. Then
share your ideas with the rest of the class.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word brainstorm. (Point to the girl in the 6. Now let’s say brainstorm together three more
photo.) This girl needs an idea for her school times: brainstorm, brainstorm, brainstorm.
project, so she is brainstorming. She’s thinking
and taking notes. She will think of as many
ideas as she can, and then use one of the ideas
for her project.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 interrupt


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 5. Work with a partner and act out what
1. Another word in the selection is interrupt. Say happened when the man interrupted his co-
it with me: interrupt. To interrupt means “to worker. Go into her office without knocking
stop someone’s conversation or actions.” If on the door. Walk right up to her desk and
you interrupt when someone is speaking, you start talking. Use hand gestures like the man
break into his or her speech. It’s not polite. in the photograph. Say what you think they
said to each other. We’ll watch what you do.
2. En español, to interrupt quiere decir “parar la
conversación o acción de otro, interrumpir.” 6. Now show us how the man should approach
Si interrumpes a alguien que está hablando, the woman when he needs to get her
cortas su conversación diciendo otra cosa. attention. Knock politely on the door, and
wait until she tells you to come in. Wait
3. To interrupt in English and interrumpir in
patiently until she gets off the phone. Or,
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost
write a note and leave it on her desk. Which
the same and mean the same thing in both
way would you like to be treated?
languages.
7. Now let’s say interrupt together three more
4. (Point to the man in the photo.) This man is
times: interrupt, interrupt, interrupt.
interrupting his co-worker’s telephone call.
Because he is breaking into her conversation,
she can’t concentrate. She signals to him to
wait, but he is not paying attention.

592
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Eyewire/Getty Images. (b) © Creatas/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 metabolism
Unit 6 Week 1 Nadia’s Project

Word 4 mandatory
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 metabolism
Unit 6 Week 1 Nadia’s Project

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. I’m going to tell you some things about
1. One word in the selection is metabolism. Say metabolisms. Tell your partner if you think
it with me: metabolism. Your metabolism is each statement is true or false and explain
the way you burn or use up the calories in the your reason. I’ll tell you the correct answer to
food you eat. Our metabolism controls how each statement.
quickly or slowly we gain or lose weight. Your metabolism started working before you
2. En español, metabolism quiere decir “la were born and will work until you die. (true)
manera en que el cuerpo usa las calorías de Your metabolism helps your body use energy
los alimentos consumidos, metabolismo.” from the food you eat. (true)
Nuestros metabolismos controlan que tan All children have fast metabolisms. (false)
rápido o despacio subimos o bajamos de peso. Plants and animals also have metabolisms.
(true)
3. Metabolism in English and metabolismo in
Spanish are cognates. They sound almost 6. Do you have a fast or a slow metabolism? Tell
the same and mean the same thing in both your partner, and explain why you think so.
languages. Use the following sentence frame:
4. Now let’s take a look at a picture that I think I have a metabolism
demonstrates the word metabolism. (Point to because .
the boy in the photo.) If you want to eat a 7. Now let’s say metabolism together three more
whole plate of French fries, like this boy, you times: metabolism, metabolism, metabolism.
have to have a very fast metabolism. That
many French fries would have a lot of calories
that your body will need to burn.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 mandatory


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk to your partner about other things
1. Another word in the selection is mandatory. you do that are mandatory. Tell what they
Say it with me: mandatory. If something are, how often you have to do them, and
is mandatory, you are required to do it. In who makes them mandatory. Use the word
most states, wearing a seatbelt in the car is mandatory as often as you can.
mandatory. If you don’t, a police officer can 5. Tell your partner about something that you
give you a ticket. think should be mandatory and explain why
2. En español, mandatory quiere decir “que se you think so. This can be silly or serious. Use
tiene que hacer, obligatorio.” En la mayoría the following sentence frame:
de estados usar un cinturón de seguridad en el I think that should be mandatory
carro es obligatorio. Si no llevas uno puesto, te because .
puede parar un policía y multar. 6. Now let’s say mandatory together three more
3. (Point to the girl in the photo.) This girl times: mandatory, mandatory, mandatory.
entered the science fair because it was
mandatory. Her teacher said she had to do a
science fair project. The girl worked hard, and
she won first place.

594
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Peter Cade/Getty Images. (b) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 spectrum
Unit 6 Week 1 Nadia’s Project
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 spectrum
Unit 6 Week 1 Nadia’s Project

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 5. Look at the photograph carefully for a
1. Another word in the selection is spectrum. Say few minutes. Then name the colors of the
it with me: spectrum. A spectrum is a “range spectrum in order for your partner. Next, tell
or variety.” The color spectrum includes all of something you like that comes in each color
the colors. You see the color spectrum when of the spectrum.
you look at a rainbow. The spectrum of colors 6. You can also use the word spectrum when
in order are red, orange, yellow, green, blue, you talk about a group or a variety of choices.
indigo, and violet. Use the following sentence frames to describe
2. En español, spectrum quiere decir “una serie another spectrum to your partner.
de variaciones de algo, gama, espectro.” The spectrum of lunch choices in the cafeteria
Cuando la luz atraviesa gotas de lluvia, se includes .
descompone y se puede ver el espectro de luz. The spectrum of choices at the video game
En orden, los colores que se ven en el espectro store includes .
son rojo, naranja, amarillo, verde, azul, índigo The spectrum of songs for my music player
y violeta. includes .
3. Spectrum in English and espectro in Spanish 6. Now let’s say spectrum together three more
are cognates. They sound almost the same times: spectrum, spectrum, spectrum.
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now, let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word spectrum. (Point to the prism in the
photo.) This is a prism. When you shine light
through a prism, you can see a rainbow with
all of the colors of the spectrum: red, orange,
yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. Can
you see all of those colors in this photograph?

596
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Don Farrall/Getty Images.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 1 The Periodic Table
barometer, family, metals,
gold, chart titanium

barometer family metals

gold chart titanium

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: barómetro, familia, metales, titanio.
597
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © McGraw-Hill Companies. (tc) © Mehau Kulyk/Photo Researchers, Inc.. (tr) © Clive Streeter/Dorling Kindersley/Getty Images.
(bl) © Don Mason/Corbis. (bm) © Brian Cosgrove/Dorling Kindersley Ltd. Picture Library. (br) © Keith Wood/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 avoid
Unit 6 Week 2 How Insects Stay Alive

Word 2 jab
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 avoid
Unit 6 Week 2 How Insects Stay Alive

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner about things, people,
1. One word in the selection is avoid. Say it with or situations you should avoid. For example,
me: avoid. To avoid means “to stay away you might avoid barking dogs, people who
from.” If someone is allergic to a food, that tease you, and swimming in cold water.
person has to avoid, or not eat, that food. Explain your reasons to your partner. Use the
following sentence frame:
2. En español, to avoid quiere decir “mantenerse
alejado de algo, evitar.” Las personas que son I try to avoid because
alérgicas a ciertos alimentos tienen que evitar .
comerlos. 5. Now choose a few of the things, people, or
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates situations you just described, and tell your
the word avoid. (Point to the sign in the partner how you avoid them. Explain what
photo.) This sign warns people that it’s you do instead of being near each person,
dangerous to come closer to the fence. People or thing, or what you do instead of being in
who read the sign know this is a place to that situation. For example, you might avoid a
avoid. They stay away and don’t come any barking dog by walking on a different street.
closer. Use the sentence frame:
To avoid ,I
instead.
6. Now let’s say avoid together three more times:
avoid, avoid, avoid.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 jab


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. When an insect stings, it jabs its prey. Pretend
1. Another word in the selection is jab. Say it you are an insect. Use the index finger on your
with me: jab. To jab means “to make a short, right hand to jab the back of your left hand.
fast movement.” When you jab a piece of Use a short, quick, poking motion. Be careful
meat, you quickly poke your fork into it. not to hurt yourself, even though an insect
bite would sting.
2. En español, to jab quiere decir “hacer un
movimiento corto y rápido, pinchar.” Cuando 5. When people take exercise classes, they
pinchas un pedazo de carne, le metes tu sometimes jab the air to work the muscles
tenedor y lo retiras rápidamente. in their arms. Let’s stand up and jab the
air. Make sure you are not near any of your
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
classmates. Stand up straight and make fists.
the word jab. (Point to the hummingbird’s
Now jab the air with your fists. Make short,
beak in the photo.) The hummingbird has a
quick, punching motions. Now let’s make
very thin, pointed beak. This is so that the bird
long, smooth, flowing motions. These motions
can jab its beak into flowers like these ones
are not jabs.
and drink the nectar inside them.
6. Now let’s say jab together three more times:
jab, jab, jab.

600
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Tomi/PhotoLink/Getty Images. (b) © Ann Sheffield Jacobi/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 victim
Unit 6 Week 2 How Insects Stay Alive

Word 4 rear up
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 victim
Unit 6 Week 2 How Insects Stay Alive

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. When a predator hunts another animal, that
1. One word in the selection is victim. Say it with animal is its victim. I’m going to name some
me: victim. A victim is an animal or person that predators. Tell your partner one or more
something or someone else hurts or kills. A victims of each predator.
person can be the victim of a storm if the storm a lion (a zebra, an antelope)
destroys the person’s house or hurts the person. a shark (a fish, a sea gull)
2. En español, victim quiere decir “la persona a spider (a fly, a caterpillar)
o animal que sufre la lesión menor o mortal 6. A person can be the victim of an insect bite.
de otra, víctima.” Una persona puede ser la Tell your partner how you try to avoid being
víctima de una tormenta si esta destruye su the victim of an insect bite. Then share your
casa o lastima a la persona. ideas with the rest of the class.
3. Victim in English and víctima in Spanish are 7. Now let’s say victim together three more
cognates. They sound almost the same and times: victim, victim, victim.
mean the same thing in both languages.
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word victim. (Point to the bug in the web.)
The insect is the victim of the spider. It got
caught in the spider’s sticky web. The spider
wrapped the insect up in spider silk to trap it
and will eat it later.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 rear up


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Talk with your partner and brainstorm all the
1. Another word in the selection is rear up. Say animals you can think of that rear up. Explain
it with me: rear up. To rear up means “to why or when the animal rears up. Use the
stand on the back or hind legs.” Sometimes sentence frame:
an animal that walks on four legs rears up to A rears up because .
defend itself or to scare off another animal.
5. Talk with your partner again and brainstorm a
2. En español, to rear up quiere decir “caminar list of animals that don’t rear up. Explain why
sobre las patas traseras.” Los animales que the animals don’t rear up. Use the sentence
caminan sobre cuatro patas a veces lo hacen frame:
para defenderse o asustar a otros.
A doesn’t rear up because
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates .
the word rear up. (Point to the horse in the
6. Now let’s say rear up together three more
photo.) This horse is rearing up. See how
times: rear up, rear up, rear up.
it is standing on its rear legs. The horse is
frightened because a mountain lion is nearby.
The horse is getting ready to defend itself.
The horse can hit the mountain lion with its
front legs.

602
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © GeoStock/Photodisc/Getty Images. (b) © Alan Carey/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 2 Plant and
cells, plant cells, animal cell,
Animal Cells
organelles, sunlight, energy

cells plant cells animal cell

organelles sunlight energy

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: células, energía.
603
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © image100/Corbis. (tc) © Perennou Nuridsany/Photo Researchers, Inc. (tr) © McGraw-Hill Companies.
(bl) © Biophoto Associates/Photo Researchers, Inc. (bm) © Comstock Images/Jupiterimages. (br) © Photodisc/PunchStock.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 confidence
Unit 6 Week 3 The Special Olympics

Word 2 disability
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 confidence
Unit 6 Week 3 The Special Olympics

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Show us what you look like when you have
1. One word in the selection is confidence. Say confidence. Stand up straight, smile, and raise
it with me: confidence. Confidence means “a your arms in victory. Then show us how you
belief that you can do something.” When you walk, talk, and sit when you have confidence.
have confidence, you are sure that you can 5. Sometimes people are nervous and do not
succeed. You feel good about yourself, and have a lot of confidence. Show us what a
you are willing to try new things. person looks like when he or she doesn’t have
2. En español, confidence quiere decir “estar a lot of confidence. Slouch, let your head
seguro que uno puede hacer algo, confianza.” droop, and shuffle along.
Cuando tienes confianza, sabes que puedes 6. Now let’s say confidence together three more
tener éxito. Te sientes bien de ti mismo y te times: confidence, confidence, confidence.
sientes capaz de probar cosas nuevas.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
the word confidence. (Point to the men in the
photo.) These men are in a race for people
who use wheelchairs. Their confidence is
helping them win the race. Before the race,
they told themselves that they were strong
and capable and that they could win the race.
Right now they are ahead of everyone else in
the race.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 disability


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner what you would say to
1. Another word in the selection is disability. Say encourage this man to succeed even though
it with me: disability. A disability is a medical he has a disability. Tell how you would
problem. When a person has a disability, he or help him. Use the word disability in your
she can’t do certain things. People who can’t conversation. Then share your ideas with
walk, talk, or see have physical disabilities. another group.
2. En español, disability quiere decir “un 5. Talk with your partner. Describe someone you
problema médico que no permite que uno have seen or read about who has a disability.
haga ciertas cosas, incapacidad.” Las personas Describe the disability. Explain what the
que no pueden caminar, hablar o ver tienen person can and can’t do alone. Tell how the
incapacidades físicas. person gets help and who helps the person.
3. Now let’s look at a photo that demonstrates 6. Now let’s say disability together three more
the word disability. (Point to the man’s times: disability, disability, disability.
wheelchair in the photo.) This man can’t walk
on his own. He has to use this wheelchair to
get around. This is a physical disability. But
the man doesn’t let this stop him from playing
sports. Right now he’s playing rugby, which is
one of his favorite sports.

606
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Christopher Purcell/Alamy Images. (b) © Image Source Pink/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 discriminated
Unit 6 Week 3 The Special Olympics

Word 4 organizers
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 discriminated
Unit 6 Week 3 The Special Olympics

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Suppose that you are friends with the students
1. One word in the selection is discriminated. in the photograph. Tell your partner what
Say it with me: discriminated. To discriminate you would do to make sure they are not
means “to treat a person or group unfairly.” discriminated against. Tell your partner what
People with physical or mental disabilities you would say to people who discriminate
are sometimes discriminated against because against these students.
people don’t understand their conditions. 5. Talk with your partner about people
2. En español, to discriminate quiere decir “tratar in your own school or community who
a alguien o un grupo de personas desigual por have disabilities. Tell how the school and
alguna razón, discriminar.” Las personas con community work to make sure these people
incapacidades mentales o físicas a veces son are not discriminated against. Explain how
discriminadas porque otros no entienden sus you can help in these efforts. Then share your
condiciones. ideas with another group.
3. (Point to each child in the photo.) All of the 6. Now let’s say discriminated together three
students in this photo could be discriminated more times: discriminated, discriminated,
against because of their race, their age, or discriminated.
their physical or mental disabilities. They
are all smiling because their school and
community do not discriminate.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 organizers


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. Pretend that you and your partner were the
1. Another word in the selection is organizers. organizers of the tree-planting project in the
Say it with me: organizers. An organizer is photograph. First, tell what you would have
someone who sets up and coordinates a done if you were good organizers. Then,
project. An organizer will figure out what has discuss what you would have done or not
to be done, when it has to be done, and who done if you were poor organizers.
should do each job. 5. Now pretend that you and your partner are
2. En español, organizers quiere decir “las the organizers for a visit to your class from a
personas qué planean y coordinan un famous author. Talk about all the jobs you
proyecto, organizadores.” Los organizadores have to do, and when each job has to be
determinan qué tiene que hacerse, cuándo se done. Tell who will help you and what you
tiene que hacer y quién hará cada tarea. need each person to do. Share your ideas with
another group. If you have different ideas,
3. (Point to the adults in the photo.) The teachers
discuss which ideas would work best and why.
were the organizers of this project. They
suggested planting trees and the students 6. Now let’s say organizers together three more
agreed. They got permission to plant the trees times: organizers, organizers, organizers.
on this field, decided on a date, bought the
trees and the other equipment, and made sure
all the students knew what to do.

608
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © David Buffington/Getty Images. (b) © Tim McCabe/USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 3 Gravity
gravity, force, circle, orbit,
inertia, ellipse

gravity force circle

orbit inertia ellipse

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During independent
work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: gravedad, fuerza, círculo, órbita, inercia, elipse.
609
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Tim Keatley/Alamy Images. (tc) © Steve Cole/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (tr) © Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Brand X Pictures/PunchStock. (bm) © Frank Rossoto Stocktrek/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (br) © C Squared Studios/Photodisc/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bizarre
Unit 6 Week 3 Space Fruit

Word 2 brewing
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 bizarre
Unit 6 Week 3 Space Fruit

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Turn to your partner and explain why each
1. One word in the selection is bizarre. Say it piece of fruit in the photograph looks bizarre.
with me: bizarre. Bizarre means “strange or Tell your partner whether you would or would
unusual.” Something that is bizarre looks odd not eat a piece of bizarre-looking fruit.
or peculiar. Things may look bizarre, but that 5. Sometimes in a fantasy or science fiction
does not mean they are dangerous or harmful. story, an author will take something ordinary
2. En español, bizarre quiere decir “algo inusual; and make it seem bizarre. Try this with your
raro, extraño.” Algo que luce extraño puede partner. Name a regular fruit, vegetable, or
parecer diferente o peculiar. Esto no quiere animal. Your partner will describe one that
decir que sea peligroso o dañino. looks bizarre instead of normal. Here’s an
example: A banana with yellow skin is normal.
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
A banana with pink and purple polka-dotted
the word bizarre. (Point to the fruit in the
skin is bizarre.
photo.) These fruits may look bizarre to
you because you may never have seen them 6. Now let’s say bizarre together three more
before. These fruits grow in foreign countries. times: bizarre, bizarre, bizarre.
The large red fruit is called dragon fruit. It
comes from China. It is red or white on the
inside. The dragon fruit tastes sweet. The
small fruit is called a lychee, and it grows in
China, too. It’s white inside and has a tangy
taste. The orange fruit is a persimmon. When
a persimmon is ripe, it is soft and sweet.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 brewing


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. Think about a storm that you have
1. Another word in the selection is brewing. experienced. It could be a rainstorm, a
Say it with me: brewing. Brewing means snowstorm, or a hurricane. Tell your partner
“developing or forming.” When an idea is what the weather was like while the storm
brewing, you are thinking about it. When was brewing. Describe the weather during and
coffee is brewing, it is cooking in the pot. after the storm. Use the word brewing in your
The Great Red Spot Storm on Jupiter has been description.
brewing for a long time. 5. With your partner, brainstorm other things
2. En español, to brew quiere decir “elaborar, that brew. Tell what they are like when they
formar.” Cuando una idea está siendo are brewing. Use these sentence frames:
elaborada, la estás pensando. When a is brewing, it looks .
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates When a is brewing, it feels .
the word brewing. (Point to the hurricane When a is brewing, it sounds .
in the photo.) This photo shows a hurricane When a is brewing, it smells .
brewing. The hurricane is forming in the upper 6. Now let’s say brewing together three more
atmosphere. The hurricane is still growing and times: brewing, brewing, brewing.
developing; it has been brewing for several days.

612
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Photographer’s Choice RF/PunchStock. (b) © StockTrek/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 chaos
Unit 6 Week 4 Space Fruit

Word 4 intrigued
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 chaos
Unit 6 Week 4 Space Fruit

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 5. Talk with your partner about chaos that you
1. One word in the selection is chaos. Say it have seen or heard about. Tell where the
with me: chaos. Chaos means “disorder or chaos was, why it happened, and what it
confusion.” When a situation is in chaos, it is looked and sounded like.
not organized. There might be a lot of noise 6. I’m going to describe several scenes of chaos
or a big mess. to you. Tell your partner how the scene would
2. En español, chaos quiere decir “desorden o look if it were peaceful.
confusión, caos.” Cuando una situación está a playground of children who are yelling and
en caos, no está organizada. Tal vez haya pushing
mucho ruido o un desastre. a street full of cars with drivers honking their
3. Chaos in English and caos in Spanish are horns
cognates. They sound almost the same and a barnyard with animals eating each other’s
mean the same thing in both languages. food, fighting, and making a lot of noise
4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates 7. Now let’s say chaos together three more
the word chaos. (Point to the pigs in the times: chaos, chaos, chaos.
photo.) This barnyard is in a state of chaos.
The pigs are noisy and crowded. They are
pushing and shoving each other. They are not
moving in an orderly way.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 intrigued


TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 5. Think of something that intrigues you. Show
1. Another word in the selection is intrigued. Say us how you look when you are intrigued.
it with me: intrigued. Intrigued means “very Show us how you pay attention and focus on
interested or curious.” When you are intrigued one topic.
about something, you want to learn more 6. If you are not intrigued by a topic, you may
about it. You are fascinated by the topic. be bored. Show us how you look when you
2. En español, intrigued quiere decir “muy are bored. We’ll tell you how you look and act
interesado, curioso, intrigado.” Cuando estás differently.
muy intrigado por algo, quieres saber más de 7. Now let’s say intrigued together three more
ello. Estás fascinado por el tema. times: intrigued, intrigued, intrigued.
3. Intrigued in English and intrigado in Spanish
are cognates. They sound almost the same
and mean the same thing in both languages.
4. (Point to the girl and boy in the photo.) The girl
and boy are both intrigued by the model of the
solar system. They are looking at it carefully
and paying close attention. They want to learn
all they can about the solar system.

614
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Joel Sartore/Grant Heilman Photography. (b) © Tim Pannell/Corbis.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 theory
Unit 6 Week 4 Space Fruit
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 theory
Unit 6 Week 4 Space Fruit

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. Another word in the selection is theory. Say the word theory. (Point to the boys in the
it with me: theory. A theory is an untested photo.) The boys have a theory about why
idea or opinion. If you have a theory about some storms form in one part of the ocean.
something, you are not sure you are right. You They are looking at the globe, discussing their
base your theory on the information you have. theory, and taking notes. Later on, they’ll
check their theory by reading about storms or
2. En español, theory quiere decir “una idea que
talking to someone who knows a lot about
no ha sido comprobada, teoría.” Si tienes una
the weather. They’ll find out if their theory
teoría sobre algo, no estás seguro de que es
is correct.
correcta. Basas tu teoría en la información
que tienes. 5. Pretend that you and your partner live a long
time ago. You don’t understand why the
3. Theory in English and teoría in Spanish are
seasons change. Tell your partner your theory
cognates. They sound almost the same and
for why the seasons change. Remember, you
mean the same thing in both languages.
can make this up. Your theory is your idea
or opinion.
6. You probably have a theory about how things
will change as you grow up. Share your theory
with your partner. Explain where you got the
theory. Listen to your partner’s theory, too.
7. Now let’s say theory together three more
times: theory, theory, theory.

616
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Stock 4B RF/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 4 Air Movements
high pressure, low pressure,
seasons, breeze, gust, equator

high pressure low pressure seasons

breeze gust equator

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: brisa, ecuador.
617
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Image Source Black/Getty Images. (tc) © Corbis. (tr) © Todd Pearson/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images.
(bl) © Nancy R. Cohen/Digital Vision/Getty Images. (bm) © Patti McConville/Photographer’s Choice/Getty Images. (br) © Brownstock Inc./Alamy Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 anxious
Unit 6 Week 5 Down in the Sea

Word 2 decorate
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 1 anxious
Unit 6 Week 5 Down in the Sea

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 1 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is anxious. Say it the word anxious. (Point to the boy’s eyes
with me: anxious. To feel anxious means to be in the photo.) This boy’s eyes show that he
worried or afraid. A person who is anxious is is anxious. He’s watching his favorite team
not sure what is going to happen. He might play baseball, and the game is in the final
walk back and forth, bite his nails, check his inning. He’s worried that his team won’t win.
watch frequently, or wring his hands. He squints his eyes and frowns. He’s worried
because he is not sure what will happen.
2. En español, anxious quiere decir “preocupado
o temoroso por algo, ansioso.” Una persona 5. Pretend you are at the baseball game with this
ansiosa no sabe qué va a ocurrir. Tal vez boy. You’re anxious, too. Show us how you
recorra los pasillos, se coma las uñas, mire su look and what you do when you are anxious.
reloj con frecuencia o retuerza sus manos. Tell us how you feel.
3. Anxious in English and ansioso in Spanish are 6. Think of another situation that makes you feel
cognates. They sound almost the same and anxious. Describe the situation to us. Show us
mean the same thing in both languages. what you do and how you look when you are
anxious. The opposite of anxious is calm. Now
show us how you look and what you do when
you feel calm about the same situation.
7. Now let’s say anxious together three more
times: anxious, anxious, anxious.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 2 decorate


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 2 image on the opposite side. 4. (Point to the decorations.) This girl is
1. Another word in the selection is decorate. Say decorating her bedroom. So far she has put up
it with me: decorate. To decorate means “to two butterflies and a star on the ceiling.
add items to make something look good.” 5. Suppose that you could have any kind of party
When you decorate a room, you might paint you wanted, and you could decorate however
it, change the curtains, put in new furniture, you wanted. Tell your partner what kind of
or add pictures to the walls. party you would have and how you would
2. En español, to decorate quiere decir “añadir decorate. Ask your partner for suggestions
detalles para hacer que algo se vea bonito, about the decorations.
decorar.” Cuando decoras tu cuarto, lo 6. Now suppose that you could decorate our
pintas, le cambias las cortinas, añades nuevos classroom however you like. Tell your partner
muebles o colocas cuadros en sus paredes. how you would decorate. Explain what you
3. To decorate in English and decorar in Spanish would use to decorate it. Then share your
are cognates. They sound almost the same ideas with the rest of the class.
and mean the same thing in both languages. 7. Now let’s say decorate together three more
times: decorate, decorate, decorate.

620
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © John Crum/Alamy Images. (b) © Plush Studios/Getty Images.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 exhibit
Unit 6 Week 5 Down in the Sea

Word 4 lumber
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 3 exhibit
Unit 6 Week 5 Down in the Sea

TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK


Point to the Word 3 image on the opposite side. 4. Tell your partner about an exhibit you have
1. One word in the selection is exhibit. Say it with seen. Explain where it was and what you
me: exhibit. An exhibit is a show or a display saw. Tell what you learned from the exhibit.
of things that share common characteristics. Describe your favorite thing from the exhibit.
Museums have exhibits of animal fossils, Use the word exhibit as many times as you can
paintings, sculptures, and many other things. in your description.
2. En español, exhibit quiere decir “una muestra 5. Let’s pretend that we will have an exhibit in
de cosas que están relacionadas, una our classroom of all of your favorite things.
exhibición.” Los museos tienen exhibiciones de Tell your partner what you would include
fósiles, cuadros, esculturas y más. in your exhibit and why you want that item
in your exhibit. Then tell what you would
3. (Point to the dinosaur skeleton in the photo.)
not want in your exhibit and why. Use the
This family is at a museum of natural history.
following sentence frames:
They’re looking at the dinosaur exhibit right
now. They see the dinosaur fossils and read I want to have in my exhibit because
about the dinosaurs. .
I do not want to have in my exhibit
because .
6. Now let’s say exhibit together three more
times: exhibit, exhibit, exhibit.

ELD Vocabulary Words Word 4 lumber


TEACHER TALK PARTNER TALK
Point to the Word 4 image on the opposite side. 4. I’m going to name two items. Tell your
1. Another word in the selection is lumber. Say it partner which one is made of lumber, and
with me: lumber. Lumber is the wood we use explain how you know this. When you answer,
from trees. First, the trees are cut down. Next, use the following sentence frame:
people use saws to cut the trees into boards can be made of lumber because
called lumber. It is used build houses, boats, .
and many other things. Which can be made of lumber, a dollhouse or
2. En español, lumber quiere decir “la parte que a basketball?
se usa de un árbol, la madera.” Primero, se Which can be made of lumber, a boat or a
cortan los árboles. Luego son cortados en rocket ship?
tablas que se llaman madera. La madera se usa Which can be made of lumber, a deck or a
en la construcción de casas, botes y muchas computer?
otras cosas. 5. Talk with your partner. Brainstorm as many
3. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates things as you can think of that can be made
the word lumber. (Point to the lumber in the from lumber. Then share your ideas with
photo.) These men are stacking lumber on another group.
an empty lot. Builders will use the lumber to 6. Now let’s say lumber together three more
build houses. The lumber is heavy so the men times: lumber, lumber, lumber.
can only carry a few pieces at time. They wear
gloves so they won’t get splinters.

622
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © BananaStock/PunchStock. (b) © Brand X/Fotosearch Stock Photography.
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 re-create
Unit 6 Week 5 Down in the Sea
ELD Vocabulary Words Word 5 re-create
Unit 6 Week 5 Down in the Sea

TEACHER TALK MOVEMENT


Point to the Word 5 image on the opposite side. 4. Now let’s look at a picture that demonstrates
1. One word in the selection is re-create. Say it the word re-create. (Point to the models of
with me: re-create. To re-create means “to the buildings in the photo.) An architect built
make something again or to make an exact these models of buildings. She re-created the
copy of the original.” People who collect buildings in a smaller size so people could see
model trains often re-create a train station or what they look like up close.
a train route. They make the station or the 5. (Use blocks or cubes for this activity.) I’m
route in a smaller size, but with the same parts going to create a tower with these blocks.
and details as the original. After I finish, I want you to re-create it. Pay
2. En español, to re-create quiere decir “volver careful attention to the way I place the
a crear algo o hacer un modelo exacto blocks. You have to make the exact same
del original, recrear.” Las personas que shape and pattern of colors as I did. Great job!
coleccionan trenes de modelo recrean las You re-created the building.
estaciones o rutas que hubiera tomado el tren 6. (Use paper and crayons for this activity.) Work
en el pasado. Hacen la estación o la ruta de with a partner. Draw a simple design. Then
un tamaño más pequeño, pero con las mismas have your partner re-create the design. Check
partes y detalles del original. to make sure that the original and the
3. To re-create in English and recrear in Spanish re-creation are exactly the same.
are cognates. They sound almost the same 7. Now let’s say recreate together three more
and mean the same thing in both languages. times: recreate, recreate, recreate.

624
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (t) © Michael S. Yamashita/Corbis.
ELD Content Words
Unit 6 Week 5 Fresh Water Resources
glacier, pond, lake,
stream, dam, reservoir

glacier pond lake

stream dam reservoir

ROUTINE
1. Display the card.
2. Define each word in English, referring to the photograph.
Incorporate actions where appropriate.
3. Have children say the word three times.
4. Explain how these six words fit into a group, or category. During
independent work time, have children write sentences for each word.
5. Point out the following cognates: glaciar, lago.
625
© Macmillan/McGraw-Hill • photo credits: (tl) © Digital Vision/PunchStock. (tc) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (tr) © Adalberto Rios Szalay/Sexto Sol/Photodisc/Getty Images.
(bl) © Photodisc/PunchStock. (bm) © Richard Gross/Corbis. (br) © J. Stephen Hicks/Corbis.

You might also like